AAA pate Rated — dl (tite) eae 5 oe Los ie eA RS r ” MS , ¥, ie > : x: S we A ee Nests - ; ‘ vy 2 xv eo % LSA, ee ee? \ 2S ~e ae oe eee rh Ms a We oe ee TNE WEA S AR AYN er. * 5 ‘ . ~ ‘ * Lh ; i eel ey Teh % ‘ ay per ale’ ne Oe eer SENOS Gel teed oth a ESN OEE bata tae y : r® . . iat t ° ~ ry to \ ae . oo ‘ie — A . >! - ~ ~~ a 4 eae es el: Te a ete ~ at Sed at) Vata kX ee 2 Ray tte hs be en ~* Ay = F c et ) 4 ae i . ¢ - ~" 5 oe ~ m ~ - ‘ . a tie ] porn G3 Perk ATG a ee he AL he “4% WRAL cet A RT OR MN a GA Vig AS Seen : ae OP: pet a da NIN cat \ ee — eh eeak: Bhai > % we Dae D or A 44 Nek ‘ aN aa ee 2 Lia} WS \ ey oe ak ~ wi tee yey Lt a eee 4 fe As oN ATS Lia, rte LA vn Wm LAY Ne x “ ts oe oe ¥ ar eee ho Sh 7 Z V4.6 rave.” > Ne a™* ~ St teas We hs ‘9 e , oee ea +i te tee et ci. Say ea \ as pts ree Lad SSO ASA / Sy a 1 4 +43 x bak tak r “ee ESTA RC SAAS 4 PE AT tes ee eR I : > Ah eS ee yh ’ = § aS AS oho xk YA eS s a,% NS " See wee LXeee ate te aie NE pe Nite yt ic BRALYY wh a ie oh , ae tae Le Teh: 7 a <4 pe ie mee 4 Ne i . ns Emp: ta &. aX nis on 4 ~ AA ee Ak 4 ie “AN « = ne ene <4 eyS.cth a ass eit Alas" eae Lats EN re; «WN oe eek tty me, Fe, ae Nee \ Shs et AY date = \ Lhe * a. ea ye ee PACE ves eh ee SLA ae TA in Tee eas. owe a! ~ a 4a aed 2S 5 ROL Py AA a | Pee te <4, ayy eh = wt a Yak VD ha | ‘A we S “tt an 2% ms Ww “4 AA or eu’ “sy AAS WAALS AON A al be EN i ue eee 2 “ >t a” §: . 1 Mh Peed ee Pe’ " . ¥ A Lege w ‘ a = N = as >. | eee Lax PA ay ary A aS ep a: . ree os a ee, sei Noa te be ee NO a hg ot oe ON Ss r oe wat eee tee Pe VU ta a. By i ~ +. ha 4 3 _ ~ ¢ Yay a Si << \ BS TVA TAR hunts Og Oe , x a a> a en oe * \ ia ‘ i Aw bard D hes wm) GF ‘ >“? < ~ * - Ve « . ~ (A> aa a Se hs i. as ae’ oes OB! . Ad way ey ae EN SS ets NATL ; > - . q ‘ : + Se. , 4 Acs + ‘ ye & ha SS TK Pil * = ™ - * ~ Y Jee, Me i ~' “_ .\ . a . ~ aN " . ~ \ 4 Mh ke. Ye bi PAI rn . * ~ i \ oh Poe Sh oe J " - w me SD 4 : 7 «- a ‘ -~ - S \a Nu “> i = A +* w -~ . 5) ~~“ ae +; 4 ery s : ’ — e x ety we 4 ¥ \ te..> i os * : + ~~ . ‘ * Lan \ . 4 . * . x y=" 9 7. % * . Acar S H * oF} es Nees Be Sm? St i‘. ch oe n oe *,' : => — x 4 iAXW4 oe ee b, > ie i * +> -\% - ~~ 4 mth OS oe Sis ~ ~ 4 4 = ~ i’ : " = s 1. “ " « ey ee a . re NG =} a a . * a 7% i .* 4 7» v4 ~ 7 — en +- . . - ee a : = “> \ , oh a ‘- 1 = ‘ 4 ~ > \ b | ~ ~ . ee ~.* . \ .) A e. ‘, he oe" \ ’ . 4 . 7 . . ea. ‘ _ ya . % « ~~ ™ > ‘ \ - ane : “” . Een Le ; ~ OAM er Sas Xa ook Seo. ~ 434 ~ ane = a Ne ee Min eNO OF Mee © bib, Me leh | ha — Vat Ah ee Ree Sr PR arr ar pe rr mit era . ” 2 ‘ etree tin Vinten YS} Te oe ren A rg Sa ty et ae 7 Se. . ae ey % . ‘ . Paar + ~~ ‘i > a ee ee \ ( ; —— aS 7* ‘ MANUAL oF MINERALOGY AND LITHOLOGY: ' CONTAINING THE ELEMENTS OF THE SCIENCE OF MINERALS AND ROCKS. FOR THE USE OF THE PRACTICAL MINERALOGIST AND GEOLOGIST, AND FOR INSTRUCTION IN SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. By JAMES D. DANA. Fourth Cvition, RE-ARRANGED AND RE-WRITTEN. —sMustrated bp Iumerous Wloodcuts, LONDON: TRUBNER & CO., LUDGATE HIML. 1882. [All rights reserved. | é * i : . ‘ r vt, « ’ 1j ¢ F bf 4 : ‘ ‘ - 7 v ‘ - ’. ‘ ' . f ‘ *. ? é ‘ f % | ( * i ~ . « ‘ t a ¥ ' 7 ; 4 ° ba ¥ * Pa ed ‘ Ballantyne Dress : BALLANTYNE, HANSON AND CO. | ; é EDINBURGH AND LONDON “—_ a ; 4 * Ly “ a ~ ee | x ¥ a a ated | « an ‘ > 4 wf * x s ‘ , 4 , : ; 2 . . ~ 49 pie fe é e -*. Sp ee ‘ ‘ ro ‘ Pf =e = Ty; i ? « : Le i e oe ob . 6 RY Mie a , re at 4 4 y ae f v ' hg : , Wel ¢ : ee * ey * 7. PREFACE. Ty1s Manual in its present shape is new throughout. In the reno- vation it has undergone, new illustrations have been introduced, an im- proved arrangement of the species has been adopted, the table for the - determination of minerals has been reconstructed, and the chapter on rocks has been expanded to a length and fullness that renders it a prominent part of the work. But while modified greatly in all its parts, it is still simple in its methods of presenting the facts in crys- tallography, and in all other explanations ; and special prominence is given, as in former editions, to the more common minerals, with only a brief mention of others. The old practical feature is retained of placing the ores under the prominent metal they contain, and of giving ‘in connection some information as to mines and mining industry. The student is referred to the Text-book of Mineralogy, prepared mainly by Mr. HE. 8. DANA, for a detailed exposition of the subject of crystallography after Naumann’s and Miller’s systems, and also of optical mineralogy and other physical branches of the science; to the Manual of Determinative Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis by Professor GrorcE J. Brusu, for a thorough work on the use of the blowpipe, and complete tables for the determination of minerals ; and to the author’s Descriptive Mineralogy and its Appendixes fora comprehensive treatise on all known minerals. | JAMES D. DANA. New Haven, Nov. 1, 1878. aoe ’ iF a » @ <4 « a * " ¢ . ‘ = Ses * . i 4 ea i < - - ’ TABLE OF CONTENTS. MINERALOGY. Mrneraus: General Remarks ............... eee sree eee 1 I CRYSTALLIZATION OF MINERALS: CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 1. General Remarks on Crystallization. ......---++-+++++++- 4 9, Descriptions of Crystals. ......0.---. sere ere tree rete 8 Explanation of Terms. .........---- sess seer eer eeces 8 Measurement of Angles ; Goniometers..........-.--- 9 J. Sysrems oF CRYSTALLIZATION : Forms and Struc- ture of (rystals..........--.-. see cence ences: eel 1, Isometric System............-. eee eee eee FA. GR 17 9 Dimetric or Tetragonal System........-. eee ee eee reer 30 3. Trimetric or Orthorhombic System.......-. +--+ +++s sees ays 4, Monoclinic System.......----. 2+ eee tere tees nee Pees 40 5. Triclinic System.......-.--+sseeseeeer eres etree te 2 AO 6. Hexagonal System.......--20++-- cree erste rete er ents 45 1. Hexagonal Section.........---. sess eeeer eee AG 9 Rhombohedral Section. ......---.++e seer seers 49 7. Distinguishing Characters of the Systems.......-.----+! ». 54 Il. Twin oR CoMPOUND CRYSTALS.........-.0:0- +0200 e> 55 II]. CRYSTALLINE AGGREGATES. ........ 00. cere e rece eres 58 Il. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. Et re ie sg hs dr sees eee ee 63 eG ier oad ss kes vee ene eT 64 Be Mele Gravity...5 wee ce Orne Cont gg Se ne 64 4. Refraction and Polarization ........+++-+sseerec strstr 66 5. Diaphaneity, Lustre, Color......-++++s+sestrrsrersr sree 70 6. Electricity and Magnetism. ......--.++++sserrrctere trent: 73 Pe acts Ot yen sno oes esr careers bee Tse eS 74 inf. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Ill. CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. PAGE 1. Chentical Composition. . ig)... ..<2.+5 +055 sae eee 76 2. Chemical "Reactions. 2.4 i250. .<55. s+ cn « dee eee 81 1. Trials inthe Wet) Way........ +22 sien 81 2. Trials with the Blowpipe..............:4.)se 82 IV. DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. 1. Classification .. . 0% 058s i<. 600.04 0h sacs gee ee 91 2. General Remarks on Ores, .:........+ «&olse 2s eee 92 I. MINERALS CONSISTING OF THE ACIDIC ELEMENTS. 1, Salphar Group 3... . i.s.c5 ofan cic » wie s2es eee 94 2. BOTONPOATOUD, oo 0s aise oe ses toe 5 +» kee See o7 8. Arsenic Group... | oo. 6 6.4 es sue 2 98 4, Carbon Group, ... 5 .-20:ss'¢0+cei00 46 5 ie «aie geet an 102 MINERALS CONSISTING OF THE BASIC ELEMENTS WITH OR WITHOUT ACIDIC—THE SILICATES EXCLUDED. GOL. wise + ee bs 5 sate g's 06 Bellen mie clei miattelstn 5a oer 109 Silver and its Compounds, .\.5.5..5.<52--< sree eae 116 Platinum, Iridium, Rutheninm..4 7... ee 124 Palladium... 0.22000 tae «ie ce ew 5 reine ores 127 Mercury and its Compounds... ...... . .\e:gesee eee 128 Copper and its Compounds. ............ sees nee 1380 Lead and its Compounds.......5 .s- sss 00h ee oe eee 145 Zine and its Compounds......:.........0. 29 a"e 154 Cadmium, Tin: 2. cee 6s 6d one wince Gon wee ogee te eer 159 Compounds of ‘Titanium.,........5.,....-5= 5 thee oe ee 162 Cobalt and Nickel and their Compounds.................... 163 Uranium and its Compounds... ........- 9 seeee ee 169 Tron and its Compounds... .....22...4.-5- see eee 171 Manganese and its Compounds,........,..s004s see seen 188 Compounds of Aluminum. 5. 15% sa~ «==. ee 192 Compounds of Cerium, Yttrium, Expinne Lanthanum and Didymitim 5200.22 202% eed os fen eee PE i 201 Compounds of Magnesium... :..:...:. .2se5 esewa eee 204 Compounds of Calcium.:-.). 6.05. 6.60.0. « 301 8. Margarophyllite Section. ......---esseseeeere seers ttt 304 Talc, Pyrophyllite, Sepiolite......-+:.-seeeereeereees 304 Serpentine, Deweylite, Saponite......-ce.eeerssseeres 307 re ANG se PDTC, nies Mosel + sobs ei cers or NN = Hong? 310 Hydromica Group... ...-+.sseeecereeeeetere ss ‘en Whee 312 Fahlunite, Hisingerite...........eceecere cere centres old CMe he ALOU Dy diets vies ee eens vier atte ee eens 516 Vill TABLE OF CONTENTS. IV. HyprocarBon CompounpDs. PAGE 1.. Simple Hydrocarbons:.. (seers. we. = oa aoe ee 821 2. Oxygenated Hydrocarbons. |... 5... + -psiu cee eee 320 3. Asphaltum and Mineral Coals... ... #0 Gee. ieee eet 326 SUPPLEMENT TO DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 1. Catalogue of American Localities of Minerals............. 3080 2. Brief Notice of Foreign Mining Regions.................. 375 IV. DETERMINATION OF MINERALS. + General Remarks. ......5.%.0.0s0s5 aces ss see 9h ener 379 Table for the Determination of Minerals............+.++-2++-+6: 384 ON ROCKS. 2. Constituents of Rocks. <.1.:wiec.-e es = Mmmm di oe oye ane ne 409 2. Classes of Rocks... 24. 5..5 500 ss. en eee 412 8. On some Characteristics of Rocks............-.0-0.0eeceeeees 414 Use of the Microscope in the Study of Rocks.............. 422 4, Kinds of Rocks..........0¢...00 0050 0s 0 )0 = on 424 1, Fragmental Rocks, exclusive of Limestones............ 426 2. Limestones or Calcareous Rocks..............-.--.+26- 430 8. Crystalline Rocks, exclusive of Limestones............ 434 1. Siliceous Rocks.....<... .. ss se 52) oe) ee 485 2. Mica and Potash-Feldspar Series...............-. 437 38. Mica and Soda-lime Feldspar Series...........- 443 4. Hornblende and Potash-Feldspar Series.......... 444 5. Hornblende and Soda-lime Feldspar Series..... .. 446 6. Pyroxene and Soda-lime Feldspar Series......... 450 7. Pyroxene, Garnet, Epidote, and Chrysolite Rocks, containing little or no Feldspar.............. 452 8. Hydrous Magnesian and Aluminous Rocks...... 458 9, Tron-ore Rocksi ss cssesseresy eee w een enee 455 MINERALOGY. MINERALS. Minerats are the materials of which the earth consists, and plants and animals the living beings over the surface of the mineral-made globe. A few rocks, like limestone and quartz- yte, consist of a single mineral in more or less pure state; but the most of them are mixtures of two or more minerals. Through rocks of each kind various other minerals are often distributed, either in a scattered way, or in veins and cavities. Gems are the minerals of jewelry; and ores, those that are im- portant for the metal they contain. Water is a mineral, but generally in an impure state from the presence of other miner- als in solution. The atmosphere, and all gaseous materials set free in volcanic and other regions, are mineral in nature, although, because of their invisibility, seldom to be found among the specimens of mineral cabinets. Even fossils are mineral in composition. This is true of coal which has come from buried plant-beds, and amber from the buried resin of ancient trees, as well as of fossil shells and corals. It is sometimes said that minerals belong to the mineral kingdom, as plants to the vegetable kingdom, and animals to the animal kingdom. Substituting the term inorganic for min- eral, the statement is right ; for, as there are the two kingdoms of life, so there is in Nature what may be called a kingdom, or grand division, including all species not made through the organizing principle of life. But this inorganic kingdom is not restricted to minerals; it embraces all species made by inor- ganic furces—those of the earth’s crust or surface, and, also, whatever may form under the manipulations of the chemist. The laws of composition and structure, exemplified in the consti- tution of rocks, are those also of the laboratory, A species made 1 2 CHARACTERS OF MINERALS. by art, as we term it, is not a product of art, but a result solely of the fundamental laws of composition which are at the basis of all material existence; and the chemist only supplies the favorable conditions for the action of those laws. Mineral species, are then, but a very small part of those which make up the inorganic kingdom or division of Nature. CHARACTERS OF MINERALS. 1. Minerals, unlike most rocks, have a definite chemical composition. This composition, as determined by chemical analysis, serves to define and distinguish the species, and indi- cates their profoundest relations. Owing to difference in com- position, minerals exhibit great differences when heated, and when subjected to various chemical reagents, and these peculi- arities are a means of determining the kind of mineral under examination in any case. The department of the science treat- ing of the composition of minerals and their chemical reactions is termed CHEMICAL MinEeratoey. 2. Each mineral, with few exceptions, has its definite form, by which, when in good specimens, it may be known, and as truly so as a dog or cat. These forms are cubes, prisms, double pyramids, and the like. They are included under plane sur- faces arranged in symmetrical order, according to mathematical law. These forms, in the mineral kingdom, are called crystals. Besides form there is also, as in living individuals, a distinctive internal structure for each species. ‘he facts of this branch of the science come under the head of CrystaLLocRaPHic MinER- ALOGY. 3. Minerals differ in hardness—from the diamond at one end of the scale to soapstone at the other. There is a still lower limit in liquids and gases; but of the hardness or cohesion in this part of the series the mineralogist has little occasion to take note. Minerals differ in specific gravity, and this character, like hardness, is a most important means of distinguishing species. Minerals differ in color, transparency, lustre, and other opti- cal characters. A few minerals have taste and odor, and when so these char- acters are noticed in descriptions. The facts and principles relating to the above characters are embraced in the department of PHysicaL MINERALOGY. In addition to the above-mentioned branches of the science CHARACTERS OF MINERALS. a of minerals there is also (4) that of DescripriveE MINERALOGY, under which are included descriptions of the mineral species 5 and (5) that of DerrrminativeE MinERALOGY, which gives a systematic review of the methods for determining or distinguish- ing minerals. 2 These different branches of the subject are here taken up in the following order: I. Crystallographic Mineralogy; II. Phys- ical Mineralogy; III. Chemical Mineralogy; IV. Descriptive Mineralogy ; V. Determinative Mineralogy. On account of the brief manner in which the subjects are treated in this volume, the heads used for the several parts are, (1) Zhe Crys- tallization of Minerals ; (2) Physical Properties of Minerals ; (3) Chemical Properties of Minerals ; (4) Descriptions of Spe- cies » (5) Determination of Minerals. 4 CRYSTALLOGRAPILY, 1. CRYSTALLIZATION OF MINERALS: CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 1. GeneraL REMARKS ON CRYSTALLIZATION. THE attraction which produces crystals is one of the funda- mental properties of matter. It is identical with the cohesion of ordinary solidification ; for there are few cases outside of the kingdoms of life in which solidification takes place without some degree of crystallization. Cohesive attraction is, in fact, the organizing or structure-making principle in inorganic nature, it producing specific forms for each species of matter, as life does for each living species. A bar of cast-iron is rough and hackly in surface, because of the angular crystalline grains which the iron assumed as solidification took place. A fragment of mar- ble glistens in the sun, owing to the reflection of light from in- © numerable crystalline surfaces, every grain in the mass having its crystalline structure. When the cold of winter settles over the earth in the higher temperate and colder latitudes it is the CRYSTALS OF SNuW., signal for crystallization over all out-door nature; the air is filled with crystal flakes when it snows; the streams become coated with an aggregation of crystals called ice; and windows are covered with frost because crystal has been added to crystal CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 5 in long feathered lines over the glass—Jack Frost’s work being the making of crystals. Water cannot solidify without crystal- lizing, and neither can iron nor lead, nor any mineral material, with perhaps half a dozen exceptions. Crystallization produces masses made of crystalline grains when it cannot make distinct crystals. Granite mountains are mountains of crystals, each particle being crystalline in nature and structure. Toe lava current, as it cools, becomes a mass of crystalline grains. In fact the earth may be said to have crystal foundations; and if there is not the beauty of external form, there is everywhere the interior, profounder beauty of universal law—the same law of symmetry which, when external circumstances permit, leads to the perfect crystal with regular facets and angles. Crystals are alone in making known the fact that this law of symmetry is one of the laws of cohesive attraction, and that under it this attraction not gnly brings the particles of matter into forms of mathematical @rometry, but often develops scores of brilliant facets over their surface with mathematical exact- ness of angle, and the simplest of numerical relations in their positions. Crystals teach also the more wonderful fact that the same species of matter may receive, under the action of this attraction, through some yet incomprehensible changes in its condition, a great diversity of forms—from the solid of half a dozen planes to one of scores. ‘The following figures represent a few of the forms in a common species, pyrite, a compound of iron and sulphur. 6 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. Sore « Many more figures might be given for this one species, py- rite. The various forms or planes in any such case have, it is true, mutually dependent relations—a fact often expressed by saying that they have a common Jundamental form. But it is none the less a remarkable fact, giving profound interest to the subject, that the attraction, while having this degree of unity in any species, still, under each, admits of the multitudinous variations needed to produce so diverse results, At the time of crystallization the material is usually in a ORYSTALLOGRAPHY. 1 state of fusion, or of gas or vapor, or of solution. In the case of iron the crystallization takes place from a state of fusion, and while the result is ordinarily only a mass of crystalline grains, distinct crystals are sometimes formed in any cavities. If in the cooling of a crucible of melted lead, bismuth, or sulphur, the crust be broken soon after it forms, and the liquid part within be turned out, crystals will be found covering the interior. Here, also, is crystallization from a state of fusion. When frost or snow-flakes form it exemplifies crystallization from a state of _vapor. Ifa saturated solution of alum, made with hot water, be left to cool, crystals of alum after awhile will appear, and will become of large size if there is enough of the solution. A solution of common salt, or of sugar, affords crystals in the same way. Again, whenever a mineral is produced through the change or decomposition of another, and at the same time assumes the solid state, it takes at once a crystalline structure, if it does not also develop crystals. Further, the crystalline texture of a solid mass may often be changed without fusion: ¢. 7., in tempering steel the bar is changed from coarse-grained steel to fine-grained by heating and then cooling it suddenly in cold water, and vice versa, and this is a change in every grain throughout the bar. Thus the various processes of solidification are processes of crystallization, and the most universal of all facts about miner- als is that they are crystalline in texture. A few exceptions have been alluded to, and one example of these is the mineral opal, in which even the microscope detects no evidence of a crystalline condition, except sometimes in minute portions sup- posed not to be opal. But if we exclude coals and resins this mineral stands almost alone. Such facts, therefore, do not affect the conclusion that a knowledge of crystallography is of the highest importance to the mineralogist. It is important because— 1. A study of the crystalline forms and structure of minerals is a convenient means of distinguishing species—the crystals of a species being essentially constant in structure and in angles. 9. The most important optical characters depend on the crystallization, and have to be learned from crystals. 3, The profoundest chemical relations of minerals are often exhibited in the relations of their crystalline forms. 4, Crystallization opens to us nature at her foundation work and illustrates its mathematical character. 8 ORYSTALLOGRAPHY. 2. DESCRIPTIONS OF CRYSTALS. In describing crystals there are two subjects for considera- tion: First, Form; and secondly, Structurr. A. Form.—Under form come up for description, not only the general forms of crystals, but also— (1.) The systems of crystallization, that is, the relations of all crystalline forms, and their classification. (2.) The mutual relations of the planes of a crystal as ascer- tained through their positions and the angles between them. (3.) The distortions of crystals. The perfection of symmetry exhibited in the figures of crystals, in which all similar planes are represented as having the same size and form, is seldom found in nature, and the true form is often greatly disguised by this means. ‘The facts on this point, and the methods of avoid- ing wrong conclusions need to be understood, and these are given beyond. With all such imperfections the angles of crys- tals remain essentially constant. There are irregularities also from other sources. (4.) Twin or compound crystals. With some species twins are more common than regular crystals, . (5.) Crystalline aggregates, or combinations of imperfect crystals, or of crystalline grains. Explanations of Terms. The following are explanations of a few terms used in connection with this subject: 1. Octahedron.—A solid bounded by eight equal triangles. They are equal equilateral triangles in the regular octahedron (Fig. 2, p. 17); equal isosceles triangles in the square octahedron (Fig. 17, p. 82) ; equal inequilateral triangles in the rhombic octahedron (Fig. 8, p. 37). 2. Double six-sided pyramids. Double eight-sided pyramids. Double twelve-sided pyramids.—Solids made of two equal equilateral six-sided, or eight-sided, or twelve-sided, pyramids placed base to base (Fig. 20, p. 82, and 6, 10, pp. 46, 47). 3. Right prisms. Oblique prisms.—Right prisms are those that are erect, all their sides being at right angles to the base. When inclined, they are called oblique prisms. 4. Interfacial angle.—Angle of inclination between two faces or planes. 5. Similar planes. Similar angles.—The lateral faces of a square prism (Fig. 2, p. 14) are equal and have like relations to the axes, and hence they are said to be similar. Solid angles are similar when the plane angles are equal each for each, and the enclosing planes are sey- erally similar in their relations to the axes. 6. Truncated. Bevelled.—An edge of acrystal is said to be truncated when it is replaced by a plane equally inclined to the enclosing planes, ag in Fig. 18, p. 19; and it is bevelled when replaced by two planes + CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 9 equally inclined severally to the adjoining faces. Only edges that are formed by the meeting of two similar planes can be truncated or bev- elled. The angle between the truncating plane and the plane adjoining it on either side always equals 90° plus half the interfacial angle over the truncated edge. When a rectangular edge, or one of 90°, is trun- cated, this angle is accordingly 135° (=90°+45°); when an edge of 70°, it is 125° (—90° + 85°); when an edge of 140°, it is 160° (=90° + 70°). ‘7 Zone.—A zone of planes includes a series of planes having the edges between them, that is, their mutual intersections, all parallel. Thus in Fig. 14, on page 6, O at top of figure, 72, 23, O in front, and two planes below, and others on the back of the crystal are in one zone, a vertical zone. Again, in the same figure, O at top, 42, 33, 22, 42, #2, 42, 22, 3, and the continuation of this series below and over the back of the crystal lie in another vertical zone. And so in other cases, in other directions. All planes in the same zone may be viewed as on the circumference of the same circle. The planes of crystals are generally all comprised in a few zones, and the study of the mathematics of crystals is largely the study of zones of planes. ‘Aves, —Imaginary lines in crystals intersecting one another at their centres. Axes are assumed in order to describe the positions of the planes of crystals. In each system of crystallization there is one vertt- cal axis, and in all but hexagonal forms there are two lateral axes. Diametral sections. —The sections of crystals in which lie any two of the axes. In forms having two lateral axes, there are two vertical diametral sections and one basal. Diametral-prisms.—Prisms whose sides are parallel to the diametral sections. Measurement of Angles. The angles of crystals are measured by means of instruments called goniometers. ‘These instruments are of two kinds, one the common goniometer, the other, the reflecting goniometer. The common goniometer depends for its use on the very simple prin- ciple that when two straight lines cross one an- other, as A H, C D, in the annexed figure, the parts will diverge equally on opposite sides of the point of intersection (O); that is in mathematical lan- a 0 = guage, the angle A O Dis equal to the angle C O H, and A OC is equal to DO E. A common form of the instrument is represented in the figure on page 10. ; The two arms @ 0, ed, move on a pivot at 0, and their divergence, or the angle they make with one another, is read off on the graduated arc attached. In using it, press up between the edges a@ o and ¢ 9, the edge of the crystal whose angle is to be measured, and con- tinue thus opening the arms until these edges lie evenly against the faces that include the required angle. To insure accuracy in this respect, hold the instrument and crystal between the eye and the light, and observe that no light passes between the arm and the applied faces of the crystal. The arms may then be secured in position by tighten- ing the screw at 0 ; the angle will then be measured by the distance on the arc from & to the lft or outer edge of the arm ¢ d, this edge being 1n the line of 0, the centre of motion, As the instrument stands in the 10 ORYSTALLOGRAPHY. figure, it reads 45°. The arms have slits at g h, n p, by which the parts &@ 0, ¢€0, may be shortened so as to make them more convenient for measuring small crystals. In the best form of the common goniometer the are is a complete b Al circle, of larger diameter than in the above figure, and the arms are separate from it. After making the measurement, the arms are laid upon the circle, with the pivot at the centre of motion inserted in a socket at the centre of the circle. The inner edge of one of the arms is then brought to zero on the circle, and the angle is read off as before. With a little ingenuity the student may construct a goniometer for himself that will answer a good purpose. A semicircle may be de- scribed on mica or a glazed card, and graduated. The arms might also be made of stiff card for temporary use; but mica, bone, or metal is better. The arms should have the edges straight and accurately paral- lel, and be pivoted together. The instrument may be used like that last described, and will give approximate results, sufficiently near for dis- tinguishing most minerals. The ivory rule accompanying boxes of mathematical instruments, having upon it a scale of sines for measuring angles, will answer an excellent purpose, and is as convenient as the arc. In making such measurements it is important to have in mind the fact that— 1. The sum of the angles about a centre is 360°. 2. In a rhomb, as in a square, the sum of the plane angles is 360°. In any polygon, the supplements of the angles equals 360°, whatever the number of sides. For example: in a square, the four angles are each 90°, and hence the supplements are 90°, and 4x 90=360; again, in a regular hexagon the six angles are each 120, the supplements are 60°, and 6 x 60=360. So for all polygons, whether regular or irregular. In measuring the angles it is therefore convenient to take down tha supplements of the angles. This principle is conveniently applied in the measurement of all the angles of a zone of planes around the crystal; for the sum of all the supplements should be, as above, 360° ; and if this result is not obtained there is error somewhere, ORYSTALLOGRAPHY. 11 The reflecting goniometer affords a _ more accurate method of measuring crystals that have lustre, and may be used with those of minute size. The principle on which this instrument is constructed will be understood from the annexed figure, representing a crystal, whose angle ab cis required. The eye, look- ing at the face of the crystal bc, observes a reflected image of m, in the direction P 7. On revolving the crystal till a } has the position of bc, the same image will be seen again in the same direction Pn. As the crystal is turned, in this revolution, till a 6 d has the present position of 0 ¢, the angle d ) c measures the number of degrees through which it isrevolved. But dd ¢ subtracted from 180° equals the angle of the crystaladc. The crystal is therefore passed, in its revolution, through a number of degrees equal to the supplement of the required angle. This angle, in the reflecting goniometer of Wollaston, is measured by attaching the crystal to a graduated circle which revolves with it, one form of which is here represented. Cis the graduated circle. The wheel, m, is attached to the main axis, and moves the graduated circle together with the adjusted crystal. 12 ORYSTALLOGRAPIY. The wheel, », is connected with an axis which passes through the main axis (which is hollow for the purpose), and moves merely the parts to which the crystal is attached, in order to assist in its adjust- ment. The contrivances for the adjustment of the crystal are at a, ), c, d,k. The screws, c, d, are for the adjustment of the crystal, and the slides, a, 6, serve to centre it. To use the instrument, it may be put on a stand or small table, with its base accurately horizontal, and the table placed in front of a win- dow, six to twelve feet off, with the plane of its circle at right angles to the window. A dark line must then be drawn below the window, near the floor, parallel to the bars of the window, and about as far from the eye as from the window-bar. The crystal is attached to the movable plate & by means of wax, and so arranged that the edge of intersection of the two planes forming the required angle, shall be in a line with the axis of the instrument. This is done by varying its situation on the plate, or by means of the adjacent screws and slides. When apparently adjusted, the eye must be brought close to the crystal, nearly in contact with it, and on looking into a face, part of the window will be seen reflected, one bar of which must be selected tor the trial. If the crystal is correctly adjusted, the selected bar will appear horizontal, and on turning the wheel %, till this bar, as reflected, is observed to approach the dark line below seen in a direct view, it will be found to be parallel to this dark line, and ultimatély to coincide with it. The eye for both observations should be held in precisely the same position. If there is not a perfect coincidence, the adjustment must be altered until this coincidence is obtained. Con- tinue then the revolution of the wheel , till the same bar is seen by reflection in the next face, and if here there is also a coincidence of the reflected bar with the dark line seen direct, the adjustment is com- plete ; if not, alterations must be made, and the first face again tried. In an instrument like the one figured, the circle is usually graduated to twenty or thirty minutes, and, by means of the vernier, minutes and half minutes are measured. After adjustment, 180° on the arc must be brought opposite 0, on the vernier, ». The coincidence of the bar and dark line is then to be obtained, by turning the wheel ». When obtained, the wheel m should be turned until the same coincidence is observed, by means of the next face of the crystal. If a line on the graduated circle now corresponds with 0 on the vernier, the angle is immediately determined by the number of degrees opposite this line. If no line corresponds with 0, we must observe which line on the vernier coincides with one on the circle. If it is the 18th on the vernier, and the line on the circle next below 0 on the vernier marks 125°, the required angle is 125° 18’; if this latter line marks 125° 20, the required angle is 125° 88’. In the better instruments other improved methods of arrangement are employed; and in the best, often called Mitscherlich’s goniometer, because first devised by him, there are two telescopes, one for passing a ray of light upon the adjusted crystal, having crossed hair lines in its focus, and the other for viewing it, also with a hair cross. With such an arrangement, the window-bar and dark line are unnecessary, the hair crosses serving to fix the position of the crystal, and the telescope that of the eye. If the crystal is perfect in its planes, and the adjust- CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 15 ment exact, the measurement, with the best instruments, will give the angle within 10”. Other goniometers have only the second of the two telescopes just alluded to, as is the case in the figure on page 11. This telescope gives a fixed position to the eye ; and through it is seen a reflection of some distant object, which may be even a chimney-top. For the measure- ment the object, seen reflected in the two planes successively, is brought each time into conjunction with the hair cross. Exact adjust- ment is absolutely essential, and with an instrument having the two telescopes, the first step in a measurement cannot be taken without it. Only small, well-polished crystals can be accurately measured by the reflecting goniometer. Tf, when using the instrument without tele- scopes, the faces do not reflect distinctly a bar of the window, the flame of a candle or of a gas-burner, placed at some distance from the crystal, may be used by observing the flash from it with the faces in succession as the circle isrevolved. A ray of sun-light from a mirror, received on the crystal through a small hole, may be employed ina similar way. But the results of such measurements will be only approximations. With two telescopes and artificial light, and with a cross slit to let the light pass in place of the cross hairs of the first of the above-mentioned tele- scopes, this light cross will be reflected from the face of a crystal even when it is not perfect in polish, and quite good results may be obtained. B. Srructure.—Structure includes cleavage, a characteristic of crystals intimately connected with their forms and nature. It is the property, which many crystals have, of admitting of subdivision indefinitely in certain directions, and affording usually even, and frequently polished, surfaces. The direction is always parallel with the planes of the axes, or with others diagonal to these. The ease with which cleavage can be obtained varies greatly in different minerals, and in different directions in the same mineral. In a few species, like mica, it readily yields laminz thinner than paper, and in this case the cleavage is said to be eminent. Others, of perfect cleavage, cleave easily, but afford thicker plates, and from this stage there are all grades to that in which cleavage is barely discernible or dificult. The cleav- age surfaces vary in lustre from the most brilliant to those that are nearly dull. When cleavage in a mineral is alike in two or more directions, that is, is attainable in these directions with equal facility and affords surfaces of like lustre and character or marking, this is proof that the planes in those directions are similar, or have similar relations to like axes. For example, equal cleavage in three directions, at right angles to one another, shows that the planes of cleavage correspond to the faces of the cube; so equal cleavage in two directions, in a prismatic min- eral, shows that the planes in the two directions are those of a 14 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. square prism, or else of a rhombic prism; and if they are at right angles to one another that they are those of the former. This subject is further illustrated beyond. In the following pages (1) the Systems of Crystallization and the Forms and Structure of Crystals are first considered ; next, (2) Compound, or Twin Crystals; and then (3) Crystalline A geregates. 1. SYSTEMS OF CRYSTALLIZATION: FORMS AND STRUCTURE OF CRYSTALS. The forms of crystals are exceedingly various, while the sys- tems of crystallization, based on their mathematical distinctions, are only six in number. Some of the simplest of the forms under these six systems are the prisms represented in the fol- lowing figures; and by a study of these forms the distinctions of the six systems will become apparent. These prisms are all four-sided, excepting the last, which is six-sided. In them the planes of the top and bottom, and any planes that might be made parallel to these, are called the basal planes, and the sides the lateral planes. An imaginary line joining the centres of the bases (c in figures 1 to 8) is called the vertical amis, and the . SYSTEMS OF CRYSTALLIZATION. 15 diagonals a and b, drawn in a plane parallel to the base, are the lateral aces. ™ Fig. 1 represents a cube. It has all its planes square (like fig. 9), and all its plane and solid angles, right angles, and the three axes consequently cross at right angles (or, in other me <>< words, make rectangular intersections) and are equal. It is an example under the first of the systems of crystallization, which system, in allusion to the equality of the axes, 1s called the Isometric system, from the Greek for equal and measure. Fig. 2 represents an erect or right square prism having all its plane angles and solid angles rectangular. The base is square or a tetragon, and consequently the lateral axes are equal and rectangular in ther intersections ; but, unlike a cube, the verti- cal axis is unequal to the lateral, There are hence, in the square prism, axes of two kinds making rectangular intersections. The system is hence called, in allusion to the two kinds of axes, the Dimetric system, or, in allusion to the tetragonal base, the 7'e- tragonal system. Fig. 3 represents an erect or right rectangular prism, in which, also, the plane angles and solid angles are rectangular. The base is a rectangle (fig. 10), and consequently the lateral axes, connecting the centres of the opposite lateral faces, are wn- equal and rectangular in their intersections; and, at the same time, each is unequal to the vertical. There are hence three unlike axes making rectangular intersections; and in allusion to the three unlike axes, the system is called the Trimetrve sys- tem. It is also named, in allusion to its including erect prisms having a rhombic base, the Orthorhombic system, orthos, in Greek, signifying straight or erect. This rhombic prism is represented in fig. 4, It has a rhom- bic base, like fig. 11; the lateral axes connect the centres of the opposite lateral edges; and hence they cross at right angles and are unequal, as in the rectangular prism. This right rhombic prism is therefore one in system with the right rectangular prism. Fig. 5 represents another rectangular prism, and fig. 6 16 CRYSTALLOGRAPIY. another rhombic prism; but, unlike figs. 3 and 4, the prisms are inclined backward, and are therefore oblique prisms. The lat- eral axes (a, 6) are at right angles to one another and unequal, as in the preceding system; but the vertical axis is inclined to the plane of the lateral axes. Tt is inclined, however, to only one of the lateral axes, it being at right angles to the other. Hence, of the three angles of axial intersection, two are rec- tangular, namely w on 0, and ¢ on b, while one is oblique, that 1s c (the vertical axis) on a. In allusion to this fact, there being only one oblique angle, this system is called the Monoclinic sys- tem, from the Greek for one and inclined. Fig. 7 represents an oblique prism with a rhomboidal base (like fig. 12). The three axes are unequal and the three axial intersections are all oblique. The system is called the Triclinie system, from the Greek for three and «inclined. Fig. 8 represents a six-sided prism, with the sides equal, and the base a regular hexagon. The lateral axes are here three in number. ‘They intersect at angles of 60°; and this is so, whether these lateral axes be lines joining the centres of oppo- site lateral planes, or of opposite lateral edges, as a trial will show. The vertical axis is at right angles to the plane of the three lateral axes, inasmuch as the prism 1s erect or right. The base of the prism being a regular hexagon, the system is called the Hexagonal system. The systems of crystallization are therefore : I. The Isomerric system: the three axes rectangular in in- tersections ; equal. : Il. The Dimerric or TETRAGONAL system: the three axes rectangular in intersections; the two lateral axes equal, and unequal to the vertical. ILL. ‘The Trimerric or OnTHORHOMBIC system: the three axes rectangular in intersections, and unequal. IV. The Monociinic system: only one oblique inclination out of the three made by the intersecting axes; the three axes unequal. V. The Trictrnic system : all the three axes obliquely inclined to one another, and unequal. VI. The HEXAGONAL system: the vertical axis at right angles to the lateral; the lateral three in number, and intersecting at angles of 60°. : These six systems of crystallization are based on mathemati- cal distinctions, and the recognition of them 1s of great value in the study and description of crystals. Yet these distinctions are often of feeble importance, since they sometimes separate SYSTEMS OF CRYSTALLIZATION. 17 species and crystalline forms that are very close in their rela- tions. There are forms under each of the.systems that differ put little in angles from some of other systems : for example, square prisms that vary but slightiy from the cubic form ; tr1- clinic that are almost identical with monoclinic forms ; hexa- gonal that are nearly cubic. Consequently it is found that the same natural group of minerals may include both trimetric and monoclinic species, as is true of the Hornblende group; or monoclinic and triclinic, as is the fact with the F eldspar group, and so on. It is hence a point to be remembered, when the affinities of species are under consideration, that difference in crystallographic system is far from certain evidence that any species are fundamentally or widely unlike. I. THE ISOMETRIC SYSTEM. 1. Descriptions of Forms, The following are figures of some of the forms of crystals under the isometric system : The first is the cube or hexahedron, already described. Be- sides the three cubic axes, there are equal diagonals in two other directions; one set connecting the apices of the diago- nally opposite solid angles, four in number (because the number of such angles is eight), and called the octahedral axes ; and another set connecting the centres of the diagonally opposite 2 18 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. edges, siz in number (because the number of edges is twelve), and called the dodecahedral axes. Fig. 2 represents the octahedron, a solid contained under eight equal triangular faces (whence the name from the Greek eight and face), and having the three axes like those in the cube. Its plane angles are 60°; its interfacial angles, that is the incli- nation of planes 1 and 1 over an intervening edge, 109° 28’ ; and 1 on | over a solid angle, 70° 32’. Fig. 3 is the dodecahedron, a solid contained under twelve equal rhombic faces (whence the name from the Greek for twelve and face). ‘The position of the cubic axes is shown in the fig- ure. It has fourteen solid angles; six formed by the meeting of four planes, and eight formed by the meeting of three. The interfacial angles (or ¢ on an adjoining 7) are 120°; 7 on a over a four-faced solid angle =90°. Fig. 4 is a trapezohedron, a solid contained under 24 equal trapezoidal faces. There are several different trapezohedrons among isometric crystalline forms. The one here figured, which is the common one, has the angle over the edge B, 131° 49’, and that over the edge C, 146° 27’. A trapezohedron is also called a tetragonal trisoetahedron, the faces being tetragonal or four-sided, and the number of faces being 3 times 8 (éris, octo, in Greek). Fig. 5 is another trisoctahedron, one having trigonal or three- sided faces, and hence called a trigonal trisoctahedron. Com- paring it with the octahedron, fig. 2, it will be seen that three of its planes correspond to one of the octahedron. The same is true also of the trapezohedron. Fig. 6 is a tetrahewahedron, that is a 4x 6-faced solid, the faces being 24 in number, and four corresponding to each face of the cube or hexahedron (fig. 1). Fig. 7 is a hexoctahedron, that is a 6 x 8-faced solid, a pyramid of six planes corresponding to each face in the octahedron, as 1s apparent on comparison. ‘There are different kinds of hexocta- hedrons known among crystallized isometric species, as well as of the two preceding forms. In each case the difference is not in number or general arrangement of planes, but in the angles between the planes, as explained beyond. But these simple forms very commonly occur in combination with one another ; a cube with the planes of an octahedron and the reverse, or with the planes of any or all of the other kinds above figured, and many others besides. Moreover, all stages between the different forms are often represented among the crystals of a species. Thus between the cube and octahedron, ISOMETRIC SYSTEM. 19 occur the forms shown in figs. 8 to 11. Fig. 12 is a cube; fig. 8 represents the cube with a plane on each angle, equally inclined to each cubic face; 9, the same, with the planes on the angles more enlarged and the cubic faces reduced in size ; and then 10, the octahedron, with the cubic faces quite small ; and fig. 11, the octahedron, the cubic faces having disappeared altogether. This transformation is easily performed by the student with cubes cut out of chalk, clay, ora potato. It shows the fact that the cubic axes (fig. 12) connect the apices of the solid angles in the octahedron. Again, between a cube and a dodecahedron there occur forms like figs. 13 and 14; fig. 12 being a cube, fig. 13 the same, with planes truncating the edges, each plane being equally inclined to the adjacent cubic faces, and fig. 14 another, with these planes on the edges large and the cubic faces small ; and then, when the cubic faces disappear by farther enlargement of the planes on the edges, the form is a dodecahedron, tig. 1D. ihe student should prove this transformation by trial with chalk or some other material, and so for other cases mentioned beyond. The surface of such models in chalk may be made hard by a coat of mucilage or varnish. Again, between a cube and a trapezohedron there are the forms 17 and 18; 16 being the cube, 17, cube with three planes placed symmetrically on each angle; 18, the same with the cubic faces greatly reduced (but also with small octahedral faces), and 19, the trapezohedron, the cubic faces having disappeared. 90 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. Again, fig. 20 represents a cube with three planes on each angle, which, if enlarged to the obliteration of the faces of the cube, become the trigonal trisoctahedron, fig. 21. So again, fig. 22 represents a cube with six faces on each angle, which, if en- larged to the same extent as in the last, would become the hex- octahedron, fig. 23. Again, fig. 25 is a form between the octahedron (fig. 24) and dodecahedron (fig. 26); and figs. 27 and 28 are forms between the dodecahedron, fig. 26, and trapezohedron, fig. 29. ISOMETRIC SYSTEM. a1 Again, fig. 30 is a form between a cube (fig. 16) and a tetra- hexahedron, fig. 31; fig. 32, a form between an octahedron, fig. 24, and a tetrahexahedron, fig. 31; fig. 33, a form between an 30. octahedron and a trigonal trisoctahedron, fig. 34; fig. 35, a form between a dodecahedron (planes 7) and a tetrahexahedron ; fig. 36, a form between the dodecahedron and a hexoctahedron, fig. 37. Fig. 38 represents a cube with planes of both the octahedron and dodecahedron. 2. Positions of planes with reference to the axes. Lettering of figures.—The numbers by which the planes in the above figures, and others of the work, are lettered, indicate the positions of the planes with reference to the axes, and exhibit the mathematical symmetry and ratios in crystallization. In the figure of the cube (fig. 1) the three axes are represented; the lateral semi-axis which meets the front planes in the figure is lettered a; that meeting the side plane to the right 5, and the vertical axis ¢, and the other halves of the same axes respectively -a, -), -c. By a study of the positions of the planes of the 99 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. cube and other forms with reference to these axes, the following facts will become apparent. In the cube (fig. 1) the front plane touches the extremity of axis a, but is parallel to axes b andc. When one line or plane is parallel to another they do not meet except at an infinite distance, and hence the sign for infinity is used to express parallelism. Employing 7, the initial of infinity, as this sign, and writing c, 0, a, for the semi-axes so lettered, then the position of this plane of the cube is indicated by the expression ic: 7): la. The top and side-planes of the cube meet one axis and are parallel to the other two, and the same expression answers for each, if only the letters a, b, c, be changed to correspond with their positions. The opposite planes have the same expressions, except that the c, 6, a will refer to the opposite halves of the axes and be -c, -d, -a. In the dodecahedron, fig. 15, the right of the two vertical front planes ¢. meets two axes, the axes a and 3, at their extremities, and is parallel to the axisc. Hence the position of this plane is expressed by tc : 10: 1a. So, all the planes meet two axes similarly and are parallel to the third. The expression answers as well for the planes @ in figs. 13, 14, as for that of the dodecahedron, for the planes have all the same relation to the axes, In the octahedron, fig. 11, the face 1, situated to the right above, like all the rest, meets the axes a, 0, ¢, at their extremities; so that the expression 1c : 10: 1a answers for all. Again, in fig. 17 (p. 20) there are three planes, 2-2, placed symmet- rically on each angle of a cube, and, as has been illustrated, these are the planes of the trapezohedron, fig. 19. The upper one of the planes 2-2 in these figures, when extended to meet the axes (as in fig. 19), intersects the vertical ¢ at its extremity, and the others, @ and 0, at twice their lengths from the centre. Hence the expression for the plane is 1c: 20: 2a. So, as will be found, the left hand plane 2-2 on fig. 17, will have the expression 2¢: 10: 2a; and the right hand one, 2c: 2b:1a. Further, the same ratio, by a change of the letters for the semi-axes, will answer for all the planes of the trapezohedron. In fig. 20 there are other three planes, 2, on each of the angles of a cube, and these are the planes of the trisoctahedron in fig. 21. The lower one of the three on the upper front solid angle, would meet if extended, the extremities of the axes a@ and 0, while it would meet the vertical axis at twice its length from the centre. The expression 2c: 1b: 1a indicates, therefore, the position of the plane. So also, le: 1b: 2aand 1c: 20: 1a represent the positions of the other two planes adjoining; and corresponding expressions may be similarly ob- tained for all the planes of the trisoctahedron. Again, in fig. 80, of the cube with two planes on each edge, and in fig. 81, of the tetrahexahedron bounded by these same planes, the left of the two planes in the front vertical edge of fig. 30 (or the corre- sponding plane on fig. 31) is parallel to the vertical axis ; its intersections with the lateral axes, a and 4, are at unequal distances from the centre, expressed by the ratio 2): 1a. This ratio for the plane adjoining on the right is 1): 2a. The position of the former is expressed by the ratio tc : 2b: 1a, and for the other by tc: 10: 2a. Thus, for each of the planes of this tetrahexahedron the ratio between two axes is 1 : 2, while the plane is parallel to the third axis. Again, in fig. 22, of the cube with six planes on each solid angle, and in the hexoctahedron in fig. 23, made up of such planes, each of the planes when extended so that it will meet one axis at once its length ISOMETRIC SYSTEM. 93 from the centre, will meet the other axes at distances expressed by a constant ratio, and the expression for the lower right one of the six planes will be 8c: $d: 1a. By a little study, the expressions for the other five adjoining planes can be obtained, and so also those for all the 48 planes of the solid. In the isometric system the axes a, b, ¢, are equal, so that in the general expressions for the planes these letters may be omitted; the expressions for the above mentioned forms thus become— Cube (fig. 1), ¢: 1: #. Tetrahexahedron (fig. 5), ¢: 1: 2. Octahedron (fig. 2), 1: 1:1. Trigonal trisoctahedron (fig. 6), Dodecahedron (fig. 3), 1:1: 4%. ea aaa | Trapezohedron (fig. 4), 2: Tee Hexoctahedron (fig. 7), 3:1: 3. Looking again at fig. 17, representing the cube with planes of the trap- ezohedron, 2:1: 2, it will be perceived that there might be a trap- ezohedron having the ratios 14:1:14, 3: 15s Bt Aas AOS s As By and others; and, in fact, such trapezohedrons occur among crystals. So also, besides the trigonal trisoctahedron 2:1:1 (fig. 21), there might be, and there in fact is, another corresponding to the expression 8:1:1; and still others are possible. And besides the hexoctahedron 3:1: 4% (fig. 23), there are others having the ratios 4: 1: 2, Ares 5:1:%,andsoon — In the above ratios, the number for one of the lateral axes is always made a unit, since only a ratio is expressed; omitting this in the ex- pression, the above general ratios become: for the cube, 4: ¢; for the octahedron, 1:1; dodecahedron, 1:4; trapezohedron, 2: 2; tetra- hexahedron, ¢: 2; trigonal-trisoctahedron, 2:1; and hexoctahedron, 3:3. In the lettering of the figures these ratios are put on the planes, but with the second figure, or that referring to the vertical axis, first. Thus the lettering on the hexoctahedron (fig. 23), is 8-3; onthe trigonal trisoctahedron (fig. 21) is 2, the figure 1 being unnecessary ; on the tetrahexahedron (fig. 31), 7-2; on the trapezohedron (figs. 4 and 19), 2-2; on the dodecahedron (fig. 15), 7; on the octahedron, 1; on the cube, 7-7, in place of which H is used, the initial of hexahedron. In the printed page these symbols are written with a hyphen in order to avoid occasional ambiguity, thus 3-3, j-2, 2-2, etc. Similarly, the ratios for all planes, whatever they are, may be written. The numbers are usually small, and never decimal fractions. The angle between the planes $-2 (ort: 1: 2) and O, in fig. 30, page 21, may be easily calculated, and the same for any plane of the series i-n(¢:1:%). Draw the right-angled triangle, A DG, as in the annexed figure, making the vertical side, OD, twice that of AC, the base; that is, give them the same ratio as in the axial ratio for the plane. If AC=1. UD=2. Then, by trigonometry, making AC the radius, 1: R::2: tan DAC; or 1: B::2: cob ADG. Whence tan DAC = cot ADCs 2. wbyenu- ding to 90°, the angle of the triangle obtained by work- ing the equation, we have the inclination of the basal plane O, or the O on the opposite side of the plane i-2, (faces of the cube) on the plane 7-2. So in all cases, whatever the value of 7, that value equals the tangent of the basal angle of the triangle (or the cotangent of the angle at the vertex), and from this the inclination to the cubic faces is directly ob- 24 ‘ORYSTALLOGRAPHY. i. tained by adding 90°. If » =1, then the ratio is 1:1, as in ACB, and each angle equals 45°, giving 185° for the inclination on either adjoining cubic face. Again, if the angles of inclination have been obtained by measure- ment, the value of n in any case may be found by reversing the above calculation ; subtracting 90° from the angle, then the tangent of this angle, or the cotangent of its supplement, will equal 7, the tangents varying directly with the value of n, In the case of planes of the m: 1:1 series (including1:1:1, 2: 1: 1, etc.), the tangents of the angle between a cubic face in the same zone and these planes, less 90°, varies with the value of m. In the case of the plane 1 (or 1:1: 1), the angle between it and the cubic face is 125° 16’. Subtracting 90°, we have 35° 16’. Draw a right-angled triangle, OBC, with 35° 10’ as its vertex angle. BC has y) the value of 1c, or the semi-axis of the cube. Make DC=2BC. Then, while the angle OBC has the value of the inclination on the cubic face less 90° for the plane 1:1:1, ODOC has the same for the plane 2:1: 1. Now, making OC the radius, and taking it as unity, BC is the B tangentof BOC, or cot OBC’. SoDC= 2BC is the tan- gent of DOC, or cot ODC. By lengthening the side CD (= 2BC or 2c) it may be made equal to 83BC =3e, its value in the case of the plane 38:1:1; or to4BC = 4e, its value in the case of the plane 4: 1:1; or mBC=me 0 C for any plane in the series m:1:1; and since in all there will be the same relation between the vertical and the tangent of the angle at the base (or the cotangent of the angle at the vertex), it follows that the tangent varies with the value of m. Hence, knowing the value of the angle in the case of the form 1 (1: 1:1), the others are easily calculated from it. BO being a unit, the actual value of OC is $ 2, or 1/4, it being half the diagonal of a square, the sides of which are 1, and from this value the angle 35° 16’ might be obtained for the angle OBC. The above law (that for a plane of the m: 1: 1 series, the tangent of its inclination on a cubic face lying in the same zone, less 90°, varies with the value of m, and that it may be calculated for any plane m:1:1 from this inclination in the form 1:1: 1), holds also for planes in the series m:2:1, or m:3: 1, or anym:n:1. That is, given the inclination of O on 1:7: 1, its tangent doubled will be that of 2: 2:1, or trebled, that of 3: 2:1, and so on, or halved, it will be that of the plane +: 2: 1, which expression is essentially the same as een 2: These examples show some of the simpler methods of applying ma- thematics in calculations under the isometric system. The values of the axes are not required in them, because a=b=c=1. 8. Hemihedral Crystals—The forms of crystals described above are called holohedral forms, from the Greek for all and face, the number of planes being all that full symmetry re- quires. The cube has eight similar solid angles—similar, that is, in the enclosing planes and plane angles. Consequently the law of full symmetry requires that ail should have the same ISOMETRIC SYSTEM. 95 planes and the same number of planes; and this is the general law for all the forms. This is a consequence of the equality of the axes and their rectangular intersections. But in some crystalline forms there are only half the num- ber of planes which full symmetry requires. In fig. 39 a cube is represented with an octahedral plane on half, that is, four, of 39. 40. 41. 42. — H- IT the solid angles. A solid angle having such a plane is diag- onally opposite to one without it. The same form is represented in fig. 40, only the cubic faces are the smallest; and in fig. 41 the simple form is shown which is made up of the four octahe- dral planes. It is a tetrahedron or regular three-sided pyra- tnid. Ifthe octahedral faces of fig. 39 had been on the other four of the solid angles of the cube, the tetrahedron made of those planes would have been that of fig. 42 instead of fig. 41. Other hemihedral forms are represented in figs. 43 to AD: fig. 43 is a hemihedral form of the trapezohedron, fig. 2 aa et fig. 44, hemihedral of the hexoctahedron, fig. 7, or a nemi-hex- octahedron. Fig. 45 is a combination of the tetrahedron (plane 1) and hemi-hexoctahedron. In these forms figs. 41-44, no face has another parallel to it; and consequently they are called inclined hemrhedrons. Fig. 46 represents a cube with the planes of a tetrahexahe- dron, as already explained. In fig. 47, the cube has only one of the planes 7-2 on each edge, and therefore only twelve in all; 26 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. and hence it affords an example of hemihedrism—a kind that is presented by many crystals of pyrite. Fig. 48 is the hemihe- dral form resulting when these twelve planes 7-2 are extended to the obliteration of the cubic faces; and fig. 49 is another, made of the other twelve of these planes. Again, in fig. 50, a cube is represented having only three out of the six planes of fig. 22, and this is another example of hemihedrism. These kinds differ from the inclined hemihedrons in having opposite parallel faces, and hence they are called parallel hemihedrons. 4, Internal Structure of Isometric Crystals, or Cleavage.— The crystals of many isometric minerais have cleavage, or a greater or less capability of division in directions situated symmetrically with reference to the axes. The cleavage direc- tions are parallel either to the faces of the cube, the octahe- dron, or the dodecahedron, In galenite (p. 145) there is easy cleavage in three directions parallel to the faces of the cube ; in fluorite (p. 208), in four directions parallel to the faces of the octahedron ; in sphalerite (p. 154), in six directions parallel to the faces uf the dodecahedron. These cleavages are an impor- tant means of distinguishing the species. The three cubic cleavages are precisely alike in the ease with which cleavage takes place, and in the kinds of surface obtained ; and so is it with the four in the octahedral directions, and the six in the dodecahedral. Occasionally cleavages of two of these sys- tems occur in the same mineral ; that is, for example, parallel to both the faces of the cube and the octahedron ; but when so, those of one system are much more distinct than those of the other, and cleavage surfaces in the two directions are quite un- like as to smoothness and lustre. 5. Irregularities of Isometric Crystals,—A cube has its faces — _ precisely equal, and so it is with each of the forms represented ISOMETRIC SYSTEM. oF, in figs. 2 to 7. This perfect symmetry is almost never found in actual crystals. 52. 53. A cubic crystal has generally the form of a square prism (fig. 51 a stout one, fig. 52 another long and slender), or a rectangu- lar prism (fig. 53). In such cases the crystal may still be known to be a cube; because, if so, the kind of surface and kind of lustre on the six faces will be precisely alike; and if there is cubic cleavage it will be exactly equal in facility in three rectangular directions; or if there is cleavage in four, or six, directions, it will be equal in degree in the four, or the six, directions, and have mutual inclinations corresponding with the angles of the octahedron or dodecahedron 5 and thus the crys- tal will show that it is isometric in system. The same shortening or lengthening of the crystal often dis- guises greatly the octahedron, dodecahedron, and other forms. This is illustrated in the following figures: Fig. 54 shows the 28 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. form of the regular octahedron; 55, an octahedron lengthened horizontally ; 56, one shortened parallel to one of the pairs of faces; 57, one lengthened parallel to another pair, the ultimate result of which obliterates two of the faces, and places an acute solid angle in place of each. The solid is then six-sided, and has rhombic faces whose plane angles are 120° and 60°. The following figures illustrate corresponding changes in the dodecahedron (fig. 58). In fig. 59 the dodeca- 58. 59. hedron is lengthened vertically, making a square prism with four- sided pyramidal terminations. In 60, it is shortened vertically. In 61 the dodecahedron is lengthened obliquely in the direction of an octahedral axis, and in 62 it is shortened in the same direction, making six-sided prisms with trihedral terminations. So again in the trapezohedron there are equally deceptive forms arising from elongations and shortenings in the same two clirections. These distortions change the relative sizes of planes, but not the values of angles. In crystals of the several forms repre- sented in figs. 54 to 57, the inclinations are the same as in the regular octahedron. ‘There is the same constancy of angle in other distorted crystals. SYSTEMS OF ORYSTALLIZATION. 29 Occasionally, as in the diamond, the planes of crystals are convex; and then, of course, the angles will differ from the true angle. It is important, in order to meet the difficulties in the way of recognizing isometric crystals, to have clearly in the mind the precise aspect of an equilateral triangle, which 1s the shape of a face of an octahedron ; the form of the rhombic face of the dodecahedron; and the form of the trapezoidal face of a trapezohedron. With these distinctly remembered, isometric crystalline forms that are much obscured by distortion, or which show only two or three planes of the whole number, will often be easily recognized. Crystals in this system, as well as in the others, often have their faces striated, or else rough with points. This is gener- ally owing to a tendency in the forming crystal to make two different planes at the same time, or rather an oscillation between the condition necessary for making one plane and that for making another. Fig. 63 represents a cube of pyrite with stri- ated faces. As the faces of a cube are equal, thestriations are alike on all. It will be noted that the striations of adjoining faces are at right angles to one another. The little ridges of the striated surfaces are made up of planes of the pentagonal dode- cahedron (fig. 49, p. 26), and they arise from an oscillation in the crystallizing conditions between that which, if acting alone, would make a cube, and that which would make this hemihe- dral dodecahedron. Again, in magnetite, oscillations between the octahedron and dodecahedron produce the striations in fig. Gas MAGNETITE. COMMON SALT. Octahedral crystals of fluorite often occur with the faces made up of evenly projecting solid angles of a cube, giving 380 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. them rough instead of polished planes. This has arisen from oscillation between octahedral and cubic conditions. In some cases crystals are filled out only along the diagonal planes. Fig. 65 represents a crystal of common salt of this kind, having pyramidal depressions in place of the regular faces. Octahedrons of gold sometimes occur with three-sided, pyram- idal depressions in place of the octahedral faces. Such forms sometimes result when crystals are eroded by any cause. II. DIMETRIC, on TETRAGONAL SYSTEM. 1. Descriptions of Forms.—In this system (1) the axes cross at right angles; (2) the vertical axis is either longer or shorter than the lateral; and (3) the lateral axes are equal. The following figures represent some of the crystalline forms. They are very often attached by one extremity to the support- IDOCRASE. APOPHYLLITE, ZIRCON. ing rock and have perfect terminating planes only at the other. Square prisms, with or without pyramidal terminations, square octahedrons, eight-sided prisms, eight-sided pyramids, and espe- cially combinations of these, are the common forms. Since the lateral axes are equal, the four lateral planes of the square prisms are alike in lustre and surface-markings. For the same reason the symmetry of the crystal is throughout by fours; that is, the number of similar pyramidal planes at the extremity is either four or eight; and they show that they are similar by DIMETRIC, OR TETRAGONAL SYSTEM. 31 being exactly alike in inclination to the basal plane as well as alike in lustre. There are two distinct square prisms. In one (fig. 10) the 10. Buy 12. axes connect the centres of the lateral faces. In the other (tig. 12) they connect the centres of the lateral edges. In fig. 11 the two prisms are combined; the figure shows that the planes of one truncate the lateral edges of the other, the inter- facial angle between adjoining planes being 1307. igess, 4,7, are of others having planes of both prisms. In fig. 13 one prism is represented within the other. Fig. 14 represents an eight-sided prism, and fig. 15 a combi- nation of a square prism (ii) with an eight-sided prism (7-2). 15. Another example of this is shown in fig. 4, and also in, figs 9, the planes 7-2 in one, and 7-3 in the other. The basal plane in these prisms is an independent plane, be- cause the vertical axis is not equal to the lateral, and hence it almost always differs in lustre and smoothness from the lateral. Like the square prisms, the square octahedrons are in two series, one set (fig. 16) having the lateral or basal edges parallel to the lateral axes, and these axes connecting the centres of opposite basal edges, and the other (fig. 17) having them diago- nal to the axes, these axes connecting the apices of the opposite o2 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. solid angles, as in the isometric octahedron. There may be, on the same crystal, faces of several octahedrons of these two series, differing in having their planes inclined at different angles to 16. < the basal plane. In figs. 5 and 7 there is one of these pyra- mids terminating the prism, and in figs. 6 and 8 the planes of two. In figs. 1 to 3 there are planes of the same octahe- dron, but combined with the basal plane O ; and in fig. 4 there are planes of two, with O. In fig. 9 there are planes of the same octahedron, with planes of a square prism (2-t), and of an eight-sided prism (i-2). In fig. 18 there is the prism 2-2 com- bined with two octahedrons, and the basal plane O; and in 19 the planes of one octahedron with the prism J. Fig. 20 represents an eight-sided double pyramid, made of eh Be 22, yy \ J Titi) T equal planes, equally inclined to the base; and fig. 21, the same planes on the square prism i-t. The small planes, in pairs, on fig. 8, are of this kind. In fig. 22 the small planes 3-3 of fig. 8 occur alone, without planes of the four-sided pyramids, and therefore make the eight-sided pyramid, 3-3. This solid of sixteen planes has the largest number of similar planes possible in the dimetric system, while the largest number in the isometric system (occurring in the hexoctahedron) 1s forty-eight. DIMETRIC, OR TETRAGONAL SYSTEM. 33 2. Positions of the Planes with reference to the Axes.—Let- tering of planes. In the prism fig. 10, the lateral planes are parallel to the vertical axis and to one lateral axis, and meet the other lateral axis at its extremity. The expression for it is hence (¢ standing for the vertical axis and a, } for the lateral) ze : 7b : 1a, 7, as before, standing for infinity and indicating parallelism. For the prism of fig. 12, the prismatic planes meet the two lateral axes at their extremities, and are parallel to the vertical, and . hence the expression for them is 23. ic: 16: 1a. Inthe annexed figure -a the two bisecting lines, a —@ and b —0d, represent the lateral axes ; the line s ¢ stands for a section of a lateral plane of the first of these prisms, it being parallel to one lateral axis and meeting the other at its extremity, and ad for that of the other, it meeting the two at their extremities. In the eight-sided prisms (figs. 14, 15), each of the lateral planes is parallel to the vertical axis, meets one of the lateral axes at its extrem- ity, and would meet the other axis if it were prolonged to two or three or more times its length. The line ag, in fig. 23, has the position of one of the eight planes; it meets the axis 0 at 0, or twice its length from the centre; and hence the expression for it would be ie : 26 : 1a, or, since b = a, t¢ : 2: 1, which is a general expression for each of the eight planes. Again, ap has the position of one of the eight planes of an- other such prism; and since Op is three times the length of 0b, the ex- pression for the plane would be w : 3: 1. So there may be other eight- sided prisms; and, putting » for any possible ratio, the expression ic: n: 1 isa general one for all eight-sided prisms in the dimetric sys- tem. A plane of the octahedron of fig. 16 meets one lateral axis at its extremity, and is parallel to the other, and it meets the vertical axis ¢ at its extremity ; its expression is consequently (dropping the letters @ and b, because these axes are equal) l¢:7: 1. Other octahedrons in the same vertical series may have the vertical axis longer or shorter than axis ¢; that is, there may be the planes eae Ge ego ee ee 4¢:¢:1, and soon; or4$c:%¢:1,4¢:7¢:1, and so on; or, using m for any coefficient of c, the expression becomes general, me:%:1. When m = 0 the vertical axis is zero, and the plane is the basal plane O of the prism ; and when m = infinity, the plane is te: 4:1, or the vertical plane of the prism in the same series, 7-2, fig. 10. The planes of the octahedron of fig. 17 meet two lateral axes at their extremities, and the vertical at its extremity, and the expression for the plane is hence 1¢:1:1. Other octahedrons in this series will have the general expression mc:1:1, in which m may have any value, not a decimal, greater or less than unity, as in the preceding case. When in this series m = infinity, the plane is that of the prism ic : 1:1, or that of fig, 12. } In the case of the double eight-sided pyramid (figs. 20, 21, 22), the planes meet the two lateral axes at unequal distances from the centre; and also meet the vertical axis. The expression may be 3 34 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 9¢:2:1,4¢:2:1, 5¢:3:1, and so on; or, giving it a general form, me:n:1. In the lettering of the planes on figures of dimetric crystals, the first number (as in the isometric and all the other systems) is the coefficient of the vertical axis, and the other is the ratio of the other two, and when this ratio is a unit it is omitted. The expressions and the lettering for the planes are then as follows: Expressions, Lettering. For square prisms 1. wre: tt Nee OE ee a Rees 2° 42154 t or I. For eight-sided prisms......... dou 1-0 1 eet a: m-t For octahedrons;,......+.+% 13 me Bs} m For double eight-sided pyramids, mc:n:1 m-n The symbols are written without a hyphen on the figures of crystals. On figure 14, the plane 7-7 is that particular ¢-n in which n = ~, or a-2. In fig. 21 the planes of the double eight-sided pyramid, m-n, have m = 1 and n = 2 (the expression being 1 : 2 : 1), and hence itis lettered 1-2. In fig. 8 and in fig. 22 it is the one in which m=3 andn = 3 (the expression being 3 : 8: 1), and hence the lettering 3-3. The length of the vertical axis c may be calculated as follows, pro- vided the crystal affords the required angles: Suppose, in the form fig. 18, the inclination of O on plane 1-7 to have been found to be 130°, or of 7-2 on the same plane, 140° (one follows from the other, since the sum of the two, as has been explained, is necessarily 270°). Subtracting 90°, we have 40° for the inclination of the plane on the vertical axis ¢, or 50° for the same on the lateral axis a, or the basal section. In the right-angled triangle, OBC, the angle OBC equals 40°. If OC be taken as a = 1, then BC will 24. be the length of the vertical axis c; and its value may be y obtained by the equation cot 40° = BC, or tan 50° = BC. On fig. 18 there is a second octahedral plane, lettered }-i, and it might be asked, Why take one plane rather than the other for this calculation? The determination on this point is more or less arbitrary. It is usual to B assume that plane as the unit plane in one or the other series of octahedrons (fig. 16 or fig. 17) which is of most common occurrence, or that which will give the simplest symbols to the crystalline forms of a species; or that which will make the vertical axis nearest to unity; or 0 © that which corresponds to a cleavage direction. The value of the vertical axis having been thus deter- mined from 1-7, the same may be determined in like manner for 3-2 in the same figure (fig. 18). The result would be a value just half that of BC. Or if there were a plane 2-7, the value obtained would be twice BC, or BD in fig. 24; the angle ODC + 90° would equal the inclina- tion of O on 2-¢. So for other planes in the same vertical zone, as 3-1, 4-7, or any plane m-?. If there were present several planes of the series m-?, and their incli- DIMETRIC, OR TETRAGONAL SYSTEM. 35 rations to the basal plane O were known, then, after subtracting from the values 90°, the cotangents of the angles obtained, or the tangents of their complements, will equal m in each case ; that is, the tangents (or cotangents) will vary directly with the value of m. The logarithm of the tangent for the plane 1-7, added to the logarithm of 2, will equal the logarithm of the tangent for the plane 2-2, and so on. The law of the tangents for this vertical zone m-? holds for the planes of all possible vertical zones in the dimetric system. Further, if the square prism were laid on its side so that one of the lateral planes be- came the base, and if zones of planes are present on it that are vertical with reference to this assumed base, the law of the tangents still holds, with only this difference to be noted, that then one of the lateral axes is the vertical. It holds also for the ¢rimetric system, no matter which of the diametral planes is taken for the base, since all the axial inter- sections are rectangular. It holds for the monoclinic system for the zone of planes that lies between the axes c and } and that between the axes a and 0, since these axes meet at right angles, but not for that between ¢ and a, the angle of intersection here being oblique. It holds for all vertical zones in the hezagonal system, since the basal plane in this system is at right angles to the vertical axis. But it is of no use in the triclinic system, in which all the axial intersections are oblique. The value of the vertical axis c may be calculated also from the incli- nation of O on 1, or of Jon 1. See fig. 2, and compare it with fig. Lis If the angle J on 1 equals 140°, then, after subtracting 90°, we have 50° for the basal angle in the triangle OOB, fig. 24; or for half the inter- facial angle over a basal edge—edge Z—in fig. 17. The value of ¢ may then be calculated by means of the formula c= tan+ Zvi, by substituting 50° for 7 and working the equation. For any octahedron in the series m, the formula is me =tan4Z v4 Z being the angle over the basal edge of that octahedron. If m= 2, then c = $(tan$Zv4). Further, m = (tan 47 7%) + ©. The interfacial angle over the terminal edge of any octahedron m may be obtained, if the value of ¢ is known, by the formulas mc = cote cos e = cot 4X X being the desired angle (fig. 17). The same for any octahedron m-3 may be calculated from the formulas me = cote cose =cos4Y 72 Y being the desired angle (fig. 16). For other methods of calculation reference may be made to the ‘‘ Text Book of Mineralogy,” or to some other work treating of mathematical crystallography. 3. Hemihedral Forms.—Among the few hemihedral forms under the dimetric system there is a tetrahedron, called a spher- 36 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. oid (figs. 25 or 26), and also forms in which only half of the sixteen planes of the double eight-sided pyramid, or half the eight planes of an eight-sided prism—those alternate in position wAWG A —are present (figs. 27, 28). In fig. 27 the absent planes are those of half the pairs of planes; and in fig. 28 they include one of each of the pairs, as will be seen on comparing these figures with fig. 21. 4, Cleavage.—In this system cleavage may occur parallel to the sides of either of the square prisms; parallel to the basal plane ; parallel to the faces of a square octahedron ; or in two of these directions at the same time. Cleavage parallel to the base and that parallel to a prism are never equal, so that such prisms need not be confounded with distorted cubes. 5, Irregularities in Crystals—The square prisms are very often rectangular instead of square, and so with the octahedrons. But, as elsewhere among crystals, the angles remain constant. When forms are thus distorted, the four prismatic planes will have like lustre and surface markings, and thus show that the faces are normally equal and the lateral axes therefore equal. If the plane truncating the edge of a prism makes an angle of precisely 135° with the faces of the prism, this is proof that « the prism is square, or that the lateral axes are equal, since the angle between a diagonal of a square and one of its sides is 45°, and 135° is the supplement of 45°. 6. Distinctions, —The dimetric prisms have the base different in lustre from the sides, and planes on the basal edges different in angle from those on the lateral, and thus they differ from isometric forms. ‘The lateral edges may be truncated, and the new plane will have an angle of 135° with those of the prism, in which they differ from trimetric forms, while like isometric. The extremities of the prism, if it have any planes besides the basal, will have them in fours or eights, each of the four, or of the eight, inclined to the base, at the same angle. When there is any cleavage parallel to the vertical axis, it is alike TRIMETRIC, OR ORTHORHOMBIC SYSTEM. oF +1 two directions at right angles with one another. The lateral planes of either square prism are alike in lustre and markings. III. TRIMETRIC, on ORTHORHOMBIC SYSTEM. 1. Descriptions of Forms.—The crystals under the trimetric system vary from rectangular to rhombic prisms and rhombic octahedrons, and include various combinations of such forms. Figs. 1 to 7 are a few of those of the species barite, and figs. § to 10 of crystals of sulphur. BARITE. SULPHUR. Fig. 11 represents a rectangular prism (diametral prism), and fig. 12 a rhombic prism, each with the axes. The axes connect the centres of the opposite planes in the former ; but in the latter the lateral axes connect the centres of the oppo- site edges. Of the two lateral axes the longer is called the macrodiagonal, and the shorter the brachydiagonal. The verti- cal section containing the former is the macrodiagonal section and that containing the latter, the brachydiagonal section. In the rectangular prism, fig. 11, only opposite planes are alike, because the three axes are unequal. Of these planes, that oppo- site to the larger lateral axis is called the macropinacoid, and that opposite the shorter the brachypinacoid (from the Greek for long and short, and a word signifying board or table). Hach o8 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. pair—that is, one of these planes and its. opposite—is called a hemiprism. | In the rhombic prism, fig. 12, the four lateral planes are similar planes. But of the four lateral edges of the prism two are obtuse and two acute. Fig. 13 represents a combination of the rectangular and rhombic prisms, and illustrates the rela- tions of their planes. Other rhombic prisms parallel to the vertical axis occur, differing in interfacial angles, that is, in the ratio of the lateral axes. Besides vertical rhombic prisms, there are also horizontal prisms parallel to each lateral axis,aand 6. In fig. 2 the narrow planes in front (lettered 42) are planes of a rhombic prism parallel to the longer of the lateral axes, and those to the right (1%) are planes of another parallel to the shorter lateral axis. In fig. 6 the planes are those of these two horizontal prisms. Such prisms are called also domes, because they have the form of the roof of a house (domus in Latin meaning house). In fig. 3 these same two domes occur, and also the planes (lettered J) of a vertical rhombic prism. Of these domes there may be many both in the macrodiagonal and the brachydiagonal series, differing in angle (or in ratio of the two intersected axes). Those par- allel to the longer lateral axis, or the macrodiagonal, are called macrodomes ; and those parallel to the shorter, or brachydiag- onal, are called brachydomes. A rhombic octahedron, lettered 1, is shown in fig. 8; a com- bination of two, lettered 1 and 4, in tig. 9; and a combination of four, lettered 1, 4, 4, 4, in fig. 10. This last figure contains also the planes J, or those of a vertical rhombic prism; the planes 1-2, or those of a dome parallel to the longer lateral axis 5 the planes 1-é, or those of a dome parallel to the shorter lateral axis; the plane QO, or the basal plane; the plane 7-7, or the brachypinacoid ; and also a rhombic octahedron lettered 1-3. 2, Positions of Planes, Lettering of Crystals,—The notation is, ina general way, like that of the dimetric system, but with differ- ences made necessary by the inequality of the lateral axes. The letters TRIMETRIC, OR ORTHORHOMBIC SYSTEM. 39 v for the three are written ¢: 6: a; 6 being the longer lateral and a the shorter lateral. In place of the square prism of the dimetric system, i-t, there are the hemiprisms 2-2 and i-z, or the macropinacoid and brachy- pinacoid, having the expressions ?¢ : ib: 1d and ic: 46:74. The form I is the rhombic prism, having the expression é¢ : 10: 1d, corresponding to the square prism J in the dimetric system. The planes 2-7 or 2-7 are other rhombic vertical prisms, the former corresponding to tc: nb: 1d, the other to tc: 16: nd. If n=2, the plane is lettered either ¢-2 or 7-3. The plane 1-3 has the expression Ice: 16:3¢. m-% and m-ii comprise all possible rhombic prisms and octahedrons, and correspond to the expressions mc : 2b : 1d and mc:16: nd. When m= infinity they become @-” and 7-7, or expressions for vertical rhombic prisms; when n = infinity they become m-t and m-t, or expressions for macrodomes and brachydomes. The question which of the three axes should be taken as the vertical axis is often decided by reference simply to mathematical convenience. Sometimes the crystals are prominently prismatic only in one direction, as in topaz, and then the axis in this direction is made the vertical. In many cases a cleavage rhombic prism, when there is ong, is made the vertical, but exceptions to this are numerous. There is also no general rule for deciding which octahedron should be taken for the unit octahe- dron, But however decided, the axial relations for the planes will re- main essentially the same. In fig. 10, had the plane lettered 4 been made the plane 1, then the series, instead of being as it is in the figure, 1, +, 4; 4, would have been 2, 1, 3, 2, in which the mutual axial rela- tions are the same. The relative values of the axes in the trimetric system may be calcu- lated in the same way as that of the vertical axis in the dimetric sys- tem, explained on page 34. The law of the tangents, as stated on page 30, holds for this system. 3 Hemihedral Forms.—Hemihedral forms are not common in this system. Some of those so considered have been proved to owe their apparent hemihedrism to their being of the mono- clinic system, as in the case of datolite and two species of the chondrodite group. In a few kinds, as, for example, calamine, one extremity of a crystal differs in its planes from the other. Such forms are termed hemimorphic, from the Greek for half and form. They become polar electric when heated, that is, are pyroelectric, showing that this hemimorphism is connected with polarity in the crystal. 4, Cleavage.—Cleavage may take place in the direction of either of the diametral planes (that is, either face of the rectan- gular prism) ; but it will be different in facility and~in the sur- face afforded for each. In anhydrite, however, the difference is very small. Cleavage may also occur in the direction of the planes of a rhombic prism, either alone or in connection with cleavage in other directions. It also sometimes occurs, as in sulphur, parallel to the faces of a rhombic octahedron. 40 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 5. Irregularities in Crystals—The crystals almost never cor- respond in their diametral dimensions with the calculated axial dimensions. ‘They are always lengthened, widened, shortened, or narrowed abnormally, but without affecting the angles. Ex- amples of diversity in this kind of distortion are given in figs. 1 to 7, of barite. 6. Distinctions.—In the trimetric system the angle 135° does not occur, because the three axes are unequal. ‘There are pyra- mids of four similar planes in the system, but never of eight; and the angles over the terminal edges of the pyramids are never equal as they are in the dimetric system. The rectangu- lar octahedron of the trimetric system is made up of two hori- zontal prisms, as shown in fig. 6, and is therefore not a simple form ; and it differs from the octahedron of the dimetric sys- tem corresponding to it (fig. 16, p. 32) in having the angles over the basal edges of two values. IV. MONOCLINIC SYSTEM. 1. Descriptions of Forms,—In this system the three axes are unequal, as in the trimetric system; but one of the axial inter- sections is oblique, that between the axis a and the vertical axis c. The following examples of its crystalline forms, figs. 1 to 6, show the effect of this obliquity. On account of it the front or back planes above and below the middle in these figures differ, and the anterior and posterior prismatic planes are une- qually inclined to a basal plane. PYROXENE, FELDSPAR. HORNBLENDE. The axes and their relations are illustrated, in figs. 7 and 8. Fig. 7 represents an oblique rectangular prism, and fig. 8 an oblique rhombic. The former is the diametral prism, like the rectangular of the trimetric system. The axes connect the centres of the cpposite faces, and the planes are of three MONOCLINIC SYSTEM. ~~ aE distinct kinds, being parallel to unlike axes and diametral sec- tions. In the latter, as in the trimetric rhombic prism, the lateral axes connect the centres of the opposite sides. More- over, this rhombic prism may be reduced to the rectangular by the removal of its edges by planes parallel to the lateral axes. MONAZITE. MIRABILITE. The axis a, or the inclined lateral axis (inclined at an oblique angle to the vertical axis c), is called the clinodiagonal , and the axis b, which is not inclined, the orthodiagonal (from the Greek for right, or rectangular). The vertical section through the former is called the clinodiagonal section ; it is parallel to the plane i2 (fig. 1-6). The vertical section through the latter is 7. 8. the orthodiagonal section ; itis parallel to planes i-t. Owing to the oblique angle between a and ¢, the planes above o@ differ in their relations to the axes from those below, and hence comes the difference in the angle they make with the basal plane. The halves of a crystal either side of the clinodiagonal section __the vertical section through a and c-—are alike in all planes and angles. Another important fact is this: that the plane 2, or that parallel to the clinodiagonal section, is at right angles not only to O and %-i, but to all planes in the zone of O and 7; 42 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. that is, in the clinodiagonal zone; and this is a consequence of the right angle which axis 6 makes with both axis ¢ and AXIS a. The plane -2 is called the orthopinacoid, it being parallel to the orthodiagonal; and the plane 7-2, the clinopinacoid, it being parallel to the clinodiagonal. Vertical rhombic prisms have the same relations to the lateral axes as in the trimetric system. Domes, or horizontal rhombic prisms, occur in the orthodiagonal zone, because the vertical axis c and the orthodiagonal 6 make right angles with one another. In fig. 6 the planes 1-2, 2-2 belong to two such domes. They are called clinodomes, because parallel to the clinodiagonal. — In the clinodiagonal zone, on the contrary, the planes above and below the basal plane differ, as already stated, and hence there can be no orthodomes; they are hemiorthodomes. ‘Thus, in fig. 6, 4-2, 1-¢ are planes of hemiorthodomes above 2-2, and —4i-iisa plane of another of different angle below it. The plane, and its diagonally opposite, make the hemiorthodome. The octahedral planes above the plane of the lateral axes also differ from those below. Thus, in figs. 5 and 6, the planes 1, 1 are, in their inclinations, different planes from the planes —1, —1;soinall cases. Thus there can be no monoclinic octahedrons —only hemioctahedrons. An oblique octahedron is made up of two sets of planes; that is, planes of two hemioctahedrons. Such an octahedron may be modelled and figured, but it will consist of two sets of planes: one set including the two above the basal section in front and their diagonally opposites behind (fig. 9), and the other set including the two below the basal sec- tion and their diagonally opposites (fig. 10). A hemioctahedron, since it consists of only four planes, is really an obliquely placed rhombic prism, and very frequently they are so lengthened as to be actual prisms. TRICLINIC SYSTEM. 43 9. Positions of Planes. Lettering of Crystals—On account of the obliquity of the crystals, the planes above and below the basal sec- tion require a distinguishing mark in their lettering, as well as in the mathematical expressions for them. One set is made minus and the other plus. The plus sign is omitted in the lettering. In fig. 7 there are above the basal section (or above 2-2) the planes 1-2, 4-2, 1, 4, but be- low it, —4-¢, —1. The plus planes are those opposite the acute inter- section of the basal and orthodiagonal sections, and the minus those opposite the obtuse. No signs are needed for planes of the clinodiago- nal section, since they are alike both above and below the basal sec- tion. The distinction of longer and shorter lateral axis is not available in this system, since either may be the clinodiagonal. The distinction of clinodiagonal and orthodiagonal planes is indicated by a grave accent over the number or letters referring to the clinodiagonal. The lettering for the clinodomes on fig. 6 is 1-2, 2-i—the @ (initial of infinite, with the accent) signifying parallelism to the clinodiagonal. The hemiocta- hedrons, 1, 2, etc., need no such mark, as the expression for them is1c:1b:1d, 2c: 10:12, the planes having a unit ratio for @ and 0. But the plane 2-2, in fig. 5, requires it, its expression being pT Me ss Drea Se the fact that the last 2 refers to the clinodiagonal is indicated by the accent. If it referred to the orthodiagonal, that is, if the expres- sion for the plane were 2c : 20 : 1a, it would be written 2-2 without the accent. 8. Cleavage. Cleavage may be basal, or parallel to either of the other diametral sections, or parallel to a vertical rhombic prism, or to the planes of a hemioctahedron ; or to the planes of a clinodome, or to that of a hemiorthodome. If occurring in two or more directions in any species it is always different in degree in each different direction, as in all the other systems. 4, Irregularities,—Crystals of this system may be elongated abnormally in the direction of either axis, and any diagonal. The hemiorthodomes may be in aspect the bases of prisms, and the hemioctahedrons the sides of prisms. Which plane in the zone of hemiorthodomes should be made the base, and which in the series of hemioctahedrons should be assumed as the funda- mental prism determining the direction of the vertical axis, is often decided differently by different crystallographers. Con- venience of mathematical calculation is often the principal point referred to in order to reach a conclusion. V. TRICLINIC SYSTEM. 1. Descriptions of Forms.—In the triclinic system the three axes are unequal and their three intersections are oblique, and consequently there are never more than two planes of a kind ; 44 ORYSTALLOGRAPHY. that is, planes having the same inclinations to either diametral section, The following are examples : AXINITE. ANORTHITE, AMBLYGONITE, The difference in angle from monoclinic forms is often very small, ‘This is true in the Feldspar family. Fig. 2, of the feldspar called anorthite, 1s very similar in general form to fig. 4, of orthoclase, which is monoclinic. This is still more strikingly seen on comparing fig. 4 with fig. 5, representing a crystal of oligoclase, another one of the triclinic feldspars. The ORTHOCLASE. OLIGOCLASE. planes on the two are the same with one exception; but there is this difference, that in orthoclase, as in all monoclinic erys- tals, the angle between the planes O and 2-? (the two directions HEXAGONAL SECTION OF HEXAGONAL SYSTEM. 45 of cleavage) is 90°; and in oligoclase and the other triclinic feldspars it is 3° to 5° from 90°, being in oligoclase 93° 50’, and sn anorthite 94° 10’. This difference in angle involves oblique intersections between the axes 0 and ¢, and c and a, which are rectangular in monoclinic forms. There is a similarly close re- lation between the triclinic form of rhodonite and that of pyrox- ene, and a resemblance also in composition. The diametral prism in this system is similar to fig. 7 on page 41, under the monoclinic system, but differs in having the planes all rhomboidal instead of part rectangular. The form corresponding to the oblique rhombic prism of the monoclinic system (fig. 8, p. 41) also has rhomboidal instead of rhombic planes; moreover, the two prismatic planes have unequal in- ‘clinations to the vertical diametral section, and are therefore dissimilar planes. The prism, consequently, is made of two hemiprisms, and the basal plane is another, making in all three hemiprisms. 2, Cleavage.—Cleavage takes place independently in differ- ent diametral or diagonal directions. In the triclinic feldspars it conforms to the directions in orthoclase, with only the excep- tion arising from the obliquity above explained. VI. HEXAGONAL SYSTEM. This system is distinguished from the others by the charac- ter of its symmetry—the number of planes of a kind around the vertical axis being a multiple of 3. The number of lateral axes is hence 3. It is related to the dimetric system in having the lateral axes at right angles to the vertical and equal, and is hence like it also in the optical characters of its crystals. Its hexagonal prismatic form approaches trimetric crystals in the obtuse angle (120°) of the prism, some trimetric crystals having an angle of nearly 120°. Under this system there are two sections : 1. The HexAGonaL SECTION, in which the number of planes of a kind around each vertical axis above or below the basal section is 6 or 12. 9. The RHOMBOHEDRAL SECTION, in which the number of planes of a kind around each half of the vertical axis, above or below the basal section, is 3 or 6; and, in addition, the planes above are alternate in position with those below. The forms are mathematically hemihedral to the hexagonal, but not so in their real nature. 46 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. I. HEXAGONAL SECTION, 1, Description of Forms.—Figs. 1 to 3 represent some of the forms under this section. Figs. 2 and 3 show only one ex- APATITE. tremity; and such crystals are seldom perfect at both. All exhibit well the symmetry by sixes which characterizes this section of the hexagonal system. Prisms. Under this system there are two hexagonal prisms , and a number of occurring twelve-sided prisms. Fig. 4 repre- sents one of the hexagonal prisms, with its axes—the three lateral connecting the centres of the opposite edges. The lateral angles of the prism are 120°. If the lateral edges of this prism are truncated, as in the figure of apatite (fig. 3), the truncating planes, 2-2, are the lateral faces of another similar hexagonal prism, in which, as the relations of the two show, the HEXAGONAL SECTION OF HEXAGONAL SYSTEM. AT lateral axes connect the centres of the opposite lateral faces. This prism is represented in fig. 5. The lateral edges of the hexagonal prisms occur sometimes with two similar planes on each edge, and these planes, when extended to the obliteration of the hexagonal prism, make a twelve-sided prism. These two planes are seen in fig. 8, along with the planes Z of the hexago- nal prism, and 1 of a double six- sided pyramid, besides the basal plane O. Double pyramids. The double pyramids are of three kinds: (1) A series of six-sided, whose planes belong to the same verti- cal zone with the planes Z. The planes of two such pyramids (lettered 1, 2) are shown in figs. 1 and 2, three of them in fig. 3 (lettered 3, 1, 2), and one in fig. 7, and one such double pyramid, without combination with other planes, in fig. 6. (2) A series of six-sided double pyramids, whose planes are in the same vertical zone with i-2, examples of which occur on fig. _2 (plane 2-2)—on fig. 3 (planes 1-2, 2-2, 4-2). The form of this double pyramid is like that represented in fig. 6, but the lateral axes connect the centres of the basal edges. The double six- sided pyramid is sometimes called a quartzoid, because it occurs in quartz. (3) Twelve-sided double pyramids. ‘Two planes of such a pyramid are shown ona hexagonal prism in fig. 9, also in fig. 2 (the planes 3-3), and the simple form consisting of such planes in fig. ]0—a form called a berylloid, as the planes are common in beryl. In fig. 11 the planes 1 belong to a double six-sided pyramid; and those next below (of which three are lettered W) to a double twelve-sided pyramid. 48 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 9. Lettering of Crystals—The prism of fig. 5 is lettered 1-2, be- cause it is parallel to the vertical axis, and has the ratio of 1: 2 between two lateral axes. This is shown in the annexed figure, which repre- sents the hexagonal outline of the prism 4-2 circumscribing that of the prism J. The plane 7-2 is produced to meet axis a, which it does when @ is extended to twice its length ; whence the ratio for the axes a, a’, is 1: 2. The numbers 1, 2, on the double hexa- gonal pyramids in fig. 1 indicate the relative lengths of the vertical axis ne, of the two pyramids, they having the A i2 G BR same 1:1 ratio of the lateral axes; and so in figs. 2, 8, and others. The lettering on the pyramids of the other series in fig. 3, 1-2, 2-2, 4-2, indicates, by the second figure, that the planes are in the same vertical zone with the prismatic plane 7-2, and by the first figure the rel- ative lengths of the vertical axes. In the twelve-sided prisms such ratios as 7-3, 7-3, ¢-& occur. The fraction in any case expresses the ratio of the lateral axes for the par- ticular planes. The double twelve-sided pyramids have the ratios 3-3 (fig. 2), 4-4, and others. Both im these forms and the twelve-sided prisms, the second figure in the lettering, expressing the ratio of the lateral axes, has necessarily a value between 1 and 2, 8. Hemihedral Forms.—Fig. 13 represents a crystal of apa- tive in which there are two sets of planes, 0 (=3-3) and o’ (=4-4) which are hemihedral, only half of the full number of each o existing instead of all. This kind of hemi- hedrism consists in the suppression of an alternate half of the planes in each pyramid of the double twelve-sided pyramid (fig. 10), and in the suppressed planes of the upper pyramid being here directly over those suppressed in the lower pyramid. If the student will shade over half the planes alternately of the two pyramids, putting the APATITE. shaded planes above directly over those below, he will understand the nature of the hemihedrism. In some hemihedral forms the suppressed planes of the upper pyramid alternate with those of the lower; but this kind occurs only in the rhombohedral section of the hexagonal system. 4, Cleavage,—Cleavage is usually basal, or parallel to a six- RHOMBOHEDRAL SECTION OF HEXAGONAL SYSTEM. 49 sided pyramid. Sometimes there are traces of cleavage parallel | to the faces of a six-sided pyramid. 5. Irregularities of Crystals,— Distortions sometimes disguise 14, greatly the real forms of hexagonal crystals by enlarging some planes at the expense of others. This is © illustrated in fig. 14, representing the actual form presented by a crystal having the planes shown in fig. 13. Whenever in a prism the prismatic angle is exactly 120° or 150°, the form is almost always of the hexagonal system. 2, RHOMBOHEDRAL SECTION. 1. Descriptions of Forms.—The following figures, 1 to 17, represent rhombohedral crystals, and all are of one mineral, cal- cite. They show that the planes of either end of the crystal are in threes, or multiples of threes, and that those above are alternate in position with those below. There is one exception FIGURES OF CRYSTALS'\OF CALCITE. to this remark, that of the horizontal or basal plane O, in figs. 8, 11, 13. Thesimple rhombohedral forms include: 1. Rhombohedrons, figs. 1 to 6. These forms are included under six equal planes, like the cube, but these planes are 50 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. rhombic ; and instead of having twelve rectangular edges, they have six obtuse edges and six acute. 2. Scalenohedrons, fig. 7. Scalenohedrons are really double six-sided pyramids; but the six equal faces of each extremity 15. 16. |W FIGURES OF CRYSTALS OF CALCITE. of the crystals are scalene triangles, and are arranged in three pairs; moreover the pairs above alternate with the pairs below ; the edges in which the pairs above and below meet—that is the basal edges—make a zig-zag around the crystal. 3. Hexagonal prisms, J, fig. 8. These are regular hexagonal prisms, having angles between their faces of 120°. A rhombohedron has two of its solid angles made up of three . equal plane angles. When in position the apex of one of these solid angles is directly over that of the other, as in figs. 1 to 6, and also in fig. 18, and the line connecting the apices of these angles (fig. 18) is called the vertical axis. In this position ™ 18. the rhombohedron has six terminal edges, three above and three below, and six lateral edges. As these lateral edges are symmetrically situated around the centre of the crystal, the three lines connecting the centres of opposite basal edges will cross at angles of 60°. These lines are the lateral axes of the RHOMBOHEDRAL SECTION OF HEXAGONAL SYSTEM. 51 rhombohedron, and they are at right angles to the vertical axis. It is stated on page 45 that rhombohedral forms are, from a mathematical point of view, hemihedral under the hexagonal system. ‘The rhombohedron, which may be considered a double three-sided pyramid, is hemihedral to the double six-sided pyra- mid. Fig. 19, representing the latter form, has its alternate faces shaded ; suppressing the faces shaded the form would be that of fig. 18; and suppressing, instead of these, the faces not shaded, the form would be that of another rhombohedron, dif- fering only in position. The two are distinguished as plus and minus rhombohedrons. They are combined in figs. 20, 21, forms of quartz. Rhombohedrons vary greatly in the length of the vertical axis with reference to the lateral. Figs. 1, 2, 3, and 18 represent crystals with the vertical axis short, and figs. 4, 5, 6 others with a long vertical axis. In the former the terminal edges are obtuse and the lateral acute, and the latter have the terminal edges acute and the lateral obtuse; the former are called obtuse rhombohedrons, and the latter acute. The cube placed on one solid angle, with the diagonal between it and the opposite solid angle vertical, is, in fact, a rhombohe- dron intermediate between obtuse and acute rhombohedrons— the edges that are the terminal in this position, and those that are the lateral, being alike rectangular edges. Fig. 3 has nearly the form of a cube in this position. The relation of one series of scalenohedrons to the rhombo- hedron is illustrated in fig. 22. This figure represents a rhombohedron with the lateral 22. edges bevelled. These bevelling: planes are A those of a scalenohedron, and the outer lines ae of the same figure show the form of that scalenohedron which is obtained when the bevelment is continued to the obliteration of the rhombohedral planes. Fig. 14 repre- sents this scalenohedron with the rhombohe- dral planes much reduced in size. Other scalenohedrons result when the terminal edges are beveiled, and still others from pairs of planes on the angles of a rhombohe- dron. sy The scalenohedron is hemihedral to the h twelve-sided double pyramid (fig. 23). ‘ In the hexagonal system the three verti- Ts cal axial planes divide the space about the ¥ vertical axis into six sectors (fig. 12, p. 48). 52 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. The twelve-sided double pyramid has in each pyramid a pair of faces for each sector; that is, six pairs foreach pyramid. If now the three alternate of these pairs, and those in the upper pyramid alternate with those of the lower (the shaded in fig. 23), were enlarged to the obliteration of the rest of the planes, the resulting form would be a scalenohedron—a solid with three pairs of planes to each pyra- mid instead of six.. Such is the mathematical relation of the scalenohedron to the twelve- sided double pyramid. If the faces enlarged were those not shaded in fig. 23, another scalenohedron would be obtained which would be the minus scalenohedron, if the other were designated the plus. Fig. 8 shows the relations of a rhombohe- dron to a hexagonal prism. The planes /t replace three of the terminal edges at each base of the prism, and those above alternate with those below. The extension of the planes R to the obliteration of those of the prismatic planes, J, and that of the basal plane O, would produce the rhombohedron of fig. 1. Figs. 9 and 10 represent the same prism, but with terminations made by the rhombohedron of fig. 2. By comparing the above figures, and noting that the planes of similar forms are lettered alike, the combinations in the figures will be understood. Fig. 16 is a combination of the planes of the fundamental rhombohedron R, with those of an- other rhombohedron 4, and of two scalenohedrons 1* and I’. Fig. 17 contains the planes of the rhombohedron —4, with those of the scalenohedron 1*, and those of the prism 7. These figures, and figs. 14, 22, have the fundamental rhombohedron revolved 60° from the position in fig. 1, so that two planes /¢ are in view above instead of the one in that figure. 29. 9. Lettering of Figures.—Figs. 1 to 6, representing rhombohe- drons of the species calcite, are lettered with numerals, excepting fig. Li In fig. 1 the letter R stands for the numeral 1, and the numerals on the others represent the relative lengths of their vertical axes, the lateral being equal. In fig. 4 the vertical axis is twice that in fig. 1; in fig. 6 thirteen times ; and in fig. 15 the planes lettered 16 are those of a rhom- bohedron whose vertical axis is sixteen times that of fig. 1. The rhom- bohedrons of figs. 1, 5, 6, and 15 are plus rhombohedrons; that is, they are in the same vertical series; while 2 and 3 are minus rhombohe- drons, as explained above. The rhombohedron, when its vertical axis is reduced in length to zero, becomes the singie basal plane lettered O in the series. If, on the contrary, the vertical axis of the rhombohe- dron is lengthened to infinity, the faces of the rhombohedron become RHOMBOUEDRAL SECTION OF HEXAGONAL SysTEM. 53 those of a six-sided prism. This last will be seen from the relations of the planes & to J on fig. 8, and from the approximation to a prismatic form in the planes 16 of fig. 15. Foran explanation of the lettering of other planes on rhombohedral crystals, reference must be made to the ‘‘ Text-Book of Mineralogy.” 8. Hemihedrism. Tetartohedrism,— Hemihedrism occurs among rhombohedral forms, similar to that in fig. 13, page 48, except that the suppressed planes of one pyramid are alternate with those of the other. One of these is represented in fig. 24. The planes 6-§ are six In number at each extremity, and are so situated that they give a spiral aspect to the crystal. If these planes were only three in number at each extremity, the alternate three of the six, the form would be tetarto- hedral to the double six-sided pyramid 5 that is, there would be one-fourth the num- ber of planes that exist in the double twelve- sided pyramid, or 6 planes instead of 24. Such cases of hemihedrism and tetartohe- drism are common in crystals of quartz, and when existing, the crystals are said to be plagihedral, from the Greek for oblique and face. Insome crystals the spiral turns to the right and in others to the left, and the two kinds are distin- guished as right-handed and left-handed. There are also tetar- tohedral forms in which one whole pyramid of a scalenohedron, or of a rhombohedron, is wanting. For example, in crystals of tourmaline rhombohedral planes, and sometimes scalenohedral, may occur at one extremity of the prism and be absent from the other. This dissimilarity in the two extremities of a crys- tal of tourmaline is connected with pyro-electric polarity in the mineral. Three-sided prisms, hemihedral to the hexagonal prism, are common in some rhombohedral species, as tourmaline. 4. Cleavage.—Cleavage usually takes place parallel to the | faces of a rhombohedron, as in calcite, corundum. Not unfre- ~ quently the rhombohedral cleavage is wanting, and there is highly perfect cleavage parallel to the basal plane, as in graphite, brucite. 5. Irregularities of Crystals Distortions oc- cur of the same nature with those under the other systems. Some examples are given under quartz. Some rhombohedral species, as dolomite, have the opposite faces convex or concave, as in fig. 20. 54 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. Occasional curved crystals occur, as in fig. 26, representing crystals of quartz, and fig. 2/ of a crystal of chlorite. The QUARTZ. CHLORITE. feathery crystallizations on windows, called frost, are examples of curved forms under this system. VII. DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERS OF THE SEVERAL SYSTEMS OF CRYSTALLIZATION. 1. Isometric System.—(1) There may be symmetrical groups of 4 and 8 similar planes about the extremities of each cubic axis; and of 3 or 6 similar planes about the extremities of each octahedral axis. (2) Simple holohedral forms may consist of 6 (cube), 8 (octahedron), 12 (dodecahedron), 24 (trapezohedron, trigonal trisoctahedron, and tetrahexahedron), and 48 (hexoc- tahedron) planes. 2. Dimerric System.—(1) Symmetrical groups of 4 and 8 similar planes occur about the extremities of the vertical axis only. (2) Prisms occur parallel only to the vertical axis; and these prisms are either square or eight-sided. (3) The simple holohedral forms may consist of 2 planes (the bases), of 4 planes (square prisms), of 8 planes (eight-sided prisms and square octahedrons), of 16 planes (double eight-sided pyra- mids). 3. fees System.—(1) Symmetrical groups of 4 similar planes may occur about the extremities of either axis, but those of one axis belong equally to the others. (2) The prisms are rhombic prisms only, and these may occur parallel to either axis, the horizontal as well as the vertical. (3) Simple holo- TWIN, OR COMPOUND ORYSTALS. 55 hedral forms may consist of 2 pianes (the bases, and each pair of diametral planes), of 4 planes (rhombic prisms in the three axial directions), and of 8 planes (the rhombic octahedrons). (4) The forms may be divided into equal halves, symmetrical in planes, along each of the diametral sections. 4. Monoctinic System.—(1) No symmetrical groups of similar planes ever occur around the extremities of either axis. (2) The prisms are rhombic prisms, and these can occur paral- lel only to the vertical axis and the clinodiagonal. (3) The planes occurring in vertical sections above and below the basal section, either in front or behind, are all unlike in inclination to that section, excepting the prismatic planes in the ortho- diagonal zone ; in other words, true prisms occur in no vertical section excepting the orthodiagonal. (4) Simple forms consist of 2 planes (the bases, the diametral planes, and hemiorthodomes), of 4 planes (rhombic prisms in two directions and hemioctahe- drons). (4) The forms may be divided into equal and similar halves only along the clinodiagonal section. No interfacial angle of 90° occurs except between the planes of the clinodiag- onal zone and the clinopinacoid. 5. Tricuinic System. —In triclinic crystals there are no groups of similar planes which include more than 2 planes, and hence the simple forms consist of 2 planes only. The forms are not divisible into halves having symmetrical planes. There are no interfacial angles of 90°. 6. HexaconaL System.—Symmetrical groups of 3, 6, and 12 similar planes may occur about the extremities of the vertical axis. (2) Prisms occur parallel to the vertical axis, and are either six or twelve-sided (3 in a hemihedral form) and equi- lateral. (3) Simple holohedral forms may consist of 2 planes (the basal), of 6 planes (hexagonal prism), of 12 planes (twelve- sided prisms and double six-sided pyramids), of 24 planes (double twelve-sided pyramids). Simple rhombohedral forms may consist of 2 planes (the basal), of 6 planes (rhombohedrons) 4 and of 12 planes (scalenohedrons). 9. TWIN, or COMPOUND CRYSTALS. Compound crystals consist of two or more single crystals, united usually parallel to an axial or diagonal section. A few are represented in the following figures. Fig. 1 represents a crystal of snow of not unfrequent occurrence, As is evident 56 CRYSTALLOGRAPIY. to the eye, it consists either of six crystals meeting in a point, or of three crystals crossing one another; and besides, there are numerous minute crystals regularly arranged along the rays. Fig. 2 represents a cross (cruciform) crystal of staurolite, which is similarly compound, but made up of two intersecting crys- tals. Fig. 3 is a compound crystal of gypsum, and fig. 4 one of spinel. These will be understood from the following figures. Fig. 5 is a simple crystal of gypsum ; if it be bisected along a b, and the right | half be inverted and applied to the other, 4 TT COI will form fig. 3, which is therefore a i ec twin crystal in which one half has a re- Hl verse position from the other. Fig. 6 is VEN a simple octahedron; if it be bisected along, the plane abede, and the upper half, after being revolved half way around, be then united to the lower, it will have the form in fig. 4. Both of these, therefore, are similar twins, in which one of the two component parts is reversed in position. Crystals ke figs. 3 and 4 have proceeded from a compound nucleus in which one of the two molecules was reversed; and those like fig. 1, from a nucleus of three (or six) molecules. Compound crystals of the kinds above described, thus differ from simple crystals in having been formed from a nucleus of two or more united molecules, instead of from a simple nucleus. Compound crystals are generally distinguished by their re-en- tering angles, and often also by the meeting of striz at an angle along a line on a surface of a crystal, the line indicating the plane of junction of the two crystals. Compound crystals are called twolings, threelings, fourtings, according as they consist of two, three, or four united crystals. TWIN, OR COMPOUND CRYSTALS. 57 Fig. 1 represents a threeling, and 2, 3, and 4, twolings. In 3 and 4 the combined crystals are simply in contact along the plane of junction ; in 2 they cross one another; the former are called contaect-twins and the latter penetration-twins. Besides the above, there are also geniculated crystals, as in the annexed figure of a crystal of rutile. The bending has here taken place at equal distances from the centre of the crystal, and it must therefore have been ue subsequent in time to the commencement of the erystal. The prism began from a simple molecule; but after attaining a certain length an abrupt change of direction took place. The angle of geniculation is constant in the same mineral species, for the same reason that the interfacial angles of planes are fixed; and it is such that a cross section directly through the geniculation is parallel to the posi- tion of a common secondary plane. In the figure given the plane of geniculation is parallel to one of the terminal edges. In rutile the geniculated crystals sometimes repeat the bendings at each end until the extremities meet to form a wheel-like twin. In some species, as albite, the reversion of position on which this kind of twin depends, takes place at so short intervals that the crystal consists of parallel plates, 8. 9. each plate often less than a twen- tieth of an inch in thickness. A sec- tion of such a erystal, made trans- verse to the plate, is given in fig. 8; without the twinning the section would have been as in fig. 9. The plates, as the figure shows, make with one another at their edges a re-enter- ing angle (in albite an angle of 172° 48’), and hence a plane of the albite crystal at right angles to the twin- ning direction, is covered with a series of ridges and depressions which are so minute as to be only fine striations, sometimes requiring a magnifying power to distinguish. Such striations in albite are therefore an indication of the compound struc- ture. This kind of twinning is owing to successive changes of polarity in the molecules as the enlargement of the crystal — went forward. It occurs in all the triclinic feldspars, and is a means of distinguishing them from orthoclase. 58 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. In some twin crystals the two component parts of the crystal are not united by an even plane, but run into one another with great irregularity. Cases of this kind occur in the species of quartz in twins made up of the forms It and —I (or —1). In fig. 10 the shaded parts of the pyramidal planes are of the form —1, and the non-shaded parts of R. Each of the faces is made up partly of Rand partly of —1. The limits of the two are easily seen on holding the crystal up to the light, since the —1 portion is less well polished than the other. In this crystal, as in other erys- tals of quartz, the striations of planes t are owing to oscillations between pyram- idal and prismatic planes while the for- mation of the latter was in progress. 3. CRYSTALLINE AGGREGATES. The crystalline aggregates here included are the simple, not the mixed; that is, they are those consisting of crystalline in- dividuals of a single species. The crystalline individuals may be (1) distinct crystals ; (2) fibres or columns ; (8) scales or lamelle; or (4) grains, either cleavable or not so. E 1. Consisting of distinct crystals —The distinct crystal may be either long or short prismatic, stout or slender to acicular (needle-like), and capillary (hair-like) ; or they may have any other forms of crystals. They may be aggregated (a) in lines ; (b) promiscuously with open spaces ; (c) over broad surfaces ; (d) about centres. The various kinds of aggregates thus made are: a. Filiform.—Thread-like lines of crystals, the crystals often not well defined. b. Dendritic.—Arborescent slender spreading branches, some- what plant-like, made up of more or less distinct crystals, as in the frost on windows, and in arborescent forms of native cop- per, silver, gold, ete. Fig. 11 represents, much magnified, an arborescent form of magnetite occurring in mica at Pennsbury, in Pennsylvania. Arborescent delineations over surfaces of rock are usually called ORYSTALLINE AGGREGATES. 59 dendrites. They have been formed by crystallization from a solution of mineral matter which has entered by some crack and spread between the layers of the rock. They are often 11, black, and consist of oxide of manganese; others, of a brownish color, are made of ee : ; limonite; others, of a red- “fs dish black or black color, of 0 hematite. Moss-like forms ES L Ce also occur, aS In moss agate. salt c, Reticulated. — Slender eal fer de prismatic crystals promiscu- »~ i ously crossing, with open BN age spacings. es d. Divergent.—Free crys- am ae. = pS ee tals radiating from a central point. e. Drusy.—A surface is drusy when made up of the extremi- ties of small crystals. 2. Consisting of columnar individuals. a. Columnar, when the columnar individuals are stout. b. Fibrous, when they are slender. ce. Parallel fibres, when the fibres are parallel. d. Radiated, when the columns or fibres radiate from centres. e. Stellated, when the radiations from a centre are equal around, so as to make star-like or circularly-radiated groups. Globular, when the radiated individuals make globular or hemispherical forms, as in wavellite. g. Botryoidal, when the globular forms are in groups, a lit- tle like a bunch of grapes. The word is from the Greek for a bunch of grapes. h. Mammillary, having a surface made up of low and broad prominences. The term is from the Latin mammilla, a litile teat. i. Coralloidal, when in open-spaced groupings of slender stems, looking like a delicate coral. A result of successive ad- ditions at the extremity of a prominence, lengthening it into cylinders, the stems generally having a faintly radiated struc- ture. Specimens of all these varieties of columnar structure, except- ing the last, often have a drusy surface, the fibres or columns ending in projecting crystals. 60 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. 3. Consisting of scales or lamelle. a. Plumose, having a divergent arrangement of scales, as seen on a surface of fracture; ¢. g., plumose mica. b. Lamellar, tabular, consisting of flat lamellar crystalline in- dividuals, superimposed and adhering. c. Micaceous, having a thin fissile character, due to the aggre- gation of scales of a mineral which, like mica, has eminent cleavage. d. Septate, consisting of openly-spaced intersecting tabular individuals ; also divided into polygonal portions by reticulat- ing veins or plates. A septarium is a concretion, usually flat- tened spheroidal in shape, the solid interior of which is inter- sected by partitions; these partitions are the fillings of cracks in the interior that were due to contraction on drying. When the surface of such septate concretions has been worn off, they often have the appearance of a turtle’s back, and are sometimes taken for petrified turtles. 4. Consisting of grains. Granular structure, A massive mineral may be coarsely granular or finely granular, as in varieties of marble, granular quartz, etc. It is termed saccha- roidal when evenly granular, like loaf sugar. Jt may also be cryptocrystalline, that is, having no distinct grains that can be detected by the unaided eye, as in flint. The term crypto- crystalline is from the Greek for concealed crystalline. Aphani- tic, from the Greek for invisible, has the same signification. The term ceroid is applied when this texture is connected with a waxy lustre, as in some common opal. Under this section occur also globular, botryoidal, and mam- millary forms, as a result of concretionary action in which no distinct columnar interior structure is produced. ‘They are called pisolitic when in masses consisting of grains as large as peas (from the Latin piswm, a pea), and odlitic when the grains are not larger than the roe of a fish, from the Greek for egg. 5. Lorms depending on mode of deposition.—Besides the above, there are the following varieties which have come from mode of deposition : a. Stalactitic, having the form of a cylinder, or cone, hang- ing from the roofs of cavities or caves. The term stalactite is usually restricted to the cylinders of carbonate of calcium hanging from the roofs of caverns; but other minerals are said to have a stalactitic form when resembling these in their general shape and origin. Chalcedony and brown iron ore are often stalacti- tic. Interiorly the structure may be either granular, radiately fibrous, or concentric, CRYSTALLINE AGGREGATES. OL b. Concentric.—When consisting of lamelle, lapping one over another around a centre, a result of successive concretion- ary aggregations, as in many concretionary forms, most prsolite, part of odlite, some stalactites, etc.. c, Stratified, consisting of layers, as a result of deposition : é. g-, some travertine, or tufa. _d. Banded ; color-stratified. Like stratified in origin, but the layers usually indicated only by variations in color ; the band- ing is shown in a transverse section: ¢. g., agate, much stalag- mite, riband jasper. e. Geodes.—When a cavity has been lined by the deposition of mineral matter, but not wholly filled, the enclosing mineral is called a geode. The mineral is often banded, owing to the successive depositions of the material, and frequently has its inner surface set with crystals. Agates are often slices or frag- ments of geodes. 6. Forms derived from the crystals of other minerals. Pseu- domorphs.—Crystalline aggregates, especially the granular, sometimes have forms derived from the crystals of other minerals either (1) Because a result of cotemporaneous removal and substi- tution 5 or (2) Because a result of the alteration of such crystals; or (3) Because filling spaces that had been left occupied in con- sequence of previous removal. For example. Crystals occur having the forms of calcite (calcium carbonate, or “ carbonate of lime ”’), but consisting of quartz or silica. They were made from calcite crystals by the action of some solution containing silica, the solution dissolving away the calcite and depositing at the same time silica or quartz. Specimens occur showing all stages in the change from the ear- liest in which the calcite is thinly coated with quartz, to the last, in which it is all quartz. Such crystals are pseudomorphs of quartz after calcite. Siliceous fossil shells and corals are similar pseudomorphs after calcite, since shells and corals con- sist chiefly of calcite. Other quartz pseudomorphs have the form of fluorite, barite, etc. Again, the forms of calcite occur with the constitution of limonite, a hydrous iron oxide. In such a case the iron oxide was in the solution that corroded and dissolved away the calcite. Again, the forms of calcite occur with the constitution of serpentine, a hydrous magnesium silicate ; and in this case the ingredients of the serpentine silicate were present when the §2 CRYSTALLOGRAPUY. calcite was dissolved away by the corrosive solvent, and took its place as the calcite particles were removed. In all the above cases the pseudomorphs were made by simple removal and cotemporaneous substitution. Again, crystals of the form of chrysolite, a magnesium sili- cate, occur, altered to serpentine, a hydrous magnesium silicate. Here the pseudomorph was made by a process of alteration, part of the ingredients remaining, and only water added. Again, crystals of siderite (spathic iron or iron carbonate) occur changed to limonite, a hydrous iron oxide. Here there was an oxidation of the iron of the carbonate, and the addition of water. This is another example of pseudomorphs by altera- tion. Similarly orthoclase changes to kaolin, and kaolin has the form at times of orthoclase crystals. Again, crystals of the form of those of common salt occur consisting of clay or of calcite, which were made by deposition in a cavity left by the dissolving away of an imbedded crystal of salt. These are pseudomorphs by deposition. Again, crystals of aragonite, prismatic calcium carbonate, occur consisting of calcite or rhombohedral calcium carbon- ate; and here there is a change in crystallization without any change of chemical composition. 7. Hracture.—Kinds of fracture in these crystalline aggre- gates depend on the size and form of the particles, their cohe- sion, and to some extent their having cleavage or not. Among granular varieties, the influence of cleavage is in all cases very small, and in the finest almost or quite nothing. The term hackly is used for the surface of fracture of a metal, when the grains are coarse, hard, and cleavable, so as to be sharp and jagged to the touch ; even, for any surface of fracture when it is nearly or quite flat, or not at all conchoidal; conchoidal, when the mineral, owing to its extremely fine or cryptocrystal- line texture and hardness, breaks with shallow concavities and convexities over the surface, as in the case of flint. The word conchoidal is from the Latin concha, a shell. These kinds of fracture are not of much importance in mineralogy, since they distinguish varieties of minerals only, and not species, HARDNESS—-TENACITY—SPECIFIC GRAVITY. 63 9. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. Tue physical properties referred to in the description and. determination of minerals are here treated under the following heads: (1) Hardness; (2) Tenacity; (8) Specific Gravity ; (4) Refraction, Polarization; (5) Diaphaneity, Color, Lustre; (6) Electricity and Magnetism; (7) ‘laste and Odor. 1. HARDNESS. The comparative hardness of minerals is easily ascertained, and should be the first character attended to by the student in examining a specimen. It is only necessary to draw a file across the specimen, or to make trials of scratching one with another. As standards of comparison the following minerals have been selected, increasing gradually in hardness from talc, which is very soft and easily cut with a knife, to the diamond. This table, called the scale of hardness, is as follows : 1, tale, common foliated variety; 2, rock salt ; 3, calcite, transparent variety ; 4, fluorite, crystallized variety ; 5, apatite, transparent crystal ; 6, orthoclase, cleavable variety 5 7, quartz, transparent variety ; 8, topaz, transparent crystal; 9, sapphire, cleavable variety ; 10, diamond. If, on drawing a file across a mineral, it is impressed as easily as fluorite, the hardness is said to be 4; if as easily as ortho- _clase, the hardness is said to be 6; 1f more easily than ortho- clase, but with more difficulty than apatite, its hardness is de- scribed as 54 or 5°. The file should be run across the mineral three or four times, and care should be taken to make the trial on angles equally blunt, and on parts of the specimen not altered by exposure. Trials should also be made by scratching the specimen under examination with the minerals in the above scale, since some- times, owing to a loose aggregation of particles, the file wears down the specimen rapidly, although the particles are very hard. In crystals the hardness is sometimes appreciably different in degree in the direction of different axes. In erystals of mica 64 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS, the hardness is less on the basal plane of the prism, that is, on the cleavage surface, than it is on the sides of the prism. On the contrary, the terminaticn of a crystal of eyanite is harder than the lateral planes. The degree of hardness in different directions may be obtained with great accuracy by means of an instrument called a sclerometer. 2. TENACITY: The following rather indefinite terms are used with reference to the qualities of tenacity, malleability, and flexibility in min- erals : 1. Brittle. —When a mineral breaks easily, or when parts of the mineral separate in powder on attempting to cut it. 2. Malleable.—When slices may be cut off, and these slices will flatten out under the hammer, as in native gold, silver, copper. 3. Sectile—When thin slices may be cut off with a knife. All malleable minerals are sectile. Argentite and cerargyrite are examples of sectile ores of silver. The former cuts nearly like lead and the latter nearly like wax, which it resembles. Minerals are imperfectly sectile when the pieces cut off pul- verize easily under a hammer, or barely hold together, as sele- nite. 4. Flexible. —When the mineral will bend, and remain bent after the bending force is removed. Example, talc. 5. Elastic.—When, after being bent, it will spring back to its original position, Example, mica. A liquid is said to be viscous when on pouring it the drops lengthen and appear ropy. Example, petroleum. ; 3. SPECIFIC GRAVITY. The specific gravity of a mineral is its weight compared with that of some substance taken as a standard. For solids and liquids distilled water, at 60° F., is the standard ordinarily used; and if a mineral weighs twice as much as water, its spe- cific gravity is 2; if three times itis three. It is then necessary to compare the weight of the mineral with the weight of an equal bulk of water. The process is as follows : First weigh a fragment of the mineral in the ordinary way, SPECIFIC GRAVITY. 65 with a delicate balance; next suspend the mineral by a hair, or fibre of silk, or a fine platinum wire, to one of the scales, im- merse it thus suspended in a glass of distilled water (keeping the scales clear of the water) and weigh it again; subtract the second weight from the jirst, to ascertain the loss by immersion, and divide the jirst by the difference obtained ; the result is the specific gravity. The loss by immersion is equal to the weight of an equal volume of water. The trial should be made ona small fragment; two to five grains are best. ‘The specimen should be free from impurities and from pores or air-bubbles. Tor exact results the temperature of the water should be noted, and an allowance be made for any variation from the height of thirty inches in the barometer. The observation is usually made with the water at a temperature of 60° F.; 39°°5 F., the temperature of the maximum density of water, is preferable. The accompanying figure represents the spiral balance of Jolly, by which the weight is measured by the torsion of a spiral brass wire. On the side of the upright (4) which faces the spiral wire, there is a graduated mirror, and the readings which give the weight of the mineral in and out of water are made by means of an index (at m) connected with the spiral wire; and its exact height, with reference to the graduation, is obtained by noting the coincidence between it and its image as reflected by the graduated mir- ror.c and dare the pans in which the piece of mineral is placed, first in c, the one out of the water, and then in d, that in the water. Another process, and one available for porous as well as compact minerals, is per- formed with a light glass bottle, capable of holding exactly a thousand grains (or any known weight) of distilled water. The specimen should be reduced to a coarse pow- der. Pour out a few drops of water from the bottle and weigh it; then add the pow- dered mineral till the water is again to the brim, and reweigh it; the difference in the two weights, divided by the loss of water poured out, is the specific gravity sought. The weight of the glass bottle itself is here supposed to be balanced by an equivalent weight in the other scale. D 65 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 4, REFRACTION anp POLARIZATION. Minerals differ widely in their refracting and polarizing | properties, and hence these properties are a convenient means of distinguishing species. The explanations of the subject, and the methods of careful experimenting, will be found in treatises on optics, and algo at considerable length, and with minute directions as to the use of instruments, in the Text-Book of Mineralogy. Only a few of the simpler facts required for the ordinary purposes of the mineralogist are here mentioned. The character of the refraction varies according to the sys- tem of crystallization. A. In isometric crystals there is simple refraction alike in all directions, and no polarization. B. In dimetric and hexagonal crystals the vertical axis, or axis of symmetry, is the direction of the optic axis ; in all directions except this a transmitted ray of light 1s doubly re- fracted. Such crystals are optically uniaxial. C. In trimétric, monoclinic, and triclinic crystals, which have the three axes unequal, there are ¢wo directions of no double-refraction. Such crystals are optically biaxial. 1. Isometric System.—In the isometric system there is no reference whatever in the refraction to crystalline structure, and in this respect substances thus crystallizing are like water. There is only simple refraction. The index of refraction is ob- tained by dividing the sine of the angle of incidence of a ray of light by the sine of its angle of refraction. ‘Thus if a ray of light strike the surface of a transparent plate of the mineral at an angle of 40° from the perpendicular, and then passes through the plate at an angle of 30° from the perpendicular, owing to the refraction, the sine of 40° divided by the sine of 30° will be the index of refraction. Now the index of refraction of air being made the unit, that of water is 1330 5 of fluorite, 1°4345 of rock salt, 1:557; of spinel, 1-764; of garnet, 1:815; of blende, 2°260; of diamond, 27489. 9. Crystals Uniaxial in Polarization.—A transparent cleav- age plate from a crystal of calcite shows what is called double refraction. Placed over a line drawn on any surface, two parallel lines are seen, one produced by the ordinary ray, and the other by the extraordinary ray. Both rays are polarized, and in planes at right angles to each other. Prisms, called Wicol prisms, made from transparent calcite (Iceland Spar), are employed for obtaining polarized light. ‘Transparent REFRACTION AND POLARIZATION. 67 ‘plates of tourmaline, cut from a crystal parallel to the vertical axis, also are used for this purpose. Another method of ob- taining it is by reflection—light, when reflected at a certain angle from a polished surface, being polarized; the angle of reflection differs for different substances. The above figure represents a simple polariscope made with two tourmaline plates, which is ‘convenient for many ordinary observations. The best instruments for the purpose are made with Nicol prisms, and are adapted to microscopic work. ‘The prisms, placed within the tube of the instrument, one of them below the stage, are arranged so as to admit of revolution; and the stage also has a graduated circle and revolves. ‘The com- pound microscope also is often converted into a polariscope by Nicol prisms arranged for this purpose. When a crystal with one axis of polarization, as, for example, calcite, is examined by means of a ray of polarized light passed in the direction of the vertical axis, concentric circular rings are seen, having the colors of the spectrum intersected by either a black or a white cross, as in figs. 1, 2. To make the observa- te 3. = tion it is necessary that the calcite crystal should have its ex- tremities polished at right angles to the vertical axis. IPfa tourmaline plate be placed against_or near one of its polished 68 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. faces, and a similar tourmaline plate in front of the opposite face, the colored rings will be seen on looking through ; and by revolving one of the tourmaline plates a change will be observed ‘at each 90° of revolution, in the colors of the rings, and in the variations in appearance of the cross from black to white, and the reverse. The fact in any case that the rings of color are perfect circles, and the black cross a symmetrical one, is proof that the crystal is either of the dimetrie or hexagonal system. But sometimes very exact observation is necessary to deter- mine the truth. 3. Crystals Biawial in Polarization.—Biaxial crystals arc | those having two optic axes, and the angle between them is called the axial angle. When a section of such a crystal, at right angles to the line bisecting the acute axial angle, is viewed in converging polar- ized light, the two axes are seen with a series of elliptical col- ored rings surrounding each. If the section is so placed that the line joining the axes coincides with the vibration-plane of either Nicol prism, or tourmaline plate, an unsymmetrical 6. FREE Ss = Te gency i ii Sil cll iio \ Se UTAH su AG AT (ay wield’ c Nill "tan | {| ( { I if Ml ne ) GLAUBER SALT. PHLOGOPITE, ANTWERP, N. Y. black cross is also seen, as in fig. 4; if it makes an angle of 45° with this, two curved black bars are observed, as infig, 5. In either case the colors are reversed, and the black changed to white as one of the Nicols is revolved. Fig. 6 shows the axial figure for phlogopite (in the second position mentioned above) where the axial angle is very small. The rings are less numerous and farther apart the thinner the section that is employed in making the observations. In muscovite (common mica) the angle between the axes is 50° to 70°, and, if the tourmaline tongs are employed, the two REFRACTION AND POLARIZATION. 69 series of rings are visible only when viewed in directions very oblique to one another. 4. Circular Polarization in Uniaxial Crystals.—It is stated on page 58 that quartz crystals have often a left-handed and a right-handed arrangement of planes. This is connected with a right-handed and left-handed molecular structure in crystals of this species. When a plate cut at right angles to the axis 1s ex- amined by the polarized light, instead of presenting a black cross, the centre of the rings appears brightly colored, and if the polarizer is revolved, this color changes from blue to yellow, then red, right-handed crystals requiring revolution to the right and left-handed to the left for this succession. This prop- erty seems to distinguish the smallest grains of quartz, and may be easily observed in a good polariscope. 5. Anomalies in Polarization.—There are some isometric crystals which have the property of polarization. Boracite is one example; and it is explained by the presence of another mineral in minute particles, distributed regularly through the crystals. Perofskite is another case ; and it has suggested a doubt as to its being isometric. Octahedrons of alum some- times have polarization, and it has been shown to be due to the crystals being made up of thin plates—light, when transmitted through a pile of such plates, becoming polarized. Dia- monds are sometimes uniaxial. Analcite was long since described by Sir David Brewster as an example of polarization under the isometric system. Its trapezohedrons exhibit a symmetrical arrangement of lines of prismatic colors and alternating dark lines with cross-bands, as imperfectly shown in the annexed figure. Trapezohedrons of leucite are somewhat similar in their polarizing character. The effect in both species is connected with twinning ; but, besides, accord- ing to recent observers, the crystallization is dimetric. One writer makes crystals of analcite to be ¢rimetric twins, analogous those of phillipsite. Twinning in crystals is a very common source of irregularities. A regular twinning of laminz of bi- axial crystals around a centre may give a uniaxial character to the twin. Apophyllite is a dimetric species, showing peculiari- ties in its colors arising from the different action of the mineral in light of different colors. 50 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 5. DIAPHANEITY, LUSTRE, COLOR. 1. DIAPHANEITY. Diaphaneity is the property which many objects possess of transmitting light; or, in other words, of permitting more or less light to pass through them. This property is often called transparency, but transparency is properly one of the degrees of diaphaneity. The following terms are used to express the different degrees of this property : Transparent—a mineral is said to be transparent when the outlines of objects, viewed through it, are distinct. Example, class, crystals of quartz. Subtransparent, or semitransparent—when objects are seen but their outlines are indistinct. Translucent—when light is transmitted, but objects are not seen. Loaf sugar is a good example ; also Carrara marble. Subtranslucent—when merely the edges transmit light faintly. When no light is transmitted the mineral is described as opaque. 2. LUSTRE. The lustre of minerals depends on the nature of their surfaces, which causes more or less light to be reflected. There are dif- ferent degrees of intensity of lustre, and also different kinds of lustre. a. The kinds of lustre are six, and are named from some familiar object or class of objects. 1. Metallic—the usual lustre of metals. Imperfect metallic lustre is expressed by the term swbmetallie. 2. Vitreous—the lustre of broken glass. An imperfect vitreous lustre is termed subvitreous. Both the vitreous and subvitreous lustres are common. Quartz possesses the former in an eminent degree; calcareous spar often the latter. This kind of lustre may be exhibited by minerals of any color. 3. Resinous—lustre of the yellow resins. Example, some opal, zinc blende. 4, Pearly—like pearl. Example, talc, native magnesia, stil- bite, etc. When united with submetallic lustre the term metallic-pearly is applied. 5. Silky—like silk; it is the result of a fibrous structure. DIAPHANEITY —LUSTRE—COLOR. 71 Example, fibrous calcite, fibrous gypsum, and many fibrous minerals, more especially those which in other forms have a pearly lustre. 6. Adamantine—the lustre of the diamond. When sub- metallic, it is termed metallic adamantine. Example, some varieties of white lead ore or cerussite. b. The degrees of intensity are denominated as follows: 1. Splendent—when the surface reflects light with great bril- liancy and gives well-defined images. Example, Elba hematite, tin ore, some specimens of quartz and pyrite. 2. Shining—when an image 1s produced, but not a well-de- fined image. Example, calcite, celestite. 3. Glistening—when there is a general reflection from the ‘surface, but no image. Example, talc. 4. Glimmering—when the reflection is very imperfect, and apparently from points scattered over the surface. Example, flint, chalcedony. A mineral is said to be dull when there is a total absence cf lustre. Example, chalk. 3; CoLoR: 1. Kinds of Color.—In distinguishing minerals, both the ex- ternal color and the color of a surface that has been rubbed or scratched, are observed. The latter is called the streak, and the powder abraded, the streak-powder. The colors are either metallic or unmetallre. The metallic are named after some familiar metal, as copper- red, bronze-yeilow, brass-yellow, gold-yellow, steel-gray, lead- gray, lron-gray. The unmetallic colors used in characterizing minerals are various shades of white, gray, black, blue, green, yellow, red and brown. There are thus snow-white, reddish-white, greenish-white, milk-white, yellowish-white. Bluish-gray, smoke-gray, greenish-gray, pearl-gray, ash-gray. Velvet-black, greenish-black, bluish-black, grayish-black. Azure-blue, violet-blue, sky-blue, indigo-blue. ' Emerald-green, olive-green, oil-green, grass-green, apple-green, blackish-green, pistachio-green (yellowish). Sulphur-yellow, straw-yellow, wax-yellow, ochre-yellow, honey-yellow, orange-yellow. Scarlet-red, blood-red, flesh red, brick-red, hyacinth-red, rose- red, cherry-red. 72 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. Hair-brown, reddish-brown, chestnut-brown, yellowish-brown, pinchbeck-brown, wood-brown. A play of colors—this expression is used when several pris- matic colors appear in rapid succession on turning the mineral. The diamond is a striking example; also precious opal. Change of colors—when the colors change slowly on turning An different positions, as in labradorite. Opalescence—when there is a milky or pearly reflection from the interior of a specimen, as in some opals, and in cat’s eye. LIridescence—when prismatic colors are seen within a crystal, it is the effect of fracture, and is common in quartz. Tarnish—when the surface colors differ from the interior ; it is the result of exposure. The tarnish is described as irised when it has the hues of the rainbow. 2. Dichroism, Trichroism.—Some crystals, under each of the systems excepting the isometric, have the property of present- ing different colors by transmitted light in different directions. The property is called dichroism when these colors are seen in two directions, and trichroism (or pleochroism) if seen in three directions. The colors are always the same in the direction of equal axes and often unlike in the direction of unequal axes. As dimetric and hexagonal crystals have the lateral axes equal they can present different colors only in two directions, the vertical and lateral; while all crystals that are optically biaxial may be trichroic. The mineral iolite is a noted example, and received the name dichroite on account of this property. Transparent colored crystals of tourmaline, topaz, epidote, mica, diaspore, and many other species exhibit it. Tourmaline crystals, when transpar- ent or translucent transverse to the prism, are opaque in the direction of the vertical axis; and so also are thick crystals of mica. Colored varieties of hornblende are dichroic, while those of the related mineral, pyroxene, are not so. This quality is best observed by means of pelarized light. On examining a mineral with a tourmaline plate, or Nicol prism, the two colors in a dichroic mineral are successively seen as the tourmaline or Nicol is revolved; and if there is no dichroism there is no change of color. A small instrument, containing a prism of calcite, has been constructed for showing the dichro- ism, called the dichroscope. On looking through it at a di- chroic crystal, the aperture against the crystal appears double, owing to the double refraction of the calcite, one image being made by the ordinary ray and the other by the extraordinary ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 73 ray and the two colors are seen side by side, at intervals of 90° in the revolution of the mineral. For opaque minerals it is necessary to make a thin transparent section of the mineral and examine it with a polariscope, or with a microscope arranged to act as one by the addition of one Nicol prism. The opaque hornblende of rocks is thus distinguished from pyroxene, and so in other cases. 3. Asterism.—Some crystals, especially the hexagonal, when viewed in the direction of the vertical axis, present peculiar re- flections in six radial directions. This arises either from pecu- liarities of texture along the axial portions, or from some im- purities. A remarkable example of it is that of the asteriated sapphire, and the quality adds much to its value as a gem. The six rays are sometimes alternately shorter, indicating the rhombohedral character of the crystal. 4, Phosphorescence.—Several minerals give out light either by friction or when gently heated. This property of emitting light is called phosphorescence. Two pieces of white sugar struck against one another give a feeble light, which may be seen in a dark place. The same effect is obtained on striking together fragments of quartz, and even the passing of a feather rapidly over some specimens of zine blende is sufficient to elicit light. . Fluorite is the most convenient mineral for showing phos- phorescence by heat. On powdering it, and throwing it ona plate of metal beated nearly to redness, the whole takes on a bright glow. In some varieties the light is emerald green 5 in others, purple, rose, or orange. A massive fluor, from Hun- tington, Connecticut, shows beautifully the emerald green phos- phorescence. Some kinds of white marble, treated in the same way, give out a bright yellow light. After being heated for a while the mineral loses its phos- phorescence ; but a few electric shocks will, in many cases, to some degree restore it again. 6. ELECTRICITY, anp MAGNETISM. E.ectricity.—Many minerals become electrified on being rubbed, so that they will attract cotton and other light sub- stances ; and when electrified some exhibit positive and others negative electricity, when brought near a delicately suspended magnetic needle. The diamond, whether polished or not, al- 74. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. ways exhibits positive electricity, while other gems become negatively electric in the rough state, and positively only in the polished state. Some minerals, thus electrified, retain the power of electric attraction for many hours, as topaz, while others lose it in a few minutes. Many minerals become electric when heated, and such species are said to be pyro-electric, from the Greek pur, fire, and electric. A prism of tourmaline, on being heated, becomes polar; one extremity will be attracted, the other repelled, by a pole ofa strong magnet. The prisms of tourmaline have different second- ary planes at the two extremities. Several other minerals have this peculiar electric property, especially boracite and topaz, which, like tourmaline, are hema- hedral in their modifications. Boracite crystallizes in cubes, with only the alternate solid angles similarly replaced (figs. 39, 40, page 25). Each solid angle, on heating the crystals, be- comes an electric pole; the angles diagonally opposite are dif- ferently modified and have opposite polarity. Pyroelectricity has been observed also in crystals that are not hemihedral, and in many mineral species. In some cases the number of poles is more than two. In prehnite crystals a large series occur dis- tributed over the surface. MaGNETISM.—The name Lodestone is given to those specimens of an ore of iron, called magnetite which have the power of at- traction like a magnet; it is common in many beds of magnetite. ‘When mounted like a horse-shoe magnet, a good lodestone will lift a weight of many pounds. This is the only mineral that has decided magnetic attraction. But several ores containing iron are attracted by the magnet, or, when brought near a magnetic needle, will cause it to vibrate; and moreover, the metals nickel, cobalt, manganese, palladium, platinum and os- mium, have been found te be slightly magnetic. Many minerals become attractable by the magnet after being heated that are not so before heating. This arises from a change of part or all of the iron to the magnetic oxide. ” TASTE anp ODOR. Taste belongs only to the soluble minerals; the kinds are— 1. Astringent—the taste of vitriol. 2. Sweetish-astringent—the taste of alum. 3. Saline—taste of common salt. St TASTE AND ODOR. =I 4, Alkaliné—taste of soda. 5. Cooling—taste of saltpetre. 6. Bitter—taste of epsom salts. 7. Sowr—taste of sulphuric acid. Odor is not given off by minerals in the dry, unchanged state, except in the case of a few gases and soluble minerals. By friction, moistening with the breath, the action of acids and the blowpipe, odors’ are sometimes obtained, which are thus designated : 1. Alliaceous—the odor of garlic. It is the odor of burning arsenic, and is obtained by friction, and more distinctly by means of the blowpipe, from several arsenical ores. 2. Horse-radish odor—the odor of decaying horse-radish. It is the odor of burning selenium, and is strongly perceived when ores of this metal are heated before the blowpipe. 3. Sulphureous—odor of burning sulphur. Friction will elicit this odor from pyrites, and heat from many sulphides. 4. Fetid—the odor of rotten eggs or sulphuretted hydrogen. It is elicited by friction from some varieties of quartz and lime- stone. 5. Argillaceous—the odor of moistened clay. It is given off by serpentine and some allied minerals when breathed upon, Others, as pyrargillite, afford it when heated. 76 CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 3. CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF ~ MINERALS. Tux chemical properties of minerals are of two kinds. (1) Those of the chemical composition of minerals, (2) those de- pending on their chemical reactions, with or without fluxes, in- cluding results obtained by means of the blowpipe. 1. CHEemMIcAL CoMPOSITION. All the elements made known by chemistry are found in minerals, for the mineral kingdom is the source of whatever living beings—plants and animals—contain or use. A list of these elements, as at present made out, is contained in the fol- lowing table, together with the symbol for each used in stating the composition of substances. These symbols are abbreviations of the Latin names for the elements. A few of these Latin names differ much from the English, as follows : Stibium Sb = Antimony | Kalium K = Potassium Cuprum Cu = Copper Argentum Ag = Silver Ferrum Fe = Iron Natrium Na = Sodium Plumbum Pb = Lead Stannum Sn = Tm Hydrargyrum Hg = Mercury Wolframium W = Tungsten TABLE OF THE ELEMENTS. Aluminum Al 27-4 | Columbium (Niobium) Cb (Nb) 94 Antimony Sb 120 | Copper Cu 63°4 Arsenic As 75 | Didymium D 144°8 Barium ~ Ba 187 | Erbium E 168-9 Bismuth Bi 210 | Fluorine F 19 Boron B 11 Gallium Ga 68 ? Bromine Br 80 | Glucinum (Beryllium) G (Be) 94 Cadmium Cd 112 |Gold An 197 Cesium Cs 133 | Hydrogen H 1 Calcium Ca 40 | Indium In 113°4 Carbon C 12 | Iodine I 127 Cerium Ce 138 | Jridium Ir 198 Chlorine Cl 35°5 | Iron Fe 56 Chromium Cr 52-2 | Lanthanum La 139 Cobalt Co 207 58°8 | Lead Pb CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF MINERALS. Lithium Li + 7 | Silver Ave. LOS Magnesium Mg 24 | Silicon Si 28 Manganese Mn 55 | Sodium Na 23 Mercury Hg 200 | Strontium Sr 87°6 Molybdenum Mo 96 | Sulphur S) 32 Nickel Ni 58°8 | Tantalum Lae 182 Nitrogen N 14 | Tellurium Te 128 Osmium Os 199°2 | Thallium a4) 204 Oxygen O 16 | Thorium Th 235 Palladium Poa” 106°6 | Tin Sn 118 Phosphorus P 31 | Titanium a 50 Platinum Pt 197°6) Tungsten W 184 Potassium K 39:1 | Uranium U 240 Rhodium Ro 104:4) Vanadium V 51°2 Rubidium Rb 85°4 | Yttrium Y 92 Ruthenium Ru = 104-4) Zinc Zn 65:2 Selenium Se 79°4' Zirconium Zr 89°6 The combining weights indicate the proportions in which the elements combine. Thus, assuming hydrogen, the lightest of the elements, to be 1, or the unit of the series, the combining weight of oxygen is 16; of iron, 56; of magnesium, 243 of sulphur, 32; and so on. When hydrogen and oxygen combine it is in the ratio of 2 pounds of hydrogen, or else | pound of hydrogen, to 16 pounds of oxygen, and two different compounds thus result. When oxygen and magnesium combine it is in the ratio of 16 pounds of oxygen to 24 of magnesium. Oxygen and iron combine in the ratio of 16 of oxygen to 56 of iron; or of 24 of oxygen (14 times 16) to 56. Sulphur and oxygen combine in ‘the ratio of 32 of oxygen to 32 of sulphur; or of 48 to 32 of sulphur. The combining weights are often called the atomic weights. The following is the manner of using the symbols: For the compound consisting of hydrogen and oxygen in the ratio of 2 to 16, the chemical symbol is H,O, meaning 2 of hydrogen to 1 of oxygen. (This compound is water.) For the compound of oxygen and magnesium just referred to, the symbol is MgO; for the two compounds of oxygen and iron, FeO, protoxide of iron; Fe,O,, sesquioxide of iron, the ratio of 1 to 1} being ex- pressed by 2 to 3; for the two compounds of sulphur and oxy- gen, SO, and SO. Some of the elements so closely resemble one another that their similar compounds are closely alike in erystallization and other qualities, and they are therefore said to be zsomorphous. This is true of iron, magnesium, calcium, and two or three other related elements. In one group of compounds of these bases, the carbonates, the crystalline form for each is rhombohe- 78 CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. dral, and among them there is a difference of less than two de- grees in the angle of the rhombohedron. Besides a carbonate of calcium, a carbonate of magnesium, and a carbonate of iron, there is also a carbonate of calcium and magnesium, in which half of the calcium of the first of these carbonates is replaced by half an atom of magnesium; and another species in which the base, instead of being all magnesium, is half magnesium and half iron. By half is here meant half in the proportion of their combining weights. The replacement of one of these elements by the other, and similar replacements among Other groups of related elements, run through the whole range of mineral compounds. Thus we have sodium replacing potassium, arsente replacing phosphorus and antimony, and so on. In the combinations of oxygen and iron, as illustrated above, oxygen is combined with the iron in different proportions. FeO contains | of Fe (iron) to 1 of O (oxygen) and Fe,O;, or, as it is often written, FeO,, contains 2 Fe to 1 of O. As the iron in each of these cases satisfies the oxygen, it is evident that the iron must be in two different states, (1) a protomide state, and (2) a sesquiowide state. One part of iron in this sesquioxide state (= 2 Fe) often replaces in compounds one part of iron in the protoxide state (or 1Fe), with no greater change of quali- ties than happens in the replacement of iron by magnesium, or calcium, explained above; or, avoiding fractions, 3 parts of Fe in the protoxide state replaces 2Fe in the sesquioxide state. Writing Ee for the last 2Fe, the statement becomes 1 of Fe; replaces 1 of Fe. Aluminium ‘occurs only in the sesqui- oxide state, and the ordinary symbol of the oxide is Al,O:, or AlO, But it is closely related to iron in the sesquioxide state, so that, using the same mode of expression as for iron, lof Al replaces 1 of Fe,, or 1 of Mg;, and so on. Similarly, writing R for any metal, 1 of R replaces 1 of R, Again, in potash (K,O), soda (Na,O), lithia (Li,O), water (H,O), one of oxygen (O) is combined severally with 2 of K (potassium), of Na (sodium), of Li (lithium), of hydrogen ; and hence 2K, 2Na, 2Li, that is, K,, Na,, Li,, may each replace in compounds 1Ca, or 1Mg, etc. The elements potassium, sodium, lithium, hydrogen, of which it takes two parts to combine with 1 of oxygen, are called monads. Other elements of the group of monads are rubidium, cesium, thallium, silver, and also fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine. Still other elements combining by two parts in their oxygen or sulphur compounds, etc., are nitrogen, phosphorus, CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF MINERALS. 9 antimony, boron, columbium, tantalum, vanadium, gold. For example, for arsenic there are the compounds As,S, As,S,, As,O,, As,O;, etc. Another characteristic of these elements of the hydrogen, sodium, chlorine, and arsenic groups is that the number of equivalents of the acidic element in the compounds into which they enter is, with a rare exception, odd, and of the 1, 3, 5, etce., series, and on this account they are called in chemistry perissads ; while the other elements, in whose com- pounds their number is of the l, 2, 3, etc. (or 2, 4, 6) series, are called artiads. An apparent exception exists under the artiads in the sesquioxides, but this does not alter the general character of the series. The facts above cited sustain the general statement that Ca,, Mg,, Mn;, Zn, Fe,, Al, Ee, Mn, have equivalent combin- ing values, and hence in minerals often replace one another 5 and so also Ca, Mg, Mn, Zn, Fe, K,, Nas, Li,, H., may replace one another. Similarly, also, As,, or Sb, replaces 5 in some minerals. With reference to the classification of minerals the elements may be conveniently divided into two groups: (1) the Acidic, and (2) the Basic. The former includes oxygen and the ele- ments which were termed the acidifiers and acidifiable elements in the old chemistry. They are those which have been called in mineralogy the mineralizing elements, since they are the elements which are found combined with the metals to make them ores, that is, to mineralize them. The basic are the rest of the elements. The groups overlap somewhat, but this need not be dwelt upon here. The more important of the acidic elements are the following : oxygen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, sulphur, selenium, tellurium, boron, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, phosphorus, arsenic, antimony, vanadium, nitrogen, tantalum, columbiun, carbon, silicon. Again, among the compounds of these elements occurring in the mineral kingdom there are two grand divisions, the binary and the ternary. ‘The binary consist of one or more elements of each of the acidic and basic divisions, and the ternary of one or more elements of each of these two classes, along with oxy- gen, fluorine, or sulphur as a third. The binary include the sulphides, arsenides, chlorides, fluorides, oxides, etc., and the ternary the sulphates, chromates, borates, arsenates, phosphates, silicates, carbonates, etc., and also the sulph-arsenites and sulph- antimonites, in which a basic metal (usually lead, copper, sil- ver) is combined with arsenic or antimony and sulphur. 80 CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. The following are examples of the symbols of binary and ternary compounds : 1. Binary. 1. Sulphides, Selenides.—Ag,S = silver sulphide; Ag,Se = silver selenide; PbS = lead sulphide; ZnS = zine sulphide ; FeS, = iron disulphide. 2. Fluorides, Chlorides, etec.—Ca¥, = calcium fluoride ; AgCl = silver chloride; AgBr = silver bromide; AglI = silver iodide ; NaCl = sodium chloride (common salt). 3. Oxides. — Al,O, = 3(A1,,0) = aluminium sesquioxide ; As,O; = arsenic trioxide; As,O; = arsenic pentoxide; BaO = barium oxide; B,O, = boron trioxide (boracic acid) ; CaO = calcium oxide (lime) ; CO, = carbon dioxide (carbonic acid) ; CrO, = chromium trioxide (chromic acid) ; Cu,O = copper sub- oxide; CuO = copper oxide; BeO = beryllium oxide; H,O = hydrogen oxide (water); FeO = iron oxide; Fe,O; = iron sesquioxide ; PbO = lead oxide; Li,O = lithium oxide; MgO — magnesium oxide; MnO = manganese oxide; Mn,O; = manganese sesquioxide ; MnO, = manganese dioxide; P,O; = phosphorus pentoxide; K,O = potassium oxide ; 810, = silicon dioxide (silica); Na,O = sodium oxide; SrO = strontium ox- ide; SO, = sulphur dioxide (sulphurous acid) ; SO; = sulphur trioxide; SnO, = tin dioxide; V,O; = vanadium pentoxide (vanadie acid); WO, = tungsten trioxide (tungstic acid) ; ZnO = zinc oxide; ZrO, = zirconium dioxide. The composition of these compounds may be obtained from the table of combining weights, page 76. For example, with reference to the first of them (AgS), the table gives for the combining weight of silver (Ag), 108, and for that of sulphur, 32. The elements exist in the compound therefore in the proportion of 108 to 32, and from it the composition of a hundred parts is easily deduced. If the formula were (Ag, Pb)S, signifying a silver-and-lead sulphide, and if the silver and lead were in the ratio of | to ], then half the combining weight of silver is taken; that is, 54, and half the atomic weight of lead, which is 103-5; and the sum of these numbers, with 32 for the sulphur, expresses the ratio of the three ingredients. For Al,O, we find the combining weight of aluminium 27.4 ; doubling this for Al, makes 54:8. Again, for oxygen, we find 16; and three times 16 is 48. 54-8 to 48 is therefore the ratio CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF MINERALS. 81 of aluminium to the oxygen in A1,O,, from which the percent- age proportion may be obtained. 2. Ternary Oxygen Compounds. Silicates.—Of these compounds there are two prominent groups. In one of these groups the general formula is RO;8i, and in the other R,O,Si. In both of these formulas R stands for any basic elements in the protoxide state, as Ca, Mg, Fe, etc., either alone or in combination. In the first of these for- mulas the combining values of the basic element R and. the acidic element or silicon, as measured by their combinations with oxygen, are in the proportion of 1 to 2, for R stands for an element in the protoxide state, while Si stands for sili- con, which is in the diowide state, its oxide being a dioxide ; and hence the minerals so constituted are called Disilicates. In the second of these formulas this ratio is 2 to 2, or 1 to 1, and hence these are called Unisilicates. Multiplying these formulas by 3, they become R,0O,8i;, and (2R,) O,.8i;; and the same composition is expressed. In this form the substitution of sesquioxide bases for protoxide may be indicated: thus, R;R O,, 81, signifies that half of the 2R; is re- placed by Al or Fe, or some other element in the sesquioxide state. | There are also some species in which the ratio is 1 to less than 1, and these are called Subsilicates. The ratio here referred to (formerly known as the oxygen ratio) is called the quantwalent ratio. The other ternary compounds require no special remarks in this place. 2. CHEMICAL REACTIONS. 1. Trials in the wet way. 1. Zest for Carbonates.—Into a test tube put a little hydro- chloric acid diluted with one half water, and add a small por- tion in powder of the mineral. Ifa carbonate, there will be a brisk effervescence caused by the escape of carbonic dioxide (carbonic acid), when heat is applied, if not before. With cal- cium carbonate no heat or pulverization is necessary. 2. Test for Gelatinizing Silica.—Some silicates, when pow- 6 82 CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. dered and treated with strong hydrochloric acid, are decom- posed and deposit the silica in a state of a jelly. The experi- ment may be performed in a test tube, or small glass flask. Sometimes the evaporation of the liquid nearly to dryness 1s necessary in order to obtain the jelly. Some silicates do not afford the jelly unless they have been previously ignited before . the blowpipe, and some gelatinizing silicates lose the power on ignition. 3. Decomposability of Minerals by Acids.—To ascertain . whether a mineral is decomposable by acids or not, it is very finely powdered and then boiled with strong hydrochloric acid, or, in case of many metallic minerals, with nitric acid. In some cases where no jelly is formed there 1s a deposit of silica in fine flakes. With the sulphides and nitric acid there is often a deposit of sulphur, which usually floats upon the surface of the fluid as a dark spongy mass. Some oxides, and also some sulphates and many phosphates, are soluble entirely without effervescence. But many minerals resist decomposition. It is sometimes difficult to tell whether a mineral is decomposed with the separation of the silica or whether it is unacted upon. In such a case a portion of the clear fluid is neutralized by soda (sodium carbonate), and if anything has been dissolved it will usually be precipitated. Test for F'luorine.—Most fluorides are decomposed by strong heated sulphuric acid, give out fluorine which will etch a glass plate in reach of the fumes. The trial may be made in a lead cup and the glass put over it as a loose cover. 2. Trials with the Blowprpe. The blowpipe, in its simplest form, is merely a bent tube of small size, eight to ten inches long, terminating at one end in a minute orifice. It is used to concentrate the flame on a min- eral, and this is done by blowing through it while the smaller end is just within the flame. The annexed figure represents the form commonly employed, except that the tube is usually without the division at 0. It contains an air chamber (0) to receive the moisture which is condensed in the tube during the blowing; the moisture, unless thus removed, is often blown through the small aperture and interferes with the experiment. The jet, ¢/, 1s movable, and ++ ig desirable that it should be made of platinum, in order that it may be cleaned when necessary, either by high heating or CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF MINERALS, 83 by immersion in an acid. The screw at 0 is for the purpose of shortening the tube one-half so as to make it more convenient for the pocket of the field mineralogist. It is un- screwed for this purpose, and the smaller part put within the larger. In using the blowpipe it is necessary to breathe and blow at the same time, that the operator may not interrupt the flame in order to take breath. Though seemingly absurd, the necessary tact may easily be acquired. Let the student first breathe a few times through his nostrils while his cheeks are inflated and his mouth closed. After this practice let him put the blowpipe to his mouth and he will find no difficulty in breathing as before while the muscles of the inflated cheeks are throwing the air they contain through the blowpipe. When the air is nearly exhausted the mouth may again be filled through the nose without interrupting the process _ of blowing. The flame of a candle, or-a lamp with a large lL is wick may be used, and when so it should be bent in the direction the flame is to be blown. But it is far better, when gas can be had, to use a Bunsen’s burner. The flame has the form of a cone, yellow without and blue within. The heat is most intense just beyond the extremity of the blue flame. In some trials it is necessary that the air should not be excluded from the mineral during the experiment, and when this is the case the owter flame is used. ‘The outer is called the oxidizing flame (because oxygen, one of the consti- tuents of the atmosphere, combines in many cases with some parts of the assay, or substance under experiment), and the in- ner the reducing flame. In the latter the carbon and hydrogen of the flame, which are in a high state of ignition, and which are enclosed from the atmosphere by the outer flame, tend to unite with the oxygen of any substance that is inserted init. Hence substances are reduced in it. The mineral is supported in the flame either on charcoal; or by means of steel forceps (as in the annexed figure) with plati- num extremities (a 6), opened by pressing on the pins p p; or on platinum wire or foil. 84 CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. To ascertain.the fusibility of a mineral, the fragment for the platinum forceps should not be larger than the head of a pin, and, if possible, should be thin and oblong, so that the extrem- ity may project beyond the platinum. The fusible metals alloy readily with platinum. Hence compounds of lead, arsenic, an- timony, etc., must be guarded against. These compounds are tested on charcoal. The forceps should not be used with the fluxes, but instead either charcoal or the platinum wire or foil. The charcoal should be firm and well burnt; that of soft wood is the best. It is employed especially for the reduction of oxides, in which the presence of carbon is often necessary, and also for observing any substances which may pass off and be deposited on the charcoal around the assay. These coatings are usually oxides of the metals, which are formed by the oxi- dation of the volatile metals as they issue from the reduction flame. The platinum wire is employed in order to observe the ac- tion of the fluxes on the mineral, and the colors which the oxides impart to the fluxes when dissolved in them. The wire used is No. 27. This is cut into pieces about three inches long, and the end is bent into a small loop, in which the flux is fused. This makes what is called a bead.’ When the experiment is complete the beads are removed by uncoiling the loop and draw- ing the wire through the finger nails. After use for awhile the end breaks off, because platinum is acted upon by the soda, and then a new loop has to be made. Dilute sulphuric acid will remove any of the flux that may remain upon it after a trial has been made. Glass tube is employed for various purposes. It should be from a line to a fourth of an inch in bore. It is cut into pieces four to six inches long, and used in some cases with both ends open, in others with one end closed. In the closed tube, either heated directly over the Bunsen burner, or with the aid of the blowpipe, volatile substances in the assay are vaporized and condensed in the upper colder part of the tube, where they may be examined by a lens if necessary, or by further heating. The odor given off may also be noted, and the acidity of any fumes by inserting a small strip of litmus paper in the mouth of the tube. ‘Lhe closed tube is used to observe all the effects that may take place when a substance is heated out of contact with the air. In the open tube the atmosphere passes through the tube in the heating, and so modifies the result. ‘The assay is placed an inch or an inch and a quarter from the lower end of the tube; tbe tube should be held nearly horizontally, to BLOWPIPE REACTIONS. 85 prevent the assay from falling out. The strength of the draught depends upon the inclination of the tube, and in special cases it should be inclined as much as possible. The most common fluxes are borax (sodium bi-borate), salt of phosphorus (sodium and ammonium phosphate), and soda (sodium carbonate, either the carbonate or bi-carbonate of soda of the shops.) These substances, when fused and highly heated, are very powerful solvents for metallic oxides. They should be pure preparations. The borax and soda are much the most important. In using the platinum wire, the loop may be highly heated, and then a portion of the borax or soda may be taken up by it, and by successive repetitions of this process the re- quisite amount of the flux may be obtained on the wire. Then, by bringing the melted flux of the loop into contact with one or more grains of the pulverized mineral, the assay is madt ready for the trial. With soda and quartz a perfectly clear globule is obtained, cold as well as hot, if the flux is used in the right proportion. Some oxides impart a deep and charac- teristic color to a bead of borax. In other cases the color obtained is more characteristic when salt of phosphorus is em- ployed. The color obtained in the outer flame 1s often differ- ent from that which is obtained in the inner flame. The beads are sometimes transparent and sometimes opaque. If too much substance is employed the beads will be opaque when it is de- sired that they should be transparent. In such cases the experiment may be repeated with less substance. In many cases pulverized mineral and the flux, a little moistened, are mixed together into a ball upon charcoal, especially in the ex- periments with soda. In the examination of sulphides, arsenides, antimonides and rélated ores, the assay should be roasted before using a flux, in order to convert the substance into an oxide. This is done by spreading the substance out on a piece of charcoal and exposing it to a gentle heat in the oxidizing flame. The sulphur, arsenic, antimony, etc., then pass off as oxides in the form of vapors, leaving the non-volatile metals behind as oxides. The escap- ing sulphurous acid gives the ordinary odor of burning sulphur 5 arsenous acid, from arsenic present, the odor of garlic, or an - alliaceous odor; selenous acid, from selenium present, the odor of decaying horse-radish ; while antimony fumes are dense white, and have no odor. The following is the scale of fusibility which has been adopted, beginning with the most fusible : 1. Stisnrte.—Fusible in large pieces in the candle flame. 86 CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF MINERALS. 9. Narroxite.—Fusible in small splinters in the candle flame. 3. ALMANDINE, or bright red GARNET.—Fusible in large pieces with ease in the blowpipe flame. 4. ActTINOLITE.—Fusible in large pieces with difficulty in the blowpipe flame. 5. ORTHOCLASE, or common feldspar. Fusible in small splinters with difficulty in the blowpipe flame. 6. Bronzite.—Scarcely fusible at all. The color of the flame is an important character in connection with blowpipe trials. When the mineral contains sodiwm the color of the flame is deep yellow, and this is generally true in spite of the presence of other related elements. When sodium (or soda) is absent, potassium (or potash) gives a pale violet color; calciwm (or lime) a pale reddish yellow ; lithium, a deep purple-red, as: in lithia-mica ; strontiwm, a bright red, this ele- ment being the usual source of the red color in pyrotechny ; copper, emerald green ; phosphates, bluish green ; boron, yellow- ish green ; copper chloride, azure blue. Beads should be exam- ined by daylight only, and should be held in such position that the color is not modified by green trees or other bright objects when examined by transmitted light. Colored flames are seen to best advantage when some black object is beyond the flame in the line of vision. It is also to be noted, in the trials, whether the assay heats up quietly, or with decrepitation ; whether it fuses with effer- vescence or not, or with intumescence or not; whether it fuses to a bead which is transparent, clouded, or opaque; whether blebby (containing air-bubbles or not); whether scoria-like or not. Testing for Water.—The powdered mineral is put at the bottom of a closed glass tube, and after holding the extremity for a moment in the flame of a Bunsen’s burner, moisture, if any is present, will have escaped and be found condensed on the inside of the tube, above the heated portion. Litmus or tur- meric paper is used to ascertain if the water is acid or alkaline, acids changing the blue of litmus paper to red, and alkalies the yellow of turmeric paper to brown. Testing for an Alkali.—If the fragment of a mineral, heated in the platinum forceps, contains an alkali, it will often, after being highly heated, give an alkaline reaction when placed, after moistening, on turmeric paper, turning it brown. ‘This test is applicable to those salts which, on heating, part with a portion of their acid and are rendered caustic thereby. Such BLOWPIPE REACTIONS. ' 87 are the carbonates, sulphates, nitrates, and chlorides of the alkaline metals. Testing for Alumina or Magnesia,—Cobalt nitrate, in solu- tion, is used to distinguish an infusible and colorless mineral containing aluminium from one containing magnesium. 11,250,000 Nis fc vung Ae eee Oe 29,699,122 [ee A A eee 10,000,000 pe. Be yt en ee ee 31,635,289 12 7 OR ee ae 13,550,000 A AG vale ene lg coe ts ere 39,292,924 The Comstock Lode contributed to the silver of the world first in 1861. In 1875 it yielded $14,492,350, and the rest of Nevada $6,717,686= 21,209,986 ; and in 1876 these amounts were 90,570,078 and 7,462,752 — $28,032,830. The $7,462,752 from the “‘ rest of Nevada”’ in 1876, were divided, as follows, between its principal mining regions : Lan- der County, Austin district, $1,187,500 ; Esmeralda County, Columbus district, $1,624,789 ; Elko County, Cornucopia district, $460,048 ; Eu- reka County, $1,480,558 ; Lincoln County, Pioche or Ely district, $790,095 ; Nye County, Tyboe and Reveille districts, $1,450,000. The yield in 1876 of Utah was $8,351,520; of Colorado, 3,000,000 ; of California, 1,800,000; of Arizona, 500,000 ; of Montana, 800,000 ; of Idaho, 300,000 ; of New Mexico, 400,000, 124 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. In the “ Elements of Metallurgy,” of J. Arthur Phillips, the yield for 1872 is given approximately, as follows : Lbs. Troy. Great Britain. ......-.e.e cece ee eee eeese 52,400 Norway and Sweden. ......-..+-.+ss500° 15,000 Hungary, Transylvania, and the Banat... 92,000 Gaxony....-seeeveceees 80,000 Parag te ccs eee eke 27500 hala! al.'s ee 178,000 Rest of Germany.....-. 60,500 Russias. ede d cos vibe tee Se Ae Sage eee 50,000 France . ook. pees bh bitkw Se Oe ee 16,500 Ttaly. 20 oe Be -a e 32,000 Spain. 2/25... vl. eel Rl ta ene 100,000 Pera? ee GA DORR SRL, Pi 200,000 Bolivia. oo bbe ees + ee ea ee 450,000 Ci ae ok OO a ee 800,000 Central America .........---2e2 eset eeeee 538,000 Mexico 2h. PINS 22 ie See 1,000,000 United States.) 020.6. 024 ee es 2 1,250,000 Total OIG aed 3,788,900 Mr. Phillips states that the total for the year probably amounted to 4,100,000 lbs. troy, the value of which is £13,000,000, or $63,000,000. In the above the amount from the United States is diminished to make it correspond with the preceding statement for 1872. The following table gives, in dollars, the estimated value of the world’s production of silver in recent years : ——— Mexico and South America Other Countries. Russia. United States. eae ——_ 1855 | 600,000 | .......--- 30,000,000 10,000,000=40,600,000 1860 | 650,000 150,000 | 80,000,000 10,000,000 =40,800,000 1865 | 700,000 | 11,250,000 30,000,000 10,000,000=51,950,000 1870 | 575,000 | 17,320,000 | 25,000,000 10,000,000 =57,895,000 1875 | 500,000 | 31,635,000 25,000,000 10,000,000 =67 135,000 —— ne The total for 1876 is estimated at 76 millions. The world’s production of silver for the period of twenty-six years, from 1852 to 1877, is estimated at @1,341,800,000 ; for the preceding twenty-two years—from 1830 to 1851, inclusive—at 600,400,000 ; for the preceding thirty years—from 1800 to 1830—at $799,100,000. Native Platinum. Isometric : but crystals seldom observed. Usually in flat- tened or angular grains or irregular masses. Cleavage none. Color and streak pale or dark steel-gray. Lustre metallic, PLATINUM. 125 shining. Ductile and malleable. ~ H.=4-4°5." G.=16-19 ; 17-108, small grains ; 17-608, a mass. » Often slightly mag- netic, and some masses will take up iron filings. | Composition. Platinum is usually combined with more or less of the rare metals iridium, rhodium, palladium, and osmium, besides copper and iron, which give it a darker color than belongs to the pure metal, and increase its hard- ness. A Russian specimen afforded, Platinum 78-9, iri- dium 5:0, osmium and iridium 1°9, rhodium 0°9, palladium 0:3, copper 0°7, iron 11°0=98°%5. nee ~ Platinum is soluble in heated aqua regia. It is one of the most infusible substances known, being wholly unaltered before the blowpipe. It is very slightly magnetic, and this quality is increased by the iron it may contain. Diff. Platinum is at once distinguished by its ma lleability and extreme infusibility. | j Obs. Platinum was first detected in 1735 in grains in the alluvial deposits of Choco and Barbagoa in New Granada (now U. States of Colombia), within two miles of the north- west coast of South America, where it received the name latina, derived from the word plata, meaning silver. Al- though before known, an account by Ulloa, a Spanish traveler in America in 1735, directed attention in Europe, jn 1748, to the metal. It is now obtained in Novita, and at Santa Rita, and Santa Lucia, Brazil. It has been afforded most abundantly by the Urals. It occurs also on Borneo ; in the sands of the Rhine; in those of the river Jocky, St. Domingo ; in traces in the United States, in North Carolina ; at La Fran¢ois Beauce, Canada ; and with gold near Point Orford, on the coast of Northern California (probably de- rived, according to W. P. Blake, from serpentine rocks) ; in British Columbia. The Ural localities of Nischne Tagilsk and Goroblagodat have afforded much the larger part of the platinum of com- merce. It occurs, as elsewhere, in alluvial beds ; but the courses of platiniferous alluvium have been traced to a great extent up Mount La Martiane, which consists of crystalline rocks, and is the origin of the detritus. One to ¢hree pounds are procured from 3,700 pounds of sand. | Though commonly in small grains, masses of considerable size have occasionally been found. A mass weighing 1,088 grains was brought by Humboldt from South America and deposited in the Berlin Museum. Its specific gravity was 126 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. 18:94. In the year 1822, a mass from Condoto was de- posited in the Madrid Museum, measuring 2 inches and 4 lines in diameter, and weighing 11,641 grains. A more remarkable specimen was found in the year 1827 in the Urals, not far from the Demidoff mines, which weighed 113 (more accurately, 11°57) pounds troy ; and similar masses are now not uncommon. ‘The largest yet discovered weighed 21 pounds troy ; it is in the Demidoff cabinet. Russia affords annually about 35 cwt. of platinum, which is about five times the amount from Brazil, Borneo, Colom- bia, and St. Domingo. Borneo affords about 500 pounds per year. The North Carolina platinum was found with gold in Rutherford County. It was a single reniform granule, weigh- ing 2°54 grains. Other instances are reported from the Southern gold region. The infusibility of platinum and its resistance to the action of the air, and moisture, and most chemical agents, renders it of great value for the construction of chemical and philosophical apparatus. The large stills employed in the concentration of sulphuric acid are now made of plati- num; but such stills are gilt within, since platinum when unprotected is acted upon by the acid, and soon becomes porous. It is also used for crucibles and capsules in chemi- cal analysis ; for galvanic batteries ; as foil, or worked into cups or forceps, for supporting objects before the blowpipe. It alloys readily when heated with iron, lead, and several of the metals, and is also attacked by caustic potash and phos- phoric acid, in contact with carbon ; and consequently there should be caution when heating it not to expose it to these ~ agents. It is employed for coating copper and brass ; also for painting porcelain and giving it a steel lustre, formerly highly prized. It admits of being drawn into wire of ex- treme tenuity. Platinum was formally coined in Russia. The coins had the value of 11 and 22 rubles each. This metal fuses readily before the ‘‘compound blow- pipe ;” and Dr. Hare succeeded in 1837 in melting twenty- eight ounces into one mass. ‘The metal was almost as malle- able and as good for working as that obtained by the other process ; it had a specific gravity of 19°8. He afterwards succeeded in obtaining from the ore masses which were 90 PALLADIUM, 17 per cent. platinum, and as malleable as the metal in ordi- nary use, though somewhat more liable to tarnish, owing to some of its impurities. Deville and Debray have perfected this process, and have melted over 25 pounds of platinum in less than three-quarters of an hour. In the process the osmium present is oxidized and thus removed. Platin-iridium. Grains of iridium have been obtained at Nischne Tagilsk, consisting of 76°8 iridium, and 19:64 platinum, with some palladium and copper. A similar platin-iridium has been obtained at Ava, in the East Indies. Another, from Brazil, contained 27°8 iridium, 55°5 platinum, and 6°9 of rhodium. Tridosmine. A compound of iridium and osmium from the platinum mines of Russia, South America, the East Indies, and California. The crystals are pale steel-gray hexagonal prisms ; usually in flat grains. H.=6°7. G.=19:5-21:1. Malleable with difficulty. The composition varies. One variety, called Newjanskite, contains iridium 46°8, osmium 49°38, rhodium 3:2, iron 0°7. Another, Sisser- skite, iridium 25°1, osmium 74°9, and iridium 20, osmium 80. But analysis affords also from 0°5 to 12°3 of rhodium, and 0:2 to 64 of the rarer metal ruthenium, with traces usually of platinum, cop- per andiron. The grains are distinguished by their superior hardness from those of platinum, and also by the peculiar odor of osmium when heated with nitre. Iridosmine is common with the gold of Northern California, and injures its quality for jewelry. Occurs sparingly in the gold washings on the rivers Du Loup and Des Plantes, Canada. The metal iridium is extremely hard, and is used, as well as rho- dium, for points to the nibs of gold pens. Its specific gravity is 21°8. Laurite. In minute octahedrons. A ruthenium sulphide, with 3 percent. of osmium. From platinum sands of Borneo and Oregon. Palladium. Isometric. In minute octahedrons. Occurs mostly in grains, sometimes composed of divergent fibres. Color steel-gray, inclining to silver-white. Ductile and malleable. H. 4°5-5. G.=11°3~12°2. nt Consists of palladium, with some platinum and iridium. Fuses with sulphur, but not alone. Obs. Occurs in Brazil with gold, and is distinguished from platinum, with which it is associated, by the divergent structure of its grains. It was discovered by Wollaston, in 1803. Selenpalladite, or Allopalladium, is native palladium in hexagonal tables from Tilkerode in the Hartz. It is re- ported also from St. Domingo and the Urals. Porpezile is palladium gold, or gold containing about 10 per cent. of palladium ; three samples assayed at the Rio de Janeiro mint yielding 11-1, 9°75, and 7-7 per cent. of palladium. 128 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. This metal is malleable, and when polished. has a whitish steel-like lustre which does not tarnish. A cup weighing 34 pounds was made by M. Breant in the mint at Paris, and is now in the garde-meuble of the French crown. In hard- ness it is equal to fine steel. 1 part fused with 6 of gold forms a white alloy ; and this compound was employed, at the suggestion of Dr. Wollaston, for the graduated part of the mural circle constructed by Troughton for the Royal Observatory at Greenwich. Palladium has been employed also for certain surgical instruments. MERCURY. Mercury occurs native; alloyed with silver forming na- tive amalgam; and in combination with sulphur, selenium, chlorine, or iodine, and with sulphur and antimony in some tetrahedrite. Its ores are completely volatile, excepting when silver or copper is present. Native Mercury, Isometric. Occurs in fluid globules scattered through the gangue. Color tin-white. G.=—13-56. Becomes solid and crystallizes at a temperature of —39° F. Mercury, or quicksilver, as it is often called (a translation of the old name “‘argentum vivum),” is entirely volatile before the blowpipe, and dissolves readily in nitric acid. Obs. Native mercury is a rare mineral, yet is met with at the different mines of this metal, at Almaden in Spain, Idria in Carniola (Austria), in Hungary, Peru, and in Cali- fornia. It is usually in disseminated globules, but is some- times accumulated ‘in cavities so as to be dipped up in pails. Mercury is used for the extraction of gold and silver ores. It is also employed for silvering mirrors, for thermometers and barometers, and for various purposes connected with medicine and the arts. Native Amalgam. See page 117. Cinnabar.—Mercury Sulphide. Rhombohedral. RAR=%2° 86. Cleavage lateral, high- ly perfect. Crystals often tabular, or six-sided prisms. Also massive ; sometimes in earthy coatings. SILVER. 129 Lustre unmetallic, of crystals adamantine; often dull. Color bright red to brownish red, and brownish black. Streak scarlet-red. Subtransparent to nearly opaque. H. = 2-2°5. G.=85-9. Sectile. Composition. Hg 8,=Sulphur 13°8, mercury 86°2. It often contains impurities. The diver ore, or hepatic cinna- bar, contains some carbon and clay, and has a brownish streak and color. The pure variety volatilizes entirely be- fore the blowpipe. Diff. Distinguished from red oxide of iron and chromate of lead by vaporizing before the blowpipe ; from realgar by giving off on charcoal no alliaceous fumes. Obs. Cinnabar is the ore from which the principal part of the mercury of commerce is obtained. It is when pure identical with the pigment vermilion. It occurs mostly in connection with siliceous, talcose and argillaceous slates, or other stratified deposits, both the most ancient and those of more recent date. The mineral is too volatile to be expected in any abundance in proper igneous or crystalline rocks, yet has been found sparingly in granite. ‘The localities are mentioned beyond. Metacinnabarite is the same compound with cinnabar, but differs in crystallization ; it is from Redington Mine, Lake County, California. Guadalcazarite, of Mexico, is HgS8 in which alittle of the sulphur is replaced by selenium. Calomel or Horn Quicksilver. A tough, sectile mercury chloride, of a light yellowish or grayish color, and adamantine lustre, translucent or subtranslucent, crystallizing in secondaries to a square prism. H.=1-2. G.=6°48. It contains 15-1 per cent. of chlorine, and 84:9 of mercury. Lodie Mercury. A reddish-brown ore, from Mexico. Tiemannite. A dark steel-gray mercury selenide, from the Hartz, and the vicinity of Clear Lake, California. Coloradoite. A grayish black mercury telluride, with G.—8-627, from the Keystone and Mountain Lion Mines, Colorado. (Genth.) Magnolite. A mercurous tellurate, Hg O, Te, from Magnolia dis- trict, Colorado. General Remarks.—The following are the regions of the principal mines of mercury. At Idria, in Austria (discovered in 1497), where the ore is a dark bituminous cinnabar distributed through a blackish shale or slate, containing some native mercury ; at Almaden, in Spain, near the frontier of EKstremadura, in the province of La Mancha, in argillaceous beds and grit rock, which are intersected by dikes of ‘“‘black porphyry ” and granite—mines mentioned by Pliny as afford- ing vermilion to the Greeks, 700 years before the Christian era; in the Palatinate on the Rhine ; in Hungary; Sweden ; several points in France ; Ripa, in Tuscany; in Shensi, in China; at Arqueros, in 130 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Chili ; at Huanca Velica and some other points in Peru ; at St. Onofre and other places in Mexico ; in California and Idaho. The most noted of the California mines, New Almaden, is situated in Mine Hill, Santa Clara County, south of San Francisco. The rocks are altered Cretaceous slates, talcose in part, with beds of serpentine either side, and associated also with beds of jasper or siliceous slate. The New Idria mine is in Fresno County, in the Mt. Diablo Range, and was discovered in 1855. The rocks are more or less altered silico- argillaceous and siliceous slates and sandstones, and the cinnabar is distributed irregularly through them ; between this and the Aurora Mine on San Carlos (the highest peak of the Diablo Range, 4,977 feet), there is much serpentine (in which is chromic iron) and siliceous rock or slate. In Napa Valley, Napa County, north of San Francisco, there are other valuable mines situated in rocks closely similar, as Whitney states, to those affording quicksilver at New Almaden. They are in a serpentine belt, the cinnabar being in some places in the serpentine, but mostly in the peculiar siliceous rock associated with it. Native mercury occurs with the cinnabar. The product of the California mines of mercury in 1874, is given as follows by Raymond, in his ‘‘ Mineral Resources for 180; New Almaden........ Santa Clara County......- 9,084 flasks. New Idria.........> +-0 Fresno MS Poet (00. 42* Cerro Bonito.........- te beng 2 Pe scher acct" 11 OR ieee ~ California (osc ss ee Napa Sah Oe ace 8,000 ** Manhattan’s ... yaa as +f oi ae es 620. °° Phone... aon chokes ms dae MEN NERO be 685 <“ Washington.........- ie spe raalie Apne ps | aed Redington? 77... 02.2 5 Lake dba ene Tea) wos California Borax...... * salina ht) Me yb aera Great Western........ ze 60S ae ee 1300. Buckeye. ss 5.5 oss ee Colusa pane bg hie 08 700 tae Missouri! so 2. coon Sonoma 8 ey eee 200 * Oekiand. fo). ees A li EA PA el Bf uae Sait DORM oe verte he Solano FEE Ns eee 1,900 ‘* Which, with the additions from a few other less productive open- ings, make a total of 34,254 flasks, or over 2,400,000 Ibs. The yield in 1867 was 44,386 flasks, or about 3,400,000 lbs. The total yield of the world in 1872, is stated by Phillips at 6,670,000 lbs. avoirdupois. COPPER. Copper occurs native in considerable quantities ; and also combined with oxygen, sulphur, selenium, arsenic, anti- mony, chlorine, and as carbonate, phosphate, arsenate, sul- phate, and vanadate. The ores of copper vary in specific gravity from 3°5 to 8°5, and seldom exceed 4 in hardness. ORES OF COPPER. 181 Native Copper. Isometric. In octahedrons; no cleavage apparent. Often in plates or masses, or arborescent and filiform shapes. Color copper-red. Ductile and malleable. H.=2:5-3. “84, Native copper often contains a little silver disseminated throughout it. Before the blowpipe it fuses readily, and on cooling it is covered with a black oxyd. Dissolves in nitric acid, and produces a deep azure-blue solution on the addition of ammonia. Obs. Native copper accompanies the ores of copper, and usually occurs in the vicinity of dikes of igneous rocks. Siberia, Cornwail, and Brazil are noted for the native cop- per they have produced. A mass, supposed to be from Bahia, now at Lisbon, weighs 2,616 pounds. South of Lake Supe- rior about Portage Lake: on Keweenaw Point, and also, less abundantly, on the Ontanagon River, and at some other points in that region, native copper occurs mostly in veins in trap, and also in the enclosing sandstone. A mass weighing 3,704 Ibs. has been taken from thence to Wash- ington City; it is the same that was figured by School- craft, in the American Journal of Science, volume iil., p 201. One large mass was quarried out in the “ Cliff Mine,” whose weight has been estimated at 200 tons. It was 40 feet long, 6 feet deep, and averaged 6 inches in thickness. This copper contains, intimately mixed with it, about ', per cent. of silver. Besides this, perfectly pure silver, in strings, masses, and grains, is often disseminated through the cop- per, and some masses, when polished, appear sprinkled with large white spots of silver, resembling, as Dr. Jackson ob- serves, a porphyry with its feldspar crystals. Crystals of native copper are also found penetrating masses of prehnite and analcite in the trap rock. This mixture of copper and silver cannot be imitated by art, as the two metals form an alloy when melted together. It is probable that the separa- tion in the rocks is due to the cooling from fusion being so extremely gradual as to allow the two metals to solidify separately, at their respective temperatures of solidification— the trap being an igneous rock, and ages often elapsing, as is well known, during the cooling of a bed of lava, covered from the air. Native copper occurs sparingly in St. Ignace and Michipicoton Islands, Lake Superior, 132 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS, Small specimens of native copper have been found in the States of New Jersey, Connecticut,and Massachusetts, where the Triassic formation occurs. One mass from near Somer- ville, N. J., weighs 78 pounds, and is said originally to have weighed 128 pounds. Within a few miles to the north of New Haven, Conn., one mass of 90 pounds, and another of 200, besides other smaller, have been found in the drift, all of which came from veins in the trap or associated Triassic sandstone. Near New Brunswick, N. J., a vein or sheet of copper, from a sixteenth to an eighth of an inch thick, has been observed and traced along for several rods. Native copper occurs also in South Australia ; it is stated that a single train from the Moonta Mine carried away at one time forty tons of native copper. Chalcocite.—Copper Glance. Vitreous Copper Ore. Redruthite. Trimetric. I: Z=119° 35’. Cleavage parallel to 7, but indistinct. Also in com- (| [1) pound crystals like aragonite. Often mas- sive. ) \$ Color and streak blackish lead-gray ; often tarnished blue or green. Streak sometimes — | shining. H.=2'5-3, G. =5°5-5'8. Composition. Cu, S=Sulphur 20°2, cop- \ / per 79°8=100. B.B. on charcoal gives off NS, fumes of sulphur, fuses easily in the exte- rior flame; and after the sulphur is driven off, a globule of copper remains. Dissolves in heated nitric acid, with a precipitation of the sulphur. Diff. Resembles argentite, but it is not sectile, like that ore, and they afford different results before the blowpipe. The solution of the ore in nitric acid covers an iron plate (or knife blade) with copper, while a similar solution of the silver ore covers a copper plate with silver. Obs. Occurs with other copper ores in beds and veins. At Cornwall, splendid crystallizations occur. Siberia, Hesse, Saxony, the Banat, Chili, etc., afford this ore. In the United States, a vein affording fine crystallizations occurs at Bristol, Conn. Other localities are at Wolcott- ville, Simsbury, and Cheshire, Conn. 5 at Schuyler’s Mines, and elsewhere, N. J. ; in the U. S. copper-mine district, Blue Ridge, Orange County, Virginia; between New Market and Taneytown, Maryland; and sparingly at the copper ORES OF COPPER. 133 mines of Michigan and the Western States; also at some mines north of Lake Huron ; in the San Juan mining region, Colorado; north of Gila-Riva, near the borders of New Mexico and Arizona; at the Bruce Mines, Lake Huron, and at Prince’s Mine, Spar Island, and on Michipicoton Islands, Lake Superior. . Covellite, or Blue Copper. A dull blue-black massive mineral, with the composition CuS. G=8°8. It contains 66:5 per cent. of copper. Harrisite. A copper glance with cubic cleavage, from Canton Mine, Ga.; probably a pseudomorph after galenite. Chalcopyrite.—Copper Pyrites. Copper-and-Iron Sulphide. Dimetric. Crystals tetrahedral or octahedral ; sometimes compound. I X [=109° 53’, and 108° 40’. Cleav- age indistinct. Also massive, and of various imitative shapes. Color brass-yellow, often tarnished deep yellow, and also iridescent. Streak unmetallic, greenish black, and but little shining. H.=3-°5-4. G. =4:15-4°3. Composition. CuFe 8, = Sulphur 34:9, copper 34°6, iron 80°5=100. Fuses B.B. to a globule which is magnetic, owing to the iron present. Gives sulphur fumes on charcoal. With soda on charcoal affords a glo- bule of metallic iron with copper. The usual effect with nitric acid. Diff. This ore resembles native gold, and also pyrite. It is distinguished from gold by crumbling when it is attempted to cut it, instead of separating in slices; and from pyrite in its deeper yellow color, and in yielding easily to the point of a knife, instead of striking fire with a steel. Obs. Copper pyrites occurs in veins intersecting gneiss and other metamorphic rocks ; also in those connected with eruptive rocks ; and sometimes in cavities or veins in ordi- nary stratified rocks. It is usually associated with pyrite, and often with galenite, blende, and copper carbonates. The copper of Fahlun, Sweden, is obtained mostly from this ore, where it occurs with serpentine in gneiss. Other mines of this ore are in the Hartz, near Goslar ; in the Banat, Hun- gary, Thuringia, etc. The Cornwall ore is mostly of this kind. As prepared for sale at Redruth it rarely yields 12 134 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. per cent., and generally only 7 or 8, and occasionally as little as 3 to 4 per cent. of metal ; ‘64 per cent. of metal may be considered an average of the produce of the total quantity of ore sold.” (Phillips, 1874.) Such poverty of ore is only made up by its facility of transport, the moderate expense of fuel, or the convenience of smelting. Its richness may generally be judged of from the color: if of a fine yellow hue, and yielding readily to the hammer, it is a good ore; but if hard and pale yellow it contains much pyrite, and 1s of poor quality. {n the United States there are many localities of this ore. It occurs in mines in Vermont, at Strafford ; and at Shrews- bury, Corinth, Waterbury ; also in New Hampshire, Maine, Massachusetts, and Connecticut; in New York, at the Ancram | lead mine; also near Rossie, and at Wurtzboro’; in Penn- sylvania, at Morgantown ; in Virginia, at the Phenix copper mines, Fauquier County, and at the Walton gold mine, Luzerne County; in Maryland, in the vicinity of Liberty and New London in Frederick County; and at the Patapsco mines near Sykesville ; in North Carolina, in Davidson and Guilford counties. In Michigan, where native copper 1s so abundant, this is a rare ore; but it occurs at Presqu’isle, at Mineral Point, and in Wisconsin, where it is the predomi- nating ore ; in Tennessee, in Polk County, at the Hiwassee mines; in the San Juan mining region, Colorado; in Lan- der Co., and elsewhere, Nevada ; at Copperopolis, Calaveras Co., California ; also at the Bruce and other mines on Lake Huron ; and Michipicoton Islands, mm Lake Superior. Cubanite is a copper-and-iron sulphide, containing Sulphur 89:0, iron 38°0, copper 19°8, silica 2°3=99°12. Bornite.—Erubescite. Variegated Copper Pyrites. Isometric. Cleavage octahedral in traces. Occurs in oc- tahedrons and dodecahedrons. Also massive. Color between copper-red and pinchbeck-brown. Tar- nishes rapidly on exposure. Streak pale grayish-black and but slightly shining. Brittle. H.=3. G.=o. Composition. Cu,Fe 8,=Sulphur 28°6, copper 55°58, iron 16°36 ; but varies much. The ore of Bristol, Conn., afforded Sulphur 25°83, copper 61°79, iron 11°77=99°39. B.B. on charcoal fuses to a brittle globule attractable by ORES OF COPPER. 135 the magnet; dissolves in nitric acid, with separation of sulphur. Diff. This ore is distinguished from the preceding by its pale reddish-yellow color, and its rapidly tarnishing and becoming of bluish and reddish shades ot color, the quality to which the name erubescite, from the Latin word for to blush, alludes. Obs. Occurs, with other copper ores, in granitic and al- lied rocks, and also in stratified formations. ‘The mines of Cornwall have afforded crystallized specimens, and it is there called, from its color, ‘‘ horse-flesh ore.” Other foreign localities of massive varieties are Ross Island, Killarney, Ire- land; Norway, Hessia, Silesia, Siberia, and the Banat. Fine crystallizations were formerly obtained at the Bristol copper mine, Conn., in granite ; and also in red sandstone, at Cheshire, in the same State, with malachite and barite. Massive varieties occur at the New Jersey mines, and in Pennsylvania. Crookesite. A copper selenide, containing 17°25 per cent. of thallium, and a little silver. Domeykite, Algodonite and Whiineyite are copper arsenides ; Ber- zelianite, a copper selenide ; Hucairite, a copper-and-silver selenide. Tennantite. A compound of copper, iron, sulphur, and arsenic. It oceurs in dodecahedral crystals, brilliant, with a dark lead-gray color, and reddish-gray streak. From the Cornish mines near Redruth and St. Day in Cornwall. Tetrahedrite.—Gray Copper. Fahlerz. Isometric and tetrahedral. Occurs in tetrahedral forms. Cleavage octahedral in traces. Color between steel-gray and iron- black. Streak nearly like the color, sometimes inclined to brown and cherry-red. Rather brittle. H.=3- Ad, G.=4°5- 5°12. Composition. Cu, 8, Sb, (= 4 Cu, S+Sb, §,), but with part of the cop- per replaced usually by iron and zinc, and sometimes silver or quick- silver, and part of the antimony by | arsenic, and rarely bismuth. It sometimes contains 30 per cent. of silver in place of part of the copper, and is then called argentiferous tetrahedrite. ‘The amount of arsenic varies from 0 to 10 per cent. One variety from Spain in- cluded 10 per cent. of platinum, and another from Hohen- 136 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS, stein some gold. Specimens from Schwatz, and some other localities, contain 15 to 18 per cent. of mercury, and are called Spaniolite. A kind containing 9 to 13 per cent. of lead and 10 to 13 of silver, has been called Malinowskite. Obs.. The Cornish mines, Andreasberg in the Hartz, Kremnitz in Hungary, Freiberg in Saxony, Kapnik in Tran- sylvania, and Dillenberg in Nassau, afford fine erystalliza- tions of this ore. It isa common ore in the Chilian mines, and it is worked there and elsewhere for copper and often also for silver. Occurs also in Mexico; in Mariposa and Shasta counties, Cal.; abundantly at the Sheba and De Soto mines, Humboldt Co.; Nevada, near Austin in Lander Co. ; in the San Juan region, Colorado; at the Heintzelman Mine, and the Santa Rita Mine, in Arizona ; also in fine erystallizations in the caves of Huallanca, on the Peruvian Andes, at a height of about 14,700 feet, an ore yielding much silver. Bournonite. Contains Sulphur 29°6, antimony 25:0, lead 42°24, cop- per 18°0=100. Its crystals are modified rectangular prisms, of a steel- gray color and streak, and are often compounded into shapes like a cog-wheel, whence it is called «wheel-ore. H.=2°5-3. G.=5°766. From the Tyrol, Hartz, Transylvania, Saxony, Cornwall, and Siberia. Other sulphantimonites or sulpharsenites of copper are Chalcostibite, Emplectite, Binnite, Stylotypite, Aikinite, Enargite, Polybasite. Poly- basite contains also silver. Atacamite.—Copper Oxichloride. Trimetric; in rhombic prisms and other forms; also granular massive. Color green to blackish green. Lustre adamantine to vitreous. Streak apple-green. . Translucent to subtranslucent. H. = 3-35. G.=3°75-3°9. Com- position, CuCl, +3 Cu O, H,=Chlorine 16°64, oxygen 11°25, copper 11:25, water 12°66=100. From the Atacama desert, between Chili and Peru, and elewhere in Chili; also from Bolivia, Vesuvius, Saxony, Spain, Cornwall. Cuprite.—Red Copper Ore. Isometric. In regular octahedrons, and modified forms of the same. Cleavage octahedral. Also massive, and some- times earthy. Color deep red, of various shades. Streak brownish red. Lustre adamantine or submetallic; also earthy. Subtrans- parent to nearly opaque. Brittle. H. = 3°5-4, G, =5d°8d- 6°15. — ORES OF COPPER. 137 Composition. Cu, O=Oxygen 11:2, copper 88°38. B.B. on charcoal, yields a globule of copper. Dissolves in nitric as The earthy varieties have been called ¢i/e ore, from the color. Ox € S&S © Diff. From cinnabar it differs in not being volatile before the blowpipe ; and from red iron ore in yielding a bead of copper on charcoal, and copper reactions. Obs. Occurs with other copper ores in the Banat, Thu- ringia, Cornwall, at Chessy near Lyons, in Siberia, and Bra- zil. The octahedrons are often green, from a coating of malachite. In the United States, it has been observed crystallized and massive at Schuyler’s, Somerville, and the Flemington cop- per mines, N. J.; also near New Brunswick, N. J.5 at Bristol, Conn.; near Ladenton, Rockland County, N. Y.; in the Lake Superior region. Tenorite, Melaconite, or Black Copper. An oxide of cop- per, CuO, occurring as a black powder, and in dull black masses and botryoidal concretions, in veins or along with other copper ores; also in iron-gray flexible scales, in the Vesuvian lavas. It is an abundant ore in some of the cop- per mines of the Mississippi Valley, and yields 60 to 70 per cent. of copper. It results from the decomposition of the sulphides and other ores. At the Hiwassee Mine, Polk Co., Tennessee, it has been abundant. It was formerly found of excellent quality in the Lake Superior copper region. Chalcanthite.—Blue Vitriol. Sulphate of Copper. Triclinic. In oblique rhomboidal prisms. Also as an efflorescence or incrustation, and stalactitic. Color deep sky-blue. Streak uncolored. Subtransparent to translucent. Lustre vitreous. Soluble, taste nauseous and metallic. H.=2-2°5. G.=2°21, 138 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Composition. Cu O,8+5 aq=Sulphuriec acid (or sulphur trioxide) 32-1, copper oxide 31°8, water 36:1. A polished plate of iron in solutions becomes covered with copper. Obs. Occurs with the sulphides of copper as a result of their decomposition, and is often in solution in the waters flowing from copper mines. Occursin the Hartz, at Fahlun in Sweden, and in many other foreign copper regions; in the Hiwassee copper mine, Tennessee; the Canton mine, Georgia ; at Copiapo, Chili. Blue vitriol is much used in dyeing operations and in the printing of cotton and linen; also for various other pur- poses in the arts. It has been employed to prevent dry rot, by steeping wood in its solution: and it is a powerful pre- servative of animal substances ; when imbued with it and dried, they remain unaltered. It is afforded by the decom- position of copper pyrites, in the same manner as green vit- riol from iron pyrites ; but it is manufactured for the arts, chiefly from old sheathing-copper, copper turnings, and cop- per refinery scales. In Frederick County, Maryland, blue vitriol is made from a black earth which is an impure oxide of copper with cop- per pyrites. In some mines, the solution of sulphate of copper is so abundant as to afford considerable copper, which is obtained by immersing clean iron in it, and is called copper of cemen- tution. At the copper springs. of Wicklow, Ireland, about 500 tons of iron were laid at one time in the pits ; in about 12 months the bars were dissolved, and every ton of iron yielded a ton and a half, and sometimes nearly two tons, of a precipitated reddish mud, each ton of which produced 16 ewt. of pure copper. The Rio Tinto Mine in Spain is an- other instance of working the sulphate in solution. These waters yield annually 1,800 cwt. of copper, and consume 2,400 cwt. of iron. Brochantite. An insoluble copper sulphate, containing 17°7 per cent. of sulphur trioxide. Color emerald-green, In tabular rhombic crystals, from the Urals, Retzbanya, Cornwall, Mexico, Chili, Aus- tralia. Krisuvigite and Konigite are the same species. Langite, Cyanotrichite (Velvet copper ore), Krénkite, Philippite, Enysite, Linarite, Dolerophanite, Hydrocyanite, are other sulphates containing copper, the last two anhydrous; and OConnellite is another containing chlorine, from Cornwall. The Copper tungstate, Cuprotungstite, occurs of a yellowish-green color in Chili. \ ORES OF COPPER. 139 Olivenite.—Hydrous Copper Arsenate. Trimetric. ZAJ=92° 30’. In prismatic crystals, and also fibrous and granular massive. Olive-green, and of other greenish shades, to liver and wood-brown. Streak olive-green to brown. Substransparent to opaque. Brittle. Pieeeoe Gr. 4°] —4"4, 7 Composition. Cu, O, As,= Arsenic pentoxide 40°66, copper oxide 56°15, water 3:19=100. Fuses very easily, coloring the flame bluish green. B.B. fuses with deflagration, giv- ing off arsenical fumes, and affords a brittle globule, which with soda yields metallic copper. Obs. From Cornwall, the Tyrol, Siberia, Chili, and other places. Besides the above, there are the following salts of copper + Copper Arsenates.—Huchroite has a bright emerald-green color, and contains 33 per cent. o” arsenic acid, and 48 of oxide of copper ; occurs in modified rhombic prisms ; H.=3°70 ; G=3'4; from Libethen, in Hun- gary. Olinoclasite (Aphanesite) is ofa dark verdigris-green inclining to © blue, and also dark blue; H. =2'5-3; G. —4:-19-4°36. It contains 62°7 per cent. of copper oxide ; from Cornwall. Hrinite has an emerald-green color, and occursin mammillated coatings ; H.—4'5-5; G.=—4°04; con- tains 59:4 per cent. of copper oxide ; from Limerick, Ireland. Lrroco- nite varies from sky-blue to verdigris-green ; occurs in rhombic prisms, sometimes an inch broad; H.=2-2°5; G.=2°8-2°98. Chalcophyllit? (copper mica) is remarkable for its thin foliated or mica-like structure ; color emerald or grass-green ; H.=2; G.=2°55. Contains 58 per cent- of copper oxide; from Cornwall and Hungary. Tyrolite (Copper froth) is another arsenate of a pale apple-green and verdigris-green color; it has a perfect cleavage ; it contains 43°9 per cent. of copper oxide ; from Hungary, Siberia, the Tyrol, and Derbyshire. Cornacall- ste and Chlorotile, are names of other copper arsenates. These dif- ferent arsenates of copper give an alliaceous odor when heated on charcoal before the blowpipe. Copper Phosphates.—Pseudomalachite (Phosphochalcite, Ehlite, Di hydrite) occurs in very oblique crystals, or massive and incrusting, and has an emerald or blackish-green color; H.=4'5-5 ; G.=4°34 ; contains 64 to 70 per cent. of copper oxide ; from near Bonn, on the Rhine, and also from Hungary. Jibethenite has a dark or olive-green color, and occurs in crystals, usually octahedral in aspect, and massive ; H.= 4; G.=8'6-8°8 ; contains 66:5 per cent. of oxide of copper ; from Hungary and Cornwall. Other copper phosphates are Veszelyite, Tagilite, Isoclasite. Torbernite is a copper-and-uranium phosphate. These phosphates give no fumes before the blowpipe, and have the reaction of phosphoric acid. Copper Vanadates.— Volborthite is a copper-and-calcium vanadate from the Urals; and Mottrammite and Psittacinite, copper-and-lead yanadates, the former from England, and the latter from gold mines in Silver Star district, Montana. Rivotite. Yellowish-green copper antimonate and carbonate, 140 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Malachite.—Green Copper Carbonate. Monoclinic. Usual in incrustations, with a smooth tube- rose, botryoidal, or stalactitic surface ; structure finely and firmly fibrous. Also earthy. Color light green, streak paler. Usually nearly opaque ; crystals translucent. Lustre of crystals adamantine inclin- ing to vitreous; but fibrous incrustations silky on a cross fracture. Earthy varieties dull. H.=3°5-4. G.=3-7-4, Composition. Cu, O,C+H, O=Carbon dioxide (or car- bonic acid) 19:9, copper oxide 71:9, water 8:2=100. Dis- solves with effervescence in nitric acid. B.B. decrepitates and blackens, colors the flame green, and becomes partly a black scoria. With borax it fuses to a deep-green globule, and ultimately affords a bead of copper. Diff. Readily distinguished by its copper-green color and its associations with copper ores. It resembles a siliceous ore of copper, chrysocolla, a common ore in the mines of the Mississippi Valley; but it is distinguished by its complete so- lution and effervescence in nitric acid. The color also is not the bluish green of chrysocolla. Obs. Green malachite usually accompanies other ores of copper, and forms incrustations, which, when thick, have the colors banded and delicate in their shades and blending. Perfect crystals are quite rare. The mines of Siberia, at Nischne Tagilsk, have afforded great quantities of this ore. A mass, partly disclosed, measured at top 9 feet by 18; and the portion uncovered contained at least half a million pounds of pure malachite. Other noted foreign localities are Chessy, in France; Sandlodge, in Shetland; Schwatz in the Tyrol; Cornwall; the Island of Cuba; Serro do ea ee west coast of Africa; copper mines of Australia ; nil. The copper mine of Cheshire, Conn., has afforded hand- some specimens ; also Morgantown, Perkiomen, and Pheenix- ville, Penn.; Schuyler’s Mine, and the New Brunswick copper mine, N. J. ; it occurs also in Maryland, between Newmarket and Taneytown ; and in the Catoctin Mountains ; in the Blue Ridge, Penn., near Nicholson’s Gap ; also in ntic district, Utah. Ti At Mineral Point, Wisconsin, a bluish silico-carbonate of ocpper occurs, which is for the most part chrysocolla, or a mixture of this mineral with the carbonate. ORES OF COPPER. 141 This mineral receives a high polish and is used for tables, mantelpieces, vases; and also ear-rings, snuff-boxes, and va- rious ornamental articles. It is not much prized in jewelry. At Versailles there is a room furnished with tables, vases, and other articles of this kind ; and similar rooms are to be found in many European palaces. Malachite is sometimes passed off in jewelry as turquois, though easily distinguished by its shade of color and much inferior hardness. It is a valuable ore when abundant ; but itis seldom smelted alone, because the metal is lable to es- cape with tke liberated volatile ingredient. Azurite.—Blue Copper Carbonate. Blue Malachite. Monoclinic. In modified oblique rhombic prisms, the crystals rather short and stout ; lateral cleavage perfect. Also mas- sive. Often earthy. Color deep blue, azure blue, Ber- lin blue. ‘Transparent to nearly opaque. Streak bluish. Lustre vitreous, almost adamantine. Brit- tle. H.=—3°5-45. G.=3'5-3°85. Composition. Cu, O,C,+H, O= Carbon dioxide 25°6, copper oxide 69°2, water 5-2. B.B. and in acids like the preceding. Obs. Azurite accompanies other ores of copper. Chessy, France, has afforded fine crystals ; found also in Siberia; in the Banat; near Redruth in Cornwall; at Phoenixville, Pa., in crystals ; in Wisconsin near Mineral Point ; as incrusta- tions, and rarely as crystals, near Sing Sing, N. Y.; near New Brunswick, N. J.; near Nicholson’s Gap, in the Blue Ridge, Pa. When abundant it is a valuable ore of copper. It makes a poor pigment as it is liable to turn green. Aurichalcite (Buratite) is a hydrous copper-and-zinc carbonate, or a cuprous hydrozincite, pale green to sky-blue in color ; from the Altai, Retzbanya, Chessy in France, Tyrol, Spain, Leadhills in Scotland, and Lancaster, Pa. Dioptase.—Copper Silicate. Rhombohedral. RAR=126° 24’. Occurs in six-sided prisms with rhombohedral terminations. Color emerald- green. Lustre vitreous. Transparent to nearly opaque. H. 0. ey <3 28-3 D0. 142 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Composition. Cul, 0,S8i=Silica 38-1. copper, oxide 50°4, water 11°5—100. B.B. with soda on charcoal yields copper, and this, with its hardness, distinguishes it from the spe- cies it resembles. Obs. From the Khirgeez Steppes of Siberia. Chrysocolla.—Hydrous Copper Silicate. Usually as incrustations ; botryoidal and massive. Also in thin seams and stains; no fibrous or granular structure apparent, nor any appearance of crystallization. Color bright green, bluish green. Lustre of surface of incrustations smoothly shining; also earthy. ‘Translucent to opaque. H.=2-4. G.=2-2°4. Composition. CuO, Si+2 aq=Silica 342, copper oxide 45°3, water 20°5=100. SIBERIAN. NEW JERSEY. Von Kobell. Berthier. Bowen. Beck. Oxide of copper... 40°0 .......... 5B OS AO. ea Siliea): Ae ewes a S65) 2 Brees Shed See eee Waterco Gi. ecelet 90°2. os sow ab eo ERR eel ear ee Carbonic acid...... Pf og. erm i gine sc omen, ye Ec ganar * Oxide of iron...... Bg | eye Sipe dN ne RTA Lele PES aS oN | The mineral varies much in the proportion of its consti- tuents, as it is not crystallized. 3 B.B. it blackens in the inner flame, and yields water without melting. With soda on charcoal yields. a globule of copper. Diff. Distinguished from green malachite as stated under that species. Obs. Accompanies other copper ores in Cornwall, Hun- gary, the Tyrol, Siberia, Thuringia, etc. In Chili it is abundant at the various mines. In Wisconsin and Missouri it is so abundant as to be worked for copper. It was for- merly taken for green malachite. It also occurs at the Som- erville and Schuyler’s mines, N. J., at Morgantown, Penn., and Wolcottville, Conn. This ore in the pure state affords 30 per cent. of copper ; but as it occurs in the rock will hardly yield one-third this amount. Still, when abundant, as it appears to be in the Mississippi Valley, it is a valuable ore. General Remarks.—The most valuable sources of copper for the arts are native copper, chalcopyrite or ‘‘yellow copper ore,” chaleocite or “copper glance,” bornite or “‘ variegated copper ore,” malachite _ORES OF COPPER. 143 or ‘‘ green carbonate of copper,” chrysocolla or ‘‘ silicate,” cuprite or ‘‘red oxide of copper ;” and occasionally tenorite or ‘‘ black copper.” The principal copper regions, exclusive of the American, are as follows. The Cornwall and Devon, England, where the ore is mostly chalcopyrite ; about Mansfeld, in Prussia, having the ore distributed through a bed of red shale in the Permian (Kupferschiefer), about eighteen inches thick, making about 2} per cent. of the bed; the Urals on their western slope, in the Permian, asin Mansfeld ; also more productively on the eastern side of the Urals, at the Nischne Tagilsk and Bogoslowskoi mines, in Silurian limestone where tra- versed by eruptive rocks, and at the Gumeschewskoi mine, in argil- iaceous shale, the ore chiefly malachite and cuprite ; in France, at Chessy, near Lyons, of malachite and azurite, now of little value ; in Norway, at Alten, and in Sweden, at Fahlun; in Hungary, at Schem nitz, Kremnitz, Kapnik, and the Banat ; in Italy, at Monte Catini ; in Spain, in the province of Huelva, where is the Rio Tinto mine, which affords chalcopyrite, and also the sulphate (p. 188); in Portugal, at San Domingo, near the mouth of the Guadiana ; in Algeria, Turkey, China, Japan, Cape of Good Hope; in South Australia, where are three prominent mines, the Burra, Wallaroo, and Moonta, their yield in 1875, £451,500 ; New South Wales, the yield in 1875, about 6,000 tons, the value £508,800. In South America, in Chili, in the vicinity of Copiapo, and less abundantly at other places to the south ; in Bolivia, also in Peru, and the Argentine Republic, but not much developed. In Cuba, but much less productive than formerly. In Eastern North America, some copper has been afforded by the Triassic of New Jersey and the Connecticut Valley, but there are no producing mines. Corinth, Vermont, and the Hiwassee mine, Ten- nessee, are worked. The chief sources of copper are the veins of Northern Michigan, near Lake Superior. The veins are connected with trap-dikes intersecting a red Lower Silurian sandstone as stated on page 131. The first discoveries of copper ore were made at Copper Harbor. Near Fort Wilkins the black oxide was afterward found in a large deposit, and 40,000 pounds of this ore were shipped to Boston. On further exploration in the trap, the Cliff mine, 20 miles to the westward, was laid open, where the largest masses of native copper have been found, and which still proves to be highly productive. Other veins have since been opened in various parts of the region, at Eagle Harbor, Eagle River, Grand Marais, Lac La Belle, Agate Harbor, Torch Lake, on the Ontonagon, in the Porcupine Mountains, and else- where. The country north of Lakes Superior and Huron, Isle Royale and the Michipicoton Islands, in Lake Superior, also afford copper ores, and the vicinity of Quebec at the Acton and Harvey Hill mines, in rocks referred to the Quehec formation. In Western North America, in Arizona, there are large veins of copper north of the Gila, on the borders of New Mexico, where are the Santa Rita and Hanover mines, and the ores are cuprite, chalco- cite, malachite ; there are rich veins also in Colorado, especially in Gilpin and Park counties, in Nevada, and California. The amount of copper produced in 1872, is stated as follows by J. Arthur Phillips (Elements of Metallurgy) : 144 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. TEN OIADO A, ook a eee Oye ies 5,600 tons. PE CUSEIA DD fy Sate ern ce eee coer 8,000 << MRUBSID SG Chee OTs et eet ote oe Ae 6,500 << Hungary 2 eee ne eee es ee 3,000 *¢ Sweden and Norway........... ....5- 2,500 ** Spain! (ome eae ee 71,0007 Portugal Met Sa. Sate. Ose ee 5,500“ PAPA koe A IR ARs, oe 1,000 <* South? Australian 72.2 pate eee 12,000 ‘‘ South Africas Vee eo eee 7,500 * Chiliand ‘Boliviavo4. Oo. 2) eee 46,500 * United ‘States: 2070 eee 12,600 < The total annual production is estimated by Phillips at 126,000 to 130,000 tons. The metal copper was known in the earliest periods and was used mostly alloyed with tin, forming bronze. The mines of Nubia and Kthiopia are believed to have produced a great part of the copper of the early Egyptians. Eubza and Cyprus are also mentioned as afford- ing this metal to the Greeks. It was employed for cutting instru- ments and weapons, as well as for utensils ; and bronze chisels are at this day found at the Egyptian stone-quarries, that were once em- ployed in quarrying. This bronze (chalkos of the Greeks, and @s of the Romans) consisted of about 5 parts of copper to 1 of tin, a propor- tion which produces an alloy of maximum hardness. Nearly the same material was used in early times over Hurope ; and weapons and tools have been found consisting of copper, edged with iron, indicating the scarcity of the latter metal. Similar weapons have also been found in Britain ; yet it is certain that iron and steel were well known to the Romans and later Greeks, and to some extent used for warlike weapons and cutlery. Bronze is hardened by hammering or pressure. Copper knives, axes, chisels, spear heads, bracelets, etc., have been found in the Indian Mounds of Wisconsin, Illinois, and the neighbor- ing States ; and there is evidence that the Indians, besides using drift masses of copper, knew of the copper veins of Northern Michigan, and worked them, especially in the Ontonagon region, where their tools and excavations have been discovered. Copper at the present day is very various in its applications in the arts. It is largely employed for utensils, for the sheathing of ships, and for coinage. Alloyed with zinc it constitutes brass, and with tin it forms bell-metal as well as bronze. Brass consists of copper 65 per cent., zinc 35 ; with 58°5 per cent. of zinc the alloy is silver-white; casting brass of 65-72 copper, 35-28 zinc ; or molu or Dutch metal, of 70-85 copper, 15-25 zinc, with 03 of each, lead and tin ; brass for lathe-work of 60-70 copper, 28-88 zine, 2 lead ; Muntz metal, for the sheathing of ships, 60 copper, 89 zinc, 1 lead ; spelter solder for brass, copper 50, zine 50. Bronze for medals consists of copper 98, tin 7; for speculum metal, copper 60, tin 80, arsenic 10 ; for casting bronze, copper 82-83, tin 1-3, zinc 17-18; for gun-metal, copper 85-92, tin 8-15; for bell-metal, copper 65-80, tin 20-35, antimony 0-2; antique bronze, copper 67-95, tin 8-15, lead 0-1, zine 0-16. Lord Rosse used for the speculum of his great telescope, 126 parts ORES OF LEAD. 145 of copper to 574 parts of tin. The brothers Keller, celebrated for their statue castings, used a metal consisting of 91:4 per cent. of cop- per, 5°58 of zinc, 1°7 of tin, and 1:37 of lead. An equestrian statue of Louis XIV., 21 feet high, and weighing 58,263 French pounds, was cast by them in 1699, at a single jet. An alloy of copper 90, and aluminum 10, is sometimes used in place of bronze. LEAD. Lead occurs rarely native ; generally in combination with sulphur; also rarely with arsenic, tellurium, selenium, and in the condition of sulphate, carbonate, phosphate and arsenate, chromate and molybdate. The ores of lead vary in specific gravity from 5:5-8°2. They are soft, the hardness of the species with metallic lus- tre not exceeding 3, and others not over 4. They are easily fusible before the blowpipe (excepting plumbo-resinite); and with soda on charcoal (and often alone), malleable lead may be obtained. The lead often passes off in yellow fumes, when the mineral is heated on charcoal in the outer flame, or it covers the charcoal with a yellow coating. Native Lead. A rare mineral, occurring in thin lamine or globules, G.=11°35. Said to have been seen in the lava of Madeira ; at Alston in Cumberland with galena; in the County of Kerry, Ireland ; in an argillaceous rock at Carthagena; at Camp Creek, Montana. -Galenite.—Galena. Lead Sulphide. Isometric. Cleavage cubic, eminent, and very easily ob- tained. Also coarse or fine granular ; rarely fibrous. Color and streak lead-gray. Lustre shining metallic. ereetiere tts e29*h.) Gia 7-25-77, n 146 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Composition. PbS=Sulphur 13-4, lead 86°6=100. Often contains some silver sulphide, and is then called argentifer- ous galena ; and at times zinc sulphide is present. The ore of veins intersecting crystalline metamorphic rocks is most likely to be argentiferous. The proportion of silver varies greatly. In Europe, when it contains only 7 or 8 ounces to the ton it is worked for the silver. The galenite of the Hartz affords -03 to ‘05 per cent. of silver ; the English °02 to -03 per cent. ; that of Leadhills, Scotland, *03 to °06 ; that of Pike’s Peak, Colorado, *05 to 06; that of Arkan- sas, ‘03 to °05; that of Middletown, Ct., ‘15 to °20; that of Roxbury, Ct., 1°85 5 that of Monroe, Ct., 3°0; while that of Missouri afforded Dr. Litton only ‘0012 to 0027 per cent. A little antimony or cadmium is sometimes present. B.B. on charcoal, it decrepitates unless heated with cau- tion, and fuses, giving off sulphur, coats the coal yellow, and finally yields a globule of lead. Diff. Galenite resembles some silver and copper ores in color, but its cubical cleavage, or granular structure when massive, will usually distinguish it. Its reactions before the blowpipe show it to be a lead ore, and a sulphide. Obs. Galena occurs in granite, limestone, argillaceous and sandstone rocks, and is often associated with ores of zine, silver and copper. Quartz, barite, or calcite is gener- ally the gangue of the ore ; also at times fluor spar. The rich lead mines of Derbyshire and the northern districts of England, occur in the Subcarboniferous limestone; and the same rock contains the valuable deposits of Bleiberg, in Austria, and the neighboring deposits of Carinthia. The ore of Cornwall is in true veins intersecting slates and 1s argentiferous. At Freiberg in Saxony, it occupies veins in eneiss; in the Upper Hartz, and at Przibram im Bohemia, it traverses clay slate, of Lower Silurian age; at Sahla, Sweden, it occurs in crystalline limestone. There are other valuable beds of galena, in France at Poullaouen and Huel- goet, Brittany, and at Villefort, department of Lozere ; in Spain in the granite and argillyte hills of Linares, in Cata- lonia, Grenada, and elsewhere ; in Savoy ; in Netherlands at Vedrin, not far from Namur ; in Bohemia, southwest of Prague; in J oachimstahl, where the ore is worked princi- pally for its silver; 1m Siberia in the Daouria Mountains in limestone, argentiferous and worked for the silver. _ The deposits of this ore in the United States are remark- ———— ORES OF LEAD. 147 ably for their extent. They occur in limestone, in the States of Missouri, Illinois, lowa, and Wisconsin ; argillaceous iron ore, pyrite, calamine and smithsonite (‘‘dry bone” of the miners), blende (‘‘black-jack”), carbonate of lead or _cerussite, and barite or heavy spar, are the most common associated minerals; and less abundantly occur chalcopy- _ rite and malachite, ores of copper; also occasionally the lead ores, anglesite and pyromorphite ; and in the Mine La Motte region, black cobalt, and linneite an ore of nickel. Lead ore was first noticed in Missouri in 1700 and 1701. In 1720 the mines were rediscovered by Francis Renault and M. La Motte; and the La Motte bears still the name of the latter. Afterward the country passed into the hands of Spaniards, and during that period, in 1763, a valuable mine was opened by Francis Burton, since called Mine a Burton. The lead region of Wisconsin, according to Dr. D. D. Owen, comprises 62 townships in Wisconsin, 8 in Iowa, and 10 in Illinois, being 87 miles from east to west, and 54 miles from north to south. The ore, as in Missouri, is abundant, and throughout the region there is scarcely a square mile in which traces of lead may not be found. ‘'The principal indications in the eyes of miners, as stated by Mr. Owen, are the following : fragments of calcite in the soil, unless very abundant, which then indicate that the vein is wholly calcareous or nearly so ; the red color of the soil on the sur- face, arising from the ferruginous clay in which the lead is often imbedded ; fragments of lead (‘‘ gravel mineral”), along with the crumbling magnesian limestone, and den- dritic specks distributed over the rock; also, a depression of the country, or an elevation, in a straight line ; or ‘ sink- holes ;” or a peculiarity of vegetation in a linear direction. The ore, according to Whitney, occupies chambers or open- ings in the limestone instead of true veins, and in this respect it is like that of Derbyshire and Northern England. The mines of Wisconsin and Illinois are in Lower Silurian limestone of the Trenton period, called the Galena lme- stone; those of Southeastern Missouri, situated chiefly in Franklin, Jefferson, Washington, St. Frangois, St. Géne- vieve, and Madison counties, are in the ‘‘ Third Magnesian limestone ;” also Lower Silurian, but, of the Calciferous or Potsdam period ; those of Southwestern Missouri, situated mostly in Newtown, Jasper, Lawrence, Green and Dade counties, and in the western part of McDonald, Barry, 148 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. _ Stone, and Christian counties, are in the ‘‘ Keokuk lime- stone,” of the Subcarboniferous period, but partly in Web- ster, Taney, Christian, and Barry counties, in the Lower Silurian ‘‘magnesian limestone ;” those of Central Mis- souri, situated in Moniteau, Cole, Miller, Morgan, and other counties, are mostly in the Lower Silurian ‘ magnesian limestone,” but partly, as in Northern Moniteau, in the Sub- carboniferous. The conditions in which the ore occurs in Missouri confirms the opinion of Prof. Whitney, as to there being no true veins. Mr. Adolf Schmidt, in his account of the Missouri lead ores, says that the deposits contain red clay, broken chert, from the chert bed, and portions of the limestone beds, along with the lead ; that the barite was in- troduced after the lead ; that some caves are filled through all their ramifications, while others are only partly filled ;, and he adds that the same solvent waters that made the caves and horizontal fissures or openings may have held the vari- ous minerals in solution. In Derbyshire, England, the de- posits contain fossils of Permian rocks, showing that, al- though occurring in Subcarboniferous limestone, they were much later in origin. Galenite also occurs in the region of Chocolate River and elsewhere, Lake Superior copper region ; on Thunder Bay, and Black Bay; at Cave-in-Rock in Illinois, along with fluorite; in New York at Rossie, St. Lawrence County, in gneiss, In a vein 3 to 4 fect wide; near Wurtzboro’ in Sul- livan County, a large vein in millstone grit ; at Ancram, Columbia County ; Martinsburg, Lewis County, N. Y., and Lowville ; in Maine, at Lubec ; also of less interest at Blue Hill Bay, Birmingham and Parsonsfield ; in New Hampshire, at Eaton, Bath, Tamworth and Haverhill; in Vermont, at Thetford ; m Massachusetts, at Southampton, Leverett, and Sterling, but without promise to the miner; at Newbury- port, Mass., in a vein which is now worked ; at Middletown, | Ct., formerly worked as a silver-lead mine ; in Virginia, in Wythe County, Louisa County, and elsewhere; in North Carolina, at King’s Mine, Davidson County, where the lead appears to be abundant ; in Tennessee, at Brown’s Creek, and at Haysboro’, near Nashville ; in Pennsylvania, at Pheenixville ; in Michipicoton and Spar Islands, Lake Supe- rior. In Nevada it is abundant on Watkins River, and at Steamboat Springs, Galena district ; in Colorado, at Pike’s Peak, etc.; in Arizona, in the Patagonian Mts., Santa Rita ORES OF LEAD. 149 Mts., and in Yuma County; in the Castle Dome, Eureka, and other districts, where the ore is worked for the silver it contains. The lead of commerce is obtained from this ore. It is also employed in glazing common stoneware: for this pur- pose it is ground up to an impalpable powder and mixed in water with clay; into this liquid the earthen vessel 1s dipped and then baked. Lead Selenides and Tellurides. These various ores of lead are distinguished by the fumes before the blowpipe, and by yielding, on charcoal, ultimately, a globule of lead. Clausthalite, or lead selenide, has a lead-gray color, and granular fracture, and is occasionally foliated. H.=2°d-3. G.=7-6-8'8. B.B. on charcoal a horse-radish odor (that of selenium). From the Hartz. There isa lead and copper selenide (Zorgite) which has the sp. gr. 77-5. A lead-and-mercury selenide (Lehrbachite) occurs in foliated grains or masses of a lead-gray to bluish and iron-black color. Altaite, or lead telluride. A tin-white cleavable mineral, with H.=3 -8°5, and G.=8°16. From the Altai Mountains. Nagyagite, or Foliated tellurium, is a less rare species, remarkable for being foliated like graphite ; color and streak blackish lead-gray ; H. —1-1-5, G. =7-085. It contains Tellurium 32:2, lead 54:0, gold 9°0, with often silver, copper, and some sulphur. From Transylvania. Antimonial and Arsenical Sulphides of lead. These include Sartorite, Zinkenite, Plagionite, Jamesonite, Dufrenoysite, Boulangerite, Kobel- lite, Meneghinite, Geocronite ; also Brongniardite and Frevestebenite, in which silver is also present, and Stylotypite and Aikenite in which copper is also present. Minium.—Oxide of Lead. Pulverulent. Color bright red, mixed with yellow. G.= 4:6. Composition, Pb, O, Affords globules of lead in the reduction flame of the blowpipe. Obs. Occurs at various mines, usually associated with galena, and is found abundantly at Austin’s: Mines, Wythe County, Virginia, with white lead ore. Uses. Minium is the red lead of commerce ; but for the arts it is artificially prepared. Plumbic ochre is lead protoxide, of a yellow color. Mendipite. Color white, yellowish or reddish, nearly opaque. Lustre pearly. G.=7-7:1. PbCl+Pb O=Chloride of lead 88°4, lead oxide 61:-6.. From Mendip Hills, Somersetshire. Cotunnite is a chloride of lead, Pb Clo, occurring at Vesuvius in white acicular crystals. It con- tains 74°5 per cent. of lead. Plumbogummite. In globular forms, having a lustre somewhat like gum arabic, and a yellowish or reddish-brown color, H.=4-4°5. 150 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. G@.—6-3-6:4. Also a variety 4-49. Consists of lead, alumina, and water. From Huelgoet in Brittany, and at a lead mine in Beaujeu ; also from the Missouri mines, with black cobalt, and from Canton mine, Ga. Anglesite.—Lead Sulphate. Trimetric. In rhombic prisms and other forms. Lateral cleavage. IA I=103° 434’, Also massive ; la- mellar or granular. Color white or slightly gray or green. Lustre adamantine; some- times a litte resinous or vitreous. Transparent to nearly opaque. Brit- tle. H.=2°75-3, G. =6:1-6°4. Composition. Pb Os 8, affording about 73 per cent. of oxide of lead. PHC@NIXVILLE. B.B. fuses in the flame of a candle, and, on charcoal, yields lead with soda. Diff. Resembles aragonite and some other earthy species ; but this and the other ores of lead are at once distinguished by specific gravity, and also by their yielding lead in blow- pipe trials. Differs from the carbonate of lead in lustre and in not dissolving with effervescence in acid. Obs. Usually associated with galena, and results from its decomposition. Occurs in fine crystals at Leadhills and Wanlockhead, Great Britain, and also at other foreign lead mines. In the United States, it is found at the lead mines of Missouri and Wisconsin ; in splendid crystallizations at Phoenixville, Pa.; sparingly at the Walton gold mine, Louisa County, Va.; at Southampton, Mass.; in Arizona, and in Cerro Gordo, Cal. Caledonite is a lead-and-copper sulphate, of azure-blue color. It is remarkable for a very perfect cleavage in one direction. G.=6°4. From Leadhills and Roughten Gill, England; also from Mine la Motte, Missouri. Lead selenate. A sulphur-yellow mineral, occurring in small glob- ules, and affording before the blowpipe on charcoal a garlic odor, and finally a globule of lead. It is named Kerstenite, Crocoite.—Crocoisite. Lead Chromate. Monoclinic. In oblique rhombic prisms, massive, of a bright red color and translucent. Streak orange-yellow. H.=2°5-3. G.=5°'9-6'1. ORES OF LEAD. LoL a Composition. Pb O: Cr=Chromium trioxide 31:1, lcad oxide 68-9. Blackens and fuses, and forms a shining slag containing.globules of lead. Obs. Occurs in gneiss at Beresof in Siberia, and also in Brazil. This is the chrome yellow of the painters. Phenicochroite (or Melanochroite) is another lead chromate, contain. ing 23°0 of chromium trioxide, and having a dark red color; streak brick-red. Crystals usually tabular and reticulately arranged. G.=0°75. From Siberia. Vauquelinite. A lead and copper chromate, of a very dark green or pearly black color, occurring usually in minute irregularly aggre- gated crystals ; also reniform and massive. H.=2°5-8. G.=5°5-5'8. From Siberia and Brazil; also at the lead mine near Sing Sing, in mammillary concretions. Stolzite, or lead tungstate. In square octahedrons or prisms. Color green, gray, brown, or red, Lustre resinous. H.=2°5-3, G.=7°9- 81. Contains 51 of tungstic acid and 49 of lead. Wulfenite, or lead molybdate. In dull-yellow octahedral crystals, and also massive. Lustre resinous. Contains molybdenum trioxide 34:25, protoxide 64°42. From Bleiberg and elsewhere in Carinthia ; also Hungary. It has been found in small quantities in the Southamp- ton lead mine, Mass., and in fine crystals, at Pheenixville, Penn. Lead Sulphato-carbonates. There are two whitish or grayish ores of this composition called Lanarkite and Leadhillite. The former con- tains 71 per cent. of carbonate of lead ; the latter, AT. Pyromorphite.—Lead Phosphate. Hexagonal. In hexagonal prisms ; often in crusts made of crystals. Also in globules or reniform, with a radiated structure. Color bright green to brown ; sometimes fine orange-yellow, owing to an intermix- ture with chromate of lead. Streak white or nearly so. Lustre more or less resinous. Nearly transparent to subtranslucent. Brit- eee erecta. Gi 6'5-7 1. Composition. Pb,03P.+4 Pb Cl.=Phos- phorus pentoxide 15°71, lead oxide 82:27, chlorine 2°62 —100-60. B.B. fuses easily in the forceps, coloring the flame bluish green. On charcoal fuses, and on cooling, the globule becomes angular ; the coal is coated white from the chloride, and nearer the assay, yellow from lead oxide. Soluble in nitric acid. Diff. Has some resemblance to beryl and apatite ; but is quite different in its action before the blowpipe, and much higher in specific gravity. 152 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Ods. Leadhills, Wanlockhead, and other lead mines of Europe are foreign localities. In the United States, very handsome crystallized specimens occur at King’s Mine, in Davidson County, N. C.; other localities are the Perkiomen and Pheenixville mines, Pa. ; the Lubec lead mines, Me. ; Lenox, N. Y.; formerly, a mile south of Sing Sing, N. Y.; and the Southampton lead mine, Mass. | The name pyromorphite is from the Greek pur, fire, and morphe, form, alluding to its crystallizing on cooling from fusion before the blowpipe. Mimetite. A lead arsenate, resembling pyromorphite in crystalliza- tion, but giving a garlic odor on charcoal before the blowpipe. Color pale yellow, passing into brown. H.=2-75-8:5. G.=6°41. Com- position, Pb,O, As, +14 Pb Cl,=Arsenic pentoxide 23°20, lead oxide 74:96, chlorine 2°30—100°55. From Cornwall and elsewhere ; Pho- nixville, Pa. Hedyphane is a variety of mimetite containing much lime. It occurs amorphous, of a whitish color, and adamantine lustre. aa 3°5-4. G.=5°4-5'5. Karyinite. A lead arsenate containing manganese and calcium, from Norway. Ecdemite. A lead chloro-arsenate. Vanadinite. A lead vanadate occurring in hexagonal prisms like pyromorphite, and also in implanted globules. Color yellow to red- dish brown. H.—2°75-3. G.=6°6-7°3. From Mexico; also from Wanlockhead in Dumfriesshire. Monimolite. A yellow lead antimonate. Nadorite. A yellow lead chlor-antimonate Bindheimite. A hydrous lead antimonate. Cerussite.— White Lead Ore. Lead Carbonate. Trimetric. In modified right rhombic prisms, and often in compound crystals, two or three crossing one another as in fig. % JA I=117°13’. Also in six-sided prisms like aragonite. Also massive ; rarely fibrous. Color white, grayish, light or dark. Lustre adamantine. Brittle. H.=3-3°5. G.=6:46-6 “48, LEAD, 153 Composition. PbhO,C=Carbon dioxide 16:5, lead oxide 83°5=100. B.B. decrepitates, fuses, and with care on char- coal affords a globule of lead. ffervesces in dilute nitric acid, Diff. Like anglesite, distinguished from most of the spe- cies 1t resembles by its specific gravity and yielding lead when heated. From anglesite it differs in giving lead alone before the blowpipe, as well as by its solution and efferves- cence with nitric acid, and its less glassy lustre. Obs. Associated usually with galena. Leadhills, Wan- lockhead, and Cornwall have afforded splendid crystalliza- tions ; also Linares, in Spain, and other lead mines on the continent of Europe. In the United States, handsome specimens are obtained at Austin’s Mines, Wythe County, Virginia, and at King’s Mine, in Davidson’s County, North Carolina; at the latter place it has been worked for lead, and it is associated with native silver and pyromorphite. Perkiomen and Phoenix- ville, Penn., afford good crystals. It occurs also at ‘* Vallée’s Diggings,” Jefferson County, Missouri, and other mines, in that State; at Brigham’s Mine, near the Blue Mounds, Wisconsin, partly in stalactites; at ‘‘ Deep Diggings,” in crystals; and at other places, both massive and in fine crystallizations. When abundant, this ore is wrought for lead. Large quantities occur about the mines of the Mississippi Valley. It was formerly buried up in the rubbish as useless, but it has since been collected and smelted. It is an exceedingly rich ore, affording in the pure state 75 per cent. of lead. Carbonate of lead is the ‘‘ white lead” of commerce, so extensively used as a paint. The material for this purpose is, however, artificially made. Phosgenite or Corneous Lead. A chloro-carbonate of lead, occurring in whitish adamantine crystals. H.=2°75-4. G.=6-6°31. Composi- tion, PbO,C+PbCl. From Derbyshire and Germany. Hydrocerussite. Hydrous lead carbonate. From Sweden. Ganomalite is a white lead-manganese silicate, affording 34°89 per cent. of leadoxide. From Sweden. AHyalotecite is a lead-barium-lime silicate. Both are from Longban, Sweden. General Remarks.—The lead of commerce is derived almost wholly from the sulphide of lead or galenite, the localities of which have already been mentioned. In some mining regions, the carbonate and sulphate are abundant. The lead mines of the Central United States afforded in 1826, 1,770 tons ; in 1842, 17,840 tons; and of late years, 12,000 to 15,000 tons. 154 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Nevada produced 10,000 tons in 1870, and 50,000 in 1875. According to Phillips, England produced in 1272, 60,450 tons ; Prussia, in 1871, 49,500 tons ; Spain, in 1878, 102,600 tons ; France, 2,500 tons ; Italy, 15,500 tons ; Austria, 10,000 tons. ZINC. Zine occurs in combination with sulphur and oxygen ; and also in the condition of silicate, carbonate, sulphate, and arsenate. Itis also a constituent of one variety of the species spinel. The chief sources of the metal are smith- sonite or the carbonate; willemite and calamine, or sili- cates; zincite, or the oxide; sphalerite (blende), or the sulphide ; and franklinite. Sphalerite.—Blende, Zinc Sulphide. Isometric. In dodecahedrons, octahedrons, and other allied forms, with a perfect dodecahedral cleavage. Also masvive ; sometimes fibrous. Color wax-yellow, brownish-yellow, to black, sometimes green, red and white ; streak white, to red- dish brown. Lustre resinous or waxy, and brilhant on 4 cleavage face ; sometimes submetallic. Transparent to sub- translucent. Brittle. H.=3-b-4. G.=3°9-4:2. Some specimens become electric with friction, and give off a yel- low light when rubbed with a feather. Composition. Zn S=Sulphur 83, zinc 67=100. Contains frequently a portion of iron sulphide when dark colored ; often also 1 or 2 per cent. of cadmium sulphide, especially the red variety. Nearly infusible alone and with borax. Dissolves in nitric acid, emitting sulphuretted hydrogen. Strongly heated on charcoal yields fumes of zine. Diff. This ore 1s characterized by its waxy lustre, perfect cleavage, and its being nearly infusible. Some dark varieties look a little like tin ore, but their cleavage and inferior hardness distinguish them; and some clear red crystals, ZINC. Loo which resemble garnet, are distinguished by the same char- aracters and also by their very difficult fusibility. Ods. Occurs in rocks of all ages, and is associated gener- ally with ores of lead; often also with copper, iron, tin, and silver ores. ‘Che lead mines of Missouri and Wisconsin afford this ore abundantly. Other localities are in Maine, at Lu- bec, Bingham, Dexter, Parsonsfield ; in New Hampshire, at Haton, Warren, Haverhill, Shelburne; in Vermont, at Hatfield ; in Connecticut, in Brookfield, Berlin, Roxbury, and Monroe; in New York, at Ancram lead mine, the Wurtzboro’ lead vein, at Lockport, Root, 2 miles southeast of Spraker’s Basin, in Fowler, at Clinton; at Franklin, N. J., colorless (Cleiophane) ; in Pennsylvania, at the Perkio- men lead mine ; in Virginia, at Austin’s lead mine, Wythe County; in Tennessee, near Powell’s River, and at Haysboro’; at Prince’s Mine, Spar Island, Lake Superior, with ores of sil- ver; in Beauce Co., Canada, where it is slightly auriferous. This ore is the Black-jack of miners. Blende is a useful ore of zinc, though more difficult of re- duction than calamine. By its decomposition (like that of pyrite), it affords sulphate of zinc or white vitriol. Wurtzite is zinc sulphide in hexagonal crystals from Bolivia. Huas- colite and Youngite are zinc-lead sulphides. Zincite.—Red Zinc Ore. Red Zinc Oxide. Hexagonal. Usually in foliated masses, or in disseminated grains ; cleavage eminent, nearly like that of mica; but the lamine brittle, and not so easily separable. Color deep or bright red; streak orange-yellow. Lustre brilliant, subadamantine. ‘Translucent or subtranslucent. H.=4-4'5. G.=5-4-5°7. Thin scales by transmitted light deep yellow. Composition. Zn O=Oxygen 19°7, zinc 80°3=100. B.B. infusible alone, but yields a yellow transparent glass with borax ; on charcoal, a coating of zinc oxide. Dissolves in nitric acid without effervescence. Diff. Resembles red stilbite, but distinguished by its in- fusibility and also by its mineral associations. Obs. Occurs with franklinite at Mine Hill and Sterling Hill, Sussex County, N. J. A good ore of zinc, and easily reduced. Voltzite. A compound of sulphur, oxygen and zinc, 4 Zn 8 +Zn O. Occurs in implanted globules of a dirty rose-red color, with a pearly lustre on a cleavage surface. From France, and near Joachimstahl, 156 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Goslarite.—Sulphate of Zinc. White Vitriol, Trimetric. Cleavage perfect in one direction. J A I= 90° 42’. Color white. Lustre vitreous. Easily soluble; taste as- tringent, metallic, and nauseous. Brittle. H.=2-2°. ize 1:9-2°1. Composition. ZnO,S+7 aq. —Zince oxide 28°2, sulphur trioxide 27:9, water 43°9—100. B.B. gives off fumes of zinc on charcoal, which cover the coal. Obs. Results from the decomposition of blende. Occurs in the Hartz, in Hungary, in Sweden, and at Holywell in Wales. Sulphate of zinc is extensively employed in medicine and dyeing. For these purposes itis prepared to a large extent from blende by decomposition, though this affords, owing to its impurities, an impure sulphate. It is also obtained by direct combination of zinc with sulphuric acid. White Vitriol, as the term is used in the arts, is one form of sulphate of zinc, made by melting the crystallized sul- phate, and agitating till it cools and presents an appearance like loaf sugar. Kittigite. A hydrous zinc-cobalt arsenate of reddish color (owing to presence of cobalt) from Schneeberg Adamite. A hydrous zinc-arsenate of honey-yellow to violet color, from Chili. Smithsonite.—Carbonate of Zinc. Rhombohedral. R A R=107° 40’. Cleavage R perfect. Massive or incrusting ; reniform and stalactitic. Color impure white, sometimes green or brown; streak uncolored. Lustre vitreous or pearly. Subtransparent to iranstucent, Brittle. H.=5. (Ge gesam Composition. Zn O, C=Carbon dioxide 35:2, zinc oxide 64:8 (four-fifths of which is pure zinc)=100. Often con- tains some cadmium. B.B. infusible alone, but carbonic acid and oxide of zinc are finally vaporized. Effervesces in nitric acid. Negatively electric by friction. Diff. The effervescence with acids distinguishes this mineral from the following species ; and the hardness, diffi- cult fusibility, and the zinc fumes before the blowpipe, from the carbonate of lead or other carbonates. Besides, the crystals over a drusy surface terminate usually in sharp three-sided pyramids. ZINC. 157 Obs. Occurs commonly with galena or blende, and usual- ly in calcareous rocks. Found in Siberia, Hungary, Sile- sia; at Bleiberg in Carinthia ; near Aix-la-Chapelle in the Lower Rhine, and largely in Derbyshire and elsewhere in England. In the United States, it is abundant at Vallée’s Diggings in Missouri, and at other lead “ diggings”’ in lowa and Wisconsin ; also in Claiborne County, Tenn. Sparingly also at Hamburg, near the Franklin Furnace, N. J.3 at the Perkiomen lead mine, Pa., and at a lead mine in Lancaster County. Hydrozincite is a hydrous zine carbonate, Zn 0, C+2 Zn O. H, of a whitish color, with G.=3°58-3'8. Aurichalcite is a hydrous carbonate of zinc and copper, occurring in drusy incrustations of acicular crystals, having a pale verdigris-green color. From Siberia, Hungary, England, and Lancaster, Pa. Buratite is a lime aurichalcite. Willemite.—Zinc Silicate. Troostite. Rhombohedral. RA R=116° 1’. In hexagonal prisms, and also massive. Color whitish, greenish yellow, apple-green, flesh-red, yel- lowish brown. Streak uncolored. ‘Transparent to opaque. Pepe 55. G.=3 89-41-18. Composition. Zn O, Si=Silica 27-1, zinc oxide 7%2°9= 100. B.B. fuses with difficulty to a white enamel; on char- coal, and most easily on adding soda, yields a coating which is ellow while hot, and white on cooling, and which, moistened ‘vith cobalt solution and treated in O.F., is colored bright green. Gelatinizes with hydrochloric acid. Obs. From Moresnet, between Litge and Aix-la-Chapelle ; Raibel in Carinthia; Greenland. Abundant at both Frank- lin and Sterling, mixed with zincite, and used as an ore of ae : also in prismatic crystals that occasionally are six Inches ong. . ; Calamine.—Hydrous Zinc Silicate. Galmei. Trimetric. In rhombic prisms, the opposite extremities with unlike planes. J, J=104° 13°. Cleavage perfect parallel to 7. Also massive and incrusting, mammillated or stalactitic. Color whitish or white, sometimes bluish, greenish, or brownish. Streak uncolored. Transparent to translucent. Lustre vitreous or subpearly. Brittle. H.=4°0-0. ee 3:16-3:9. Pyro-electric. 158 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Composition. Zn, O, Si+aq. = Silica 25-0, zine oxide 675, water 7'5=100. B.B. alone it is almost infusible. Forms a clear glass with borax. In heated sulphuric acid it dissolves, and the solution gelatinizes on cooling. Diff. Differs from calcite and aragonite by its action with acids; from a salt of lead, or any zeolite, by its infusibility ; from chalcedony by its inferior hardness, and its gelatiniz- ing with heated sulphuric acid; and from smithsonite by not effervescing with acids, and by the rectangular aspect of its crystals over a drusy surface. Obs. Occurs with calamine. In the United States it is found at Vallée’s Diggings, Mo.; at the Perkiomen and Pheenixville lead mines; on the Susquehanna, opposite Selinsgrove ; at Friedensville in Saucon Valley, two miles from Bethlehem, Pa., with massive blende. Abundantly at Austin’s Mines, Wythe County, Va. Valuable as an ore of zine. Hopeite is a rare mineral occurring in grayish-white crystals or mas- sive, with calamine, and supposed to be a hydrous zine-phosphate. _ Franklinite, an ore of iron, manganese and zine, is described under iron, on page 179. General Remarks.—The metal zinc (spelter of commerce) is supposed to have been unknown in the metallic state to the Greeks and Romans. It has been long worked in China, and was formerly imported in large quantities by the East India Company. The principal mining regions of zinc in the world are in Upper Sile- sia, at Tarnowitz and elsewhere ; in Poland ; in Carinthia, at Raibel and Bleiberg ; in Netherlands at Limberg; at Altenberg, near Aix-la- Chapelle in the Prussian province of the Lower Rhine ; in England, in Derbyshire, Alstonmoor, Mendip Hills, etc.; in the Altai in Russia ; besides others in China, of which little is known. In the United States, smithsonite and calamine occur with the lead of the West in large quantities. They were formerly considered worthless and thrown aside, under the name of ‘‘dry bone.” In Tennessee, Claiborne County, there are workable mines of the same ores. Calamine occurs at Friedensville, Pennsylvania, along with massive blende; the bed has been, but is not now worked. The zincite, wiJlemite, and frank- linite of Franklin, New Jersey, are together worked as a zinc ore, and both zinc and zinc oxide are produced. Blende is sufficiently abun- dant to be worked at the Wurtzboro’ lead mine, Sullivan County, New York ; at Eaton and Warren, in New Hampshire ; at Lubec, in Maine ; at Austin’s Mine, Wythe County, Virginia, and at some of the Missouri lead mines. The amount of zinc produced in 1872, in Europe, was about 45,745 tons for Belgium; 55,744 for Germany ; 3,000 for Austria ; 15,000 for Great Britain ; 4,400 for France; 4,400 for Spain: making the total amount 128,289 tons. In the United States the amount of zinc made in 1875 was about 15,000 tons ; of zinc oxide, 8,500 tons. —~~—“= rr TIN. 159 Zinc is a brittle metal, but admits of being rolled into sheets when heated to about 212° F. In sheets it is extensively used for roofing and other purposes, it being of more difficult corrosion, much harder, and also very much lighter than lead. It is also employed largely for coating (that is, making what is called galvanized) iron, Its alloys with copper (page 144) are of great importance. The white oxide of zinc is much used for white paint, in place of white lead ; and also in making a glass for optical purposes. An impure oxide of zinc, called cadmia, often collects in large quan- tities in the flues of iron and other furnaces, derived from ores of zinc mixed with the ores undergoing reduction. A mass weighing 600 pounds was taken from a furnace at Bennington, Vt. It has been ob- served in the Salisbury iron furnace, and at Ancram, in New Jersey, where it was formerly called Ancramite, CADMIUM. There is but a single known ore of this rare metal. It is a sulphide, and is called Greenockite. It occurs in hexagonal prisms, with dissimilar pyramidal termination, of a light yellow color, high lustre, and nearly transparent. H.zea- 3°5. G.=—4-8-5. From Bishopton, Scotland. Cadmium is often associated with zinc in sphalerite and calamine. The cadmiferous sphalerite is called Przibramite. The metal cadmium is white like tin, and is so soft that ‘it leaves a trace upon paper. It fuses at 442° F, It was discovered by Stromeyer in 1818. TIN. Tin has been reported as occurring native in the gold washings of the Ural, and in Bolivia. There are two ores, a sulphide and an oxide. It also occurs in some ores of columbium, tantalum, and tungsten. Stannite.—Tin Pyrites, Sulphuret of Tin. Tin Sulphide. Commonly massive, or in grains. Color steel-gray to iron- black ; streak blackish. Brittle H.=4. G.=4:3-4°6. Composition. Sulphur 30, tin 27, copper 30, iron 13=100. Obs. From Cornwall, where it is often called bell-metal ore, from its frequent bronze appearance ; also from Ireland and the Erzgebirge. | 160 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Cassiterite.—Tin Ore. Tin Oxide. Dimetric. In square prisms and octahedrons; often com- ib pounded. 1A1=121° 40’; la 2. . Alt (over the summit) 112° 4 SY 10', (over a terminal edge) 133° 31’. Cleavage indistinct. Also massive, and in grains. Color brown or black, with a high adamantine lustre when |. “abs j in crystals. Streak pale gray * to brownish. Nearly trans- parent to opaque. H.=6-7. G.=6-4-7-1. Composition. Sn O,= Oxygen 21°33, tin 78°67 ; often con- tains a little iron, and sometimes tantalum. B.B. alone infusible. On charcoal with soda, affords a globule of tin. Stream tin is the gravel-like ore found in debris in low grounds. Wood tin occurs in botryoidal and reniform shapes with a concentric and radiated structure ; and toad’s-eye tin is the same on a small scale. Diff. Tin ore has some resemblance to a dark garnet, to black zine blende, and to some varieties of tourmaline. It is distinguished by its infusibility, and its yielding tin before the blowpipe on charcoal with soda. It differs from blende. also in its superior hardness. Obs. Tin ore occurs in veins in the crystalline rocks, granite, gneiss, and mica slate, associated often with wolfram, copper and iron pyrites, topaz, tourmaline, mica or tale, and albite.. Cornwall is one of its most productive localities. It is also worked in Saxony, at Altenberg, Geyer, Hhren- friedersdorf and Zinnwald; in Austria, at Schlackenwald and other places ; in Malacca, Pegu, China, and especially the Island of Banca in the East Indies; in Queensland and Northern New South Wales, Australia, in large quantities ; in Greenland. It occurs also in Galicia, Spain; at Dale- carlia in Sweden ; in Russia; in Mexico at Durango; and-Bolivia. In the United States it has been found spar- ingly at Chesterfield and Goshen, Mass.; in some of the Vir- ginia gold mines ; in Lyme and Jackson, N. H.; and in the Temescal Range, California. General Remarks.—The principal tin mines now worked, are those of Cornwall, Banca, Malacca, and Australia. The Cornwall mines were worked long before the Christian era. hegage TIN. 161 Herodotus, 450 years before Christ, is believed to allude to the tin islands of Britain under the cabalistic name Cassiterides, derived from the Greek kassiteros, signifying tin. The Phoenicians are allowed to have traded with Cornubia (as Cornwall was called, it is supposed from the horn-like shape of this extremity of England). The Greeks residing at Marseilles were the next to visit Cornwall, or the isles ad- jacent, to purchase tin; and after them came the Romans, whose merchants were long foiled in their attempts to discover the tin market of their predecessors. Camden says : ‘‘It is plain that the ancient Britons dealt in tin mines from the testimony of Diodorus Siculus, who lived in the reign of Augustus, and Timaus, the historian in Pliny, who tells us that the Britons fetched tin out of the Isle of Icta (the Isle of Wight), in their little wicker boats covered with leather. The import of the passage in Diodorus is that the Britons who lived in those parts dug tin out of a rocky sort of ground, and carried it in carts at low water to certain neighboring islands ; and that from thence the merchants first trans- ported it to Gaul, and afterwards on horseback in thirty days to the springs of Eridanus, or the city of Narbona, as to a common mart. Aithicus too, another ancient writer, intimates the same thing, and adds that he had himself given directions to the workmen.” In the opinion of the learned author of the Britannica here quoted, and others who have followed him, the Saxons seem not to have meddled with the mines, or, according to tradition, to have employed the Saracens ; for the inhabitants of Cornwall to this day call a mine that is given over working Attal-Sarasin, that is, the leavings of the Saracens. The Cornwall veins, or odes, mostly run east and west, with a dip —hade, in the provincial dialect—varying from north to south; yet they are very irregular, sometimes crossing each other, and sometimes a promising vein abruptly narrows or disappears ; or again they spread out into a kind of bed or floor. The veins are considered worth work- ing when but three inches wide. The gangue is mostly quartz, with some chlorite. Much of the tin is also obtained from beds of loose stones or gravel (called shodes), and courses of such gravel or tin de- bris are called streams, whence the name stream tin. . The Australian mines are mainly in the New England district of Northern New South Wales, and the adjoining part of Queensland, and a large part of the ore goes north through Queensland. The value of the tin exported in 1875 from Queensland was £88,224, and from New South Wales (Ann. Rep. Dept. of N. 8. W. Mines, 1876), £561,311, cor- responding to 6,058 tons of tin in ingots, besides 2,022 tons of ore. The value of all the tin raised in N. 8. Wales, prior to 1875 is £866,461. Beechwood, Victoria, also affords a little tin. The annual production of tin in 1871 in Great Britain was 11,520 tons, and in Banca and Malacca, 7,500. Tin is used in castings, and also for coating other metals, especially iron and copper. Copper vessels thus coated were in use among the Romans, though not common. Pliny says that the tinned articles could scarcely be distinguished from silver, and his use of the words incoquere and incoctilia seems to imply, as a writer states, that the process was the same as for the iron wares of the present day, by 7m- mersing the vessels in melted tin. Its alloys with copper are mentioned on page 144, “i 162 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Tin is also used extensively as tinfoil ; but most tinfoil consists be- neath the surface of lead,and is made by rolling out plates of lead coated with tin. With quicksilver it is used to cover glass in the manufac- ture of mirrors. ‘Tin oxide (dioxide), obtained by chemical processes, is employed, on account of its hardness, in making a paste for sharp. ening fine cutting instruments, and also to some extent in the prepara- tion of enamels. The chlorides of tin are important in the precipita- tion of many colors as lakes, and in fixing and changing colors in dye- ing and calico-printing. The bisulphide has a golden lustre, and was termed aurum musivum, or mosaic gold, by the alchemists. It ismuch used for ornamental painting, for paper-hangings and other purposes, under the name of bronze powder. TITANIUM. Titanium occurs in nature combined with oxygen, form- ing titanium dioxide or titanic acid, and also in oxygen com- binations with iron and calcium, and in some silicates. It has not been met with native. The ores are infusible alone before the blowpipe, or nearly so. Their specific gravity is between 3-0 and 4:5. Rutile. Dimetric. In prisms of four, eight, or more sides, with pyramidal terminations, and often bent as in the figure; 1A1=123° 73’. Crystals often acicular, and penetrating quartz. Some- times massive. Cleavage lateral, somewhat distinct. Color reddish-brown to nearly red ; streak very pale brown. Lustre submetallic-ada- mantine. Transparent to opaque. Brittle. H.=6-6°5. G,=—4:15-4:25. Composition. TiO,= Oxygen 39, titanium 61 = 100. Sometimes contains iron, and has nearly a black color ; this variety is called Nigrine. B.B. alone unaltered ; with salt of phosphorus a colorless bead, which in the reducing flame becomes violet on cooling, Diff. The peculiar subdamantine lustre of rutile, and brownish-red color, much lighter red in splinters, are striking characters, It differs from tourmaline, idocrase, and augite, by being unaltered when heated alone before the blowpipe $ and from tin ore, in not affording tin with soda; from sphene in its crystals. ‘treo Sie Mf COBALT AND NICKEL. 163 Obs. Occurs imbedded in granite, gneiss, mica schist sye- nyte, and in granular limestone. Sometimes associated with hematite, as at the Grisons, Yrieix in France, Castile, Brazil, and Arendal in Norway, are some of the foreign localities. In the United States, it occurs in crystals in Maine, at Warren; in New Hampshire, at Lyme and Hanover; in Massachusetts, at Barre, Windsor, Shelburne, Leyden, Con- way ; in Connecticut, at Monroe and Huntington ; in New York, near Edenyille, Warwick, Amity, at Kingsbridge, and in Essex County at Gouverneur ; in Pennsylvania, in Chester County; in the District of Columbia, at Georgetown; in North Carolina, in Buncombe County ; in Georgia, in Lin- coln and Habersham counties ; at Magnet Cove in Arkansas, The specimens of limpid quartz, penetrated by long aci- cular crystals, are often very handsome when polished. A re- markable specimen of this kind was obtained in Northern Vermont, and less handsome ones are not uncommon ; they are found in North Carolina. Polished stones of this kind are called fléches d’amour (love’s arrows) by the French. This ore is employed in painting on porcelain, and quite largely for giving the requisite shade of color and enamel appearance to artificial teeth. Octahedrite (Anatase); Brookite. These species have the same com- ‘position as rutile. Octahedrite occurs in slender nearly transparent octahedrons, of a brown color. 1A1=97° 51’. H.=5°5-6. G.=38- 3:95. From Dauphiny, the Tyrol, and Brazil; at Smithfield, R. I. Brookite is met with in thin hair-brown flat trimetric crystals, at- tached by one edge. Also in thick iron-black crystals, as in the va- riety called Arkansite. H.=5-5-6. From Dauphiny; Snowdon in Wales; Ellenvilie, Ulster County, N. Y. ; Paris, Maine ; gold wash- ings of North Carolina ; Magnet Cove, Arkansas (Arkansite). Perofskite. In cubic crystals, of yellow, brown, and black colors ; chemical formula (Ti, Ca), O,. From the Urals, the Tyrol, and Magnet Cove, Arkansas. Besides the ores here described, titanium is an essential constituent also of ilmenite (titanic iron), and of the silicates titanite or sphene (p. 290), keilhawite (p. 291), warwickite ; and occurs also in the zir- conia and yttria ores eschynite, erstedite, and polymignite, and in some other rare species ; sometimes in pyrochlore, COBALT. NICKEL. Cobalt has not been found native. The ores of cobalt are sulphides, arsenides, arseno-sulphides, an oxide, a car- bonate, a phosphate, and an arsenate; and nickel is often 164 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. , associated with cobalt in the sulphides and arsenides. The ores having a metallic lustre vary in specific gravity from 6-2 to 7-2; and the color is nearly tin-white or pale steel_ gray, inclined to copper-red. The ores without a metallic — lustre have a Clear red or reddish color, and specific gravity of nearly 3. Cobalt is often present also in arsenopyrite (or mispickel), and sometimes in pyrite. The ores of nickel are sulphides, arsenides, arseno-sulph- ides, and antimono-sulphides, a sulphate, carbonate, silicates, arsenate; and the metal is a constituent of several cobalt ores, and also often of pyrrhotite (magnetic pyrites). Specific gravity between 3 and 8; hardness of one 38, but mostly be- tween 5and6. Those of metallic lustre resemble some cobalt ores ; but they do not give a deep blue color with borax. Linnzite.—Cobalt Sulphide. Cobalt and Nickel Sulphide. Isometric. In octahedrons and cubo-octahedrons ; also massive. Color pale steel-gray, tarnishing copper red. Streak blackish gray. H.=5°9. G. =4'8-5. Composition. Co,8,= Sulphur 42:0, cobalt 5°80=100 ; but with part of the cobalt replaced by nickel; copper some- times present. Siegenite is a variety containing 30 to 40 per cent. of nickel. B.B. on charcoal yields sulphurous odor and a magnetic globule ; often also arsenical fumes. Obs. From Sweden, Prussia ; Mine la Motte in Missouri (Siegenite) ; Mineral Hill in Maryland. Sometimes called cobalt pyrites. , Millerite.—Nickel Sulphide. Capillary Pyrites. Rhombohedral. Usually in capillary or needle-like crys- tallizations ; sometimes like wool. Also in columnar crusts and radiated. Color brass-yellow, inclining to bronze-yellow, with often a gray iridescent tarnish. Streak bright. Brittle. H.==3-5) mye chs =4°6-5°65. Composition. Ni S=Sulphur 35-6, nickel 64°4=100. In the open tube sulphurous fumes. B.B. on charcoal fuses to a globule; and after roasting, gives, with borax and salt of phosphorus, a violet bead in O.F., which in R.F. becomes gray from reduced metallic nickel. | s COBALT AND NICKEL. 165 Obs. From Joachimstahl, Przibram, Riechelsdorf; Sax- ony ; Cornwall ; at the Sterling Mine, Antwerp, N. Y.; at the Gap Mine, Lancaster Co., Pa.; at St. Louis, Mo., in capillary forms, and sometimes wool-like, in cavities in mag- nesian limestone. A valuable ore of nickel. Beyrichite has the formula Ni, §,. Smaltite.—Cobalt Glance. Chloanthite. Tsometric. Occurs in octahedrons, cubes, and dodecahe- drons, and other forms. See figs. 1, 2, 3, page17, and 17, 27, page 20. Cleavage octahedral, somewhat distinct. Also reticulated ; often massive. Color tin-white, sometimes inclining to steel-gray. Streak grayish black. Brittle. Fracture granular and uneven. H.=5°5-6. G.=6°4-7°2. Composition. (Co, Ni) As,; the ore being either a cobalt arsenide, or cobalt-nickel arsenide; and graduating into the nickel arsenide called Chioanthite. 'The cobalt in the ore may constitute 23°5 per cent. ; but it may be wholly absent as in the chloanthite. In addition, iron often replaces part of the other metals, as in the variety Safflorite. In the closed tube gives a sublimate of metallic arsenic ; in the open tube a white sublimate of arsenous oxide, and sometimes traces of sulphurous acid. B.B. on charcoal, affords an arsenical odor, fuses to a globule which gives re- action for iron, cobalt, and nickel. Diff. Arsenopyrite (mispickel) has tho white color of smaltite, but it yields sulphur as well as arsenic, and in a closed tube affords arsenic sulphide, orpiment and realgar. Obs. Usually in veins with ores of cobalt, silver, and copper. Occurs in Saxony, especially at Schneeberg ; also in Bohemia, Hessia, and Cornwall. In the United States it is found in gneiss with copper nickel (niccolite), at Chatham, Conn. Cobaltite. Isometric. Crystals like those of pyrite, but silver-white in color with a tinge of red, or inclined to steel-gray. Streak grayish black. Brittle. H.=5°5. G.=6°63. Composition. CoS,+CoAs,=CoAsS=Arsenic 45:2, sul- phur 29°3, cobalt 35°5=100, but_often with much iron and occasionally a little copper. Unaltered in the closed 166 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. tube ; but in the open tube, yields sulphurous fumes and a white sublimate of arsenous oxide. B.B. on charcoal yields sulphur and arsenic and a magnetic globule ; with borax a cobalt-blue globule. Diff. Unlike smaltite affords sulphur, and has a reddish tinge in its white color. Obs. From Sweden, Norway, Siberia, and Cornwall. Most abundant in the mines of Wehna in Sweden, first opened in 1809. Niccolite.—Copper Nickel. Arsenical Nickel. Hexagonal. Usually massive. Color pale copper-red. Streak pale brownish-red. Lustre metallic. Brittle. ie 5-55. G.=7°3-7 sae Composition. Ni As=Nickel 44, and arsenic 563; some- times part of the arsenic is replaced by antimony. Gives off arsenical (alliaceous) fumes before the blowpipe, and fuses to a pale globule, which darkens on exposure. Assumes a green coating in nitric acid, and is dissolved in aqua-regia. Diff. Distinguished from pyrite and linneeite by its pale reddish shade of color, and also its arsenical fumes, and from much of the latter by not giving a blue color with borax. None of the ores of silver with a metallic lustre have a pale color, excepting native silver itself. Obs. Accompanies cobalt, silver, and copper ores in the mines of Saxony, and other parts of Europe; also sparingly in Cornwall. It is found at Chatham, Conn., in gneiss, associated with white nickel or cloanthite. Skutterudite. A cobalt arsenide of the formula Co As,, from Skut- terud, Norway. Breithauptite or Antimonial Nickel. NiSb=Antimony 67 ‘8, nickel 32-2—100. It has a pale copper-red color, inclining to violet. H.=5'5 -6. G.=7'54. Crystals hexagonal. From Andreasberg. Gersdorffite. A nickel arsenosulphide; NiS,+NiAs,=Ni AsS= Arsenic 45°5, sulphur 19°4, nickel 35°1, but varying much in composi- tion. Color sulphur-white to steel-gray. H.=5°5. G.=5°6-6'9. Ullmannite or Nickel Stibine. An antimonial nickel sulphide, con- taining 25 to 28 per cent. of nickel. Color steel-gray, inclining to sil- ver-white. In cubical crystals, and also massive. H.=5-5'5. G.=6"40. From the Duchy of Nassau. Grimmauite or Bismuth Nickel. A sulphide containing 31 to 38°5 of sulphur, 10 to 14 per cent. of bismuth, with 22 to 407 of nickel. Color light steel-gray to silver-white ; often tarnished yellowish. H.= 4-5. G.=5'13. From the district of Altenkirchen, Prussia. | COBALT AND NICKEL. 16% Asbolite.—EHarthy Cobalt. Black Cobalt Oxide. Earthy, massive. Color black or blue-black. Soluble in muriatic acid, with an evolution of fumes of chlorine. | Obs. Occurs in an earthy state mixed with oxide of man- ganese as a bog ore, or secondary product. Abundant at Mine La Motte, Missouri, and also near Silver Bluff, South Carolina. ‘The analyses vary in the proportion of oxide of cobalt associated with the manganese, as the compound is a mere mixture. Sulphide of cobalt occurs with the oxide. The Carolina ores afforded Cobalt oxide 24, manganese oxide 76. The ore from Missouri, as analyzed by Prof. Silliman, afforded 40 per cent. of cobalt oxide, with oxides of nickel, manganese, iron and copper. This ore has been found abroad in France, Germany, Austria, and England. The ore is purified and made into smalt, for the arts. Erythrite—Cobalt Bloom. Hydrous Cobalt Arsenate. Monoclinic. In oblique crystals having a highly perfect cleavage, like mica; lamine flexible in one direction. Also as an incrustation, and in reniform shapes, sometimes stel- late. Color, peach-red, crimson-red, rarely grayish or greenish ; streak a little paler, the dry powder lavender-blue. Lustre of lamin pearly; earthy varieties without lustre. Trans- parent to subtranslucent. H.=1°5-2. G.=2.95. Composition. Co; 0, As,+8aq=Arsenic acid 38:4, oxide of cobalt 37:6, water 24:0. B.B. on charcoal gives arsen- ical fumes and fuses; yields a blue glass with borax. The earthy ore is sometimes called peach-blossom ore, from its color; and also red cobalt ochre. Kéttigite is a kind containing zinc. Diff. Resembles red antimony, but that species wholly volatilizes before the blowpipe. From red copper ore it differs in giving a blue glass with borax; moreover, the color of the copper ore is more sombre. Obs. Occurs with ores of lead and silver, and other co- balt ores. Schneeberg, in Saxony; Saalfield, in Thuringia; | and Riechelsdorf, in Hegsia, are noted European localities. It is found also in Dauphiny, Cornwall, and Cumberland, Valuable as an ore of cobalt when abundant. 168 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Roselite is a rose-red triclinic arsenate of cobalt. Biebertie or Cobalt Vitwiol. as a flesh-red or rose-red tint, and astringent taste. CoO,S-+-7aq = Sulphuric acid 28:4, cobalt oxide 25°5, water 46:1. Morenosite. A nickel vitriol, NiO,S+%7aq, having apple-green to greenish-white color. Lindackerite, hydrous nickel-copper arsenate. Zaratite or Emerald Nickel. Incrusting, minute globular or stalac- titic. Color bright emerald-green. Lustre vitreous. ‘Transparent or nearly so. H.=8-3°25. G.=2°5-2'7. It is a nickel carbonate, con- taining nearly 80 per cent. of water. B.B. infusible alone, but loses its color. Occurs with chromic iron and magnesium carbonate on serpentine, in Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. Remingtonite. A hydrous nickel carbonate, rose-colored, from Finksburg, Md. ; Spherocobaltite. A cobalt carbonate, Co O,C, from Saxony. Nickel Silicates. Genthite is a hydrous magnesium and nickel sili- cate, of a pale apple-green color, yielding in one analysis 30 per cent. of nickel oxide. From Texas,’ Lancaster County, Pa., and other localities. Réttisite, from Rottis, Voigtland, is similar. Pimedlite is an impure apple-green silicate, affording in one case 15°6 per cent. of nickel oxide. Alipite is similar; so also Garnierite (and Noumeite), from New Caledonia, and worked there for nickel. General Remarks.—The two arsenical ores of cobalt afford the greater part of the cobalt of commerce, The earthy oxide when abundant is a profitable source of the metal. Erythrite (Cobalt Bloom) occurs abundantly with other cobalt ores at its localities in Saxony, Thuringia and Hesse Cassel. Arsenopyrite (mispickel) yields at times 5 to 9 per cent. of cobalt. Cobalt is never employed in the arts in a metallic state, as its alloys are brittle and unimpor- tant. It is chiefly used for painting porcelain and pottery, and is required for this purpose in the state of an oxide, or the silicated oxide called smalt and azure. Zaffreis an impure oxide obtained in the calcining of the ore with twice its weight of sand; and from it the smalt and azure are produced. Nickel is worked in Germany, Austria, Russia, Sweden, England, United States, and New Caledonia. It is obtained largely from the copper nickel (niccolite) and chloan- thite, or from an artificial product called speiss (an impure arsenide), derived from roasting ores of cobalt containing nickel ; from siegenite (or nickel-linnzite), a sulphide of cobalt and nickel ; from millerite), in part ; from the apple-green silicate ; and largely from pyrrhotite or ‘‘magnetic iron pyrites.” Atthe Gap Mine, near Lancaster, Pa., the ore is millerite and pyrrhotite ; in Missouri, the siegenite; in New Caledonia, chiefly the silicate. . Nickel also occurs in meteoric iron, forming an alloy with the iron, which is characteristic of most meteorites. The proportion sometimes exceeds 20 per cent. As nickel does not rust or oxidize (except when heated), it is supe- rior to steel for the manufacture of many philosophical instruments. Aa alloy of copper, nickel, and zinc (one-sixth to one-third nickel), constitutes the German silver, or argentane. ‘German silver” is not a very recent discovery. In the reign of William III., an act was passed making it felony to blanch copper in URANIUM. 169 imitation of silver, or mix it with silver for sale. ‘‘ White copper” has long been used in Saxony for various small articles; the alloy employed is stated to consist of copper 88:00, nickel 8°75, sulphur with a little antimony 0°75, silex, clay, and iron 1°75. A similar alloy is well known in China, and is smuggled into various parts of the Hast Indies, where it is called packfong. It has been sometimes identified with the Chinese tutenague. M. Meurer analyzed the white copper of China, and found it to consist of copper 65°24, zinc 19°52, nickel 138, silver 25, with a trace of cobalt and iron. Dr. Fyfe ob- tained copper 40°4, nickel 31:6, zinc 25°4, and iron 2°6. It has the color of silver, and is remarkably sonorous. It is worth in China about one-fourth its weight of silver, and is not allowed to be carried out of the empire. An alloy of 88 per cent. copper and 12 per cent. nickel is the mate- rial of the United States cent, introduced in 1851. Switzerland, Bel- gium and Jamaica also have used a nickel alloy for coins. Nickel is mostly used at the present time for nickel-plating by electro-deposition. The value of the metal in commerce rose in the years 1870 to 1875, from $1.25 to $3.00 per pound, The amount annually produced is about 600 tons. URANIUM. Uranium ores have a specific gravity not above 7, and a hardness below 6. The ores are either of some shade of light green or yellow, or they are dark brown or black and dull, or submetalic and without a metallic lustre when powdered. They are not reduced when heated with carbonate of soda 5 and the brown or black species fuse with difficulty on the edges or not at all. Uraninite.—Pitchblende. Uranium Oxide. Isometric. In octahedrons and relatedforms. Also mas- sive and botryoidal. Color grayish, brownish, or velvet- black. Lustre submetallic or dull. \ Streak black. Opaque. Peo oe Ge 47, Composition. 5 to 8% per cent. of uranium oxides with silica, lead, iron, and some other impurities. Related to the spinel group. B.B. infusible alone; a gray scoria with borax. Dissolves slowly in nitric acid, when powdered. Obs. Occurs in veins with ores of lead and silver in Saxony, Bohemia, and Hungary; also in the tin mines of Cornwall, near Redruth. In the United States, very spar- ingly at Middletown, Redding, and Haddam, Conn.; in North Carolina ; on the north side of Lake Superior (Coracite). 170 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. The oxides of uranium are used in painting upon porce- lain, yielding a fine orange in the enameling fire, and a black color in that in which the porcelain is baked. Cleveite. Hydrated oxide of uranium, iron, erbium, cerium, yttrium, in cubic forms. From Norway. ; Gummite. An amorphous uranium ore, looking like gum, of a red- dish or brownish color. It is a hydrous uraninite, and has resulted from its alteration. Occurs at Johanngeorgenstadt, and in North Caro- lina, Eliasite. Another hydrous ore, more or less resin-like in aspect, of a reddish-brown to black color. Hatchettolite. A hydrous columbo-tantalate of uranium, in isome- tric octahedrons, resembling pyrochlore from North Carolina. — 4°76-4°84. Blomstrandite. A hydrous titano-columbate, from Sweden. Torbernite.—Uranite. Chalcolite. Uran-Mica. Dimetric. In square tables, thinly foliated parallel to the base, almost like mica; laminz brittle. Color emerald and grass-green; streak a little paler. Lustre of laminz pearly. ‘Transparent to subtranslucent. H. =2-2°5. G.=3°4-3°6. . Composition. A uranium-copper phosphate, consisting if pure of Phosphorus pentoxide 15:1, uranium trioxide 61°2, copper oxide 8°4, water 15°3=100. B.B. fuses to a blackish mass, and colors the flame green. Diff. The micaceous structure, connected with the bright green color and square tabular form of the crystals, are strik- ing characters. ‘The folia of mica are not brittle, like those of uranite. ; Obs. Occurs with uranium, silver and tin ores. It is found at St. Symphorien, in splendid crystallizations, near Redruth and elsewhere in Cornwall; in the Saxon and Bohemian mines; in North Carolina. Autunite is similar to torbernite ; but has a bright citron-yellow color, and is a uranium-calcium_ phosphate. From the same mining regions, also from near Autun in France, and sparingly, from Portland, Middletown, and Redding, Conn.; Acworth, N. H.; Chesterfield, Mass. ; and in North Carolina, Uranospinite is an autunite containing arsenic instead of phos- phorus; and Zewnerite is a torbernite containing arsenic instead of phosphorus. Samarskite (formerly named wranotantalite and yttroilmenite) is a compound of oxyd of uranium with columbic and tungstic acids, from Miask in the Ural. It is of a dark brown color and submetallic lustre. H=5°. G.=5:4-5'7. Abundant in North Carolina, IRON. aig) Johannite or Uranvitriol is a sulphate of uranium. It has a fine emerald-green color, and a bitter taste. From Bohemia. Trégerite and Walpurgite are uranium arsenates. Voglite and Liebigite are uranium carbonates. Johannite is a uranium vitriol ; Uranochalcite, Medijdite, Zippeite, Voglianite, Uraconite, are other uranium sulphates. Uranocircite is a hydrous barium-uranium phosphate. IRON, Tron occurs native, and alloyed with nickel in meteoric iron. Its most abundant ores are the oxides and sulphides. It is also found combined with arsenic, forming arsenides and sulpharsenides ; with oxygen and other metals, as chro- mium, aluminum, magnesium ; and in the condition of sul- phate, phosphate, arsenate, columbate, silicate and carbon- ate, of which the last is an abundant and valuable ore. Its ores are widely disseminated. ‘The oxides and silicates are the ordinary coloring ingredients of soils, clays, earth and many rocks, tinging them red, yellow, dull green, brown and black. | The ores have a specific gravity below 8, and the ordinary workable ores seldom exceed 5. Many of them are infusible before the blowpipe, and nearly all minerals containing iron become attractable by the magnet after heating, when not so before. By their difficult fusibility, the species with a metallic lustre are distinguished from ores of silver and cop- per, and also more decidedly from these and other ores by blowpipe reaction. Native Iron. Isometric. Usually massive with octahedral cleavage. Color and streak iron-gray. Fracture hackly. Malleable and ductile. H.=4:°5. G.=7:3-7°8. Acts strongly on the magnet. Obs. Native iron occurs in grains disseminated through some doleryte, basalt, and other related igneous rocks ; and in Greenland, in very large masses in such igneous rocks, the largest weighing over a ton. It is suggested by J. Lawrence Smith, that the iron was reduced by means of carbohydrogen vapors, taken into the rock from carbonaceous rocks passed through on the way to the surface. 172 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. It is a constituent of nearly all meteorites, and the chief ingredient in a large part of them ; and in this state it is with a rare exception alloyed with nickel, and with traces of cobalt and copper. The ‘Texas meteorite, of Yale College, weighs 1,635 pounds ; the Pallas meteorite, now at Vienna, originally 1,600; but one in Mexico, the San Gregorio meteorite, is stated to weigh five tons ; and one in the dis- trict of Chaco-Gualamba, 8. A., nearly fifteen tons. Meteoric iron often has a very broad crystalline structure, long lines and triangular figures being developed by putting nitric acid on a polished surface. ‘The coarseness of this structure dif- fers in different meteorites, and serves to distinguish speci- mens not identical in origin. Nodules of troilite (FeS), and schreibersite (iron phosphide) are common in iron me- teorites. Meteoric iron may be worked like ordinary malle- able iron. The nickel diminishes the tendency to rust. But some kinds contain iron chloride, or are open in texture, and rust badly. Pyrite.—Iron Pyrites. Iron Bisulphide. 30 ey Isometric. Usually in cubes, the strize of one face at right angles with those of either adjoining face, as in fig. 1. Also IRON. 173 figs. 2 to 7; also figs. 8 to15 on page 6. Fig. 6, a pentag- onal dodecahedron, isa common form. Occurs also in imi- tative shapes, and massive. - Color bronze-yellow ; streak brownish black. Lustre of crystals often splendent metallic. Brittle. H.=6-6°5, be- ing hard enough to strike fire with steel. G.=4:8-5:1. Composition. Fe 8, = Sulphur 53°3, iron 46°7= 100. B.B. on charcoal gives off sulphur, and ultimately affords a globule attractable by the magnet. | Pyrite often contains a minute quantity of gold, and is then called auriferous pyrite. See under Gold. Nickel, cobalt and copper occur in some pyrite. Diff. Distinguished from copper pyrites in being too hard to be cut by a knife, and also in its paler color. The ores of silver, at all resembling pyrite, instead of having its pale bronze-yellow color, are steel-gray or nearly black ; and be- sides, they are easily scratched with a knife and quite fusible. Gold is sectile and malleable. Obs. Pyrite is one of the most common ores on the globe. It occurs in rocks of all ages. Cornwall, Elba, Piedmont, Sweden, Brazil, and Peru, have afforded magnifi- cent crystals. Alston Moor, Derbyshire, Kongsberg in Nor- way, are well-known localities. It has also been observed in the Vesuvian lavas, and in many other igneous rocks. In the United States, the localities are numerous. Fine crystals have been met with at Rossie, N. Y.; at many other places in that State ; also in each of the New England States and in Canada; in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Vir- ginia, North Carolina, Georgia, n Colorado, Wyoming and the States west. It occurs in all gold regions, and 1s one source of gold. This species is of the highest importance in the arts, although not affording good iron on account of the diffi- culty of separating entirely the sulphur. It affords the greater part of the sulphate of iron (green vitriol or copperas) and sulphuric acid (oil of vitriol) of commerce, and also a considerable portion of the sulphur and alum. To make the sulphate the pyrites is sometimes heated in clay retorts, by which about 17 per cent. of sulphur is distilled over and collected. The ore is then thrown out into heaps, exposed to the atmosphere, when a change ensues by which the re- maining sulphur and iron become through oxidation sul- phate of iron. The material is lixivylated, and partially eva- 174 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. porated, preparatory to its being run off into vats or troughs to crystallize. In other instances, the ore is coarsely broken up and piled in heaps and moistened. Fuel is sometimes used to commence the process, which afterwards the heat generated continues. Decomposition takes place as before, with the same result. Cabinet specimens of pyrite, espe- cially granular or amorphous masses, often undergo a spon- taneous change to the sulphate, particularly when the atmo- sphere is moist. Pyrite, owing to its tendency to oxidation, and its very general distribution in rocks of all kinds and ages, is one of the chief sources of the disintegration and destruction of rocks. No granite, sandstone, slate, or limestone, contain- ing it, is fit for architectural purposes or for any outdoor uses. The same destructive effects come from pyrrhotite and marcasite, which also are widely diffused. The name pyrites is from the Greek pur, fire, because, as Pliny states, “there was much fire in it,” alluding to its striking fire with steel. This ore is the mundic of miners. Marcasite or White iron pyrites. This ore has the same composition as pyrites, but differs in crystallizing in trimetic forms. J /—106° 36. 'The color is a little paler than that of pyrite, and it is more liable to decomposition ; hardness the same; specific gravity 46-485. Radi- ated pyrites, Hepatic pyrites, Cockscomb pyrites (alluding to its crested shapes), and Spear pyrites, are names of some of its varieties. It oc- curs in crystals at Warwick and Phillipstown, N. Y. Massive varie- ties are met with at Cummington, Mass.; Monroe, Trumbull, and Kast Haddam, Conn.; and at Haverhill, N. H. ‘ Pyrrhotite.—Magnetic Pyrites. Iron Sulphide. Hexagonal. Occurs occasionally in hexagonal prisms, which are often tabular; generally massive. Color between bronze-yellow and copper-red ; streak dark grayish-black. Brittle H.=385-4°5. G,=4:4—-4:60. Slightly attracted by the magnet. Liable to speedy tarnish. Composition. Fe,S,=—Sulphur 395, iron 60°. It is: often a valuable ore of nickel, containing sometimes 3 to 5 per cent. of this metal. B.B. on charcoal in the outer flame it is converted into red oxide of iron. In the inner flame it fuses and glows, and affords a black globule which is magnetic, and has a yellowish color on a surface of frac- ture. Diff. Its inferior hardness and shade of color, and its IKON. AZ magnetic quality distinguish it from pyrite; and its pale- ness of color from chalcopyrite or copper pyrites. Obs. Crystallized specimens have been found at Kongs- berg in Norway, and at Andreasberg in the Hartz. The massive variety is found in Cornwall, Saxony, Siberia, and the Hartz; also at Vesuvius and in meteoric stones. In the United States, it is met with at Trumbull and Monroe, New Fairfield, and Litchfield, Conn. ; at Strafford and Shrewsbury, Vt.; at Corinth, New Hampshire; in many parts of Massachusetts and New York; at Lancaster, Pa., where it is worked for nickel. It is used for making green vitriol and sulphuric acid, like pyrite. | Troilite is a similar mineral of the formula FeS, occur- ring in meteorites. Schreibersite is a phosphide of iron and nickel, occurring in meteorites. Arsenopyrite.—Mispickel. Arsenical Iron Pyrites. Trimetric. In rhombic prisms, with cleavage parallel to the faces J; JAL=111° 40’ to 112°. Crystals sometimes elongated horizon- tally, producing a rhombic prism of 100° nearly, with J and J the end oe planes. Occurs also massive. Color silver-white; streak dark | If I grayish-black. Lustre shining. Brit- Tita 900-0. . .G.—6'3. Composition. Fe AsS= Arsenic 46:0, sulphur 19°6, iron 84:4=100. A co- baltic variety contains 4 to 9 per cent. of cobalt in place of part of the iron; Danaite of New Hampshire, consists of Arsenic 41:4, sulphur 17°8, iron 32°9, cobalt 6:9. B.B. affords arsenical fumes, and a globule of iron sulphide which is attracted by the magnet. In the closed tube a sublimate of arsenic sulphide. Gives fire with a steel and emits a garlic odor. Diff. Resembles arsenical cobalt, but is much harder, it giving fire with steel; it differs also in yielding a mag- netic globule before the blowpipe, and in not affording the reaction of cobalt with the fluxes. Obs. Arsenopyrite is found mostly in crystalline rocks, and is commonly associated with ores of silver, lead, iron, or cop- er. It is abundant at Freiberg, Munzig, and elsewhere in urope, and also in Cornwall, England. 176 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. It occurs in crystals in New Hampshire, at Franconia, Jackson, and Haverhill ; in Maine, at Blue Hill Bay, Corinth, Newfield, and Thomaston ; in Vermont, at Waterbury; in Massachusetts, massive at Worcester and Sterling; in Con- necticut, at Chatham, Derby, and Monroe ; in New Jersey, at Franklin; in New York, in Lewis, Essex County, and near Edenville and elsewhere in Orange County ; in Kent, Putnam County. Leucopyrite. This is the name of arsenical iron Fe, As,. It re- sembles the preceding in color and in its crystals. I /\, t=3e2* 20; It has less hardness and higher specific gravity. H.=5-0°5. C, =iee -7-4, Contains Iron 32°2, arsenic 66°9, with some sulphur. From Styria, Silesia, and Carinthia. Léllingite is another iron arsenide, Fe As,—Arsenic 72°8, iron 27°2 ; specific gravity 6°8-8'71. Berthierite is an iron sulphantimonite. Hematite.—Specular Iron Ore. Iron Sesquioxide. Rhombohedral. In complex modifications of a rhombohe- PR dron of 86° 10’ (fig. 1); crystals occasionally thin tabular. Cleavage usually indistinct. Often massive granular ; some- times lamellar or micaceous. Also pulverulent and earthy. Color dark steel-gray or iron-black, and often when crys- tallized having a highly splendent lustre ; streak-powder | cherry-red or reddish-brown. The metallic varieties pass into an earthy ore of a red color, haying none of the external characters of the crystals, but perfectly corresponding to them when they are pulverized, the powder they yield being of a deep red color, and earthy or without lustre. G.=4°5-5°3. Hardness of crystals 5-5-6-5. Sometimes slightly attracted by the magnet. VARIETIES. ) Specular iron. Having a perfectly metallic lustre. Micaceous iron. Structure foliated. Red hematite. Submetallic, or unmetallic, and of a brown- ish-red color. 4p Red ochre. Soft and earthy, and often containing clay. IRON. re Red chalk. More firm and compact than red ochre, and of a fine texture. Jaspery clay tron. A hard impure siliceous clayey ore, and having a brownish-red jaspery look and compactness. Clay tron stone. 'The same as the last, the color and ap- pearance less like jasper. But this is one variety only of what is called ‘‘clay iron stone,” a name covering also a re- lated variety of siderite and limonite. Lenticular argillaceous ore. A red ore, consisting of small flattened grains. Martite is hematite in octahedrons, derived, it 1s supposed, from the oxidation of magnetite. Composition. Ee O*=Oxygen 30, iron 70=100. BB. alone infusible. Heated in the inner flame it becomes strongly magnetic. Diff. The red powder of this ANE and the magnetism which is so easily induced in it by a reduction flame dis- tinguish hematite from all other ores. The word hematite, from the Greek haima, blood, alludes to the color of the powder. Obs. This ore occurs in crystalline and stratified rocks of all ages. ‘The more extensive beds of pure ore abound in Archean rocks; while the argillaceous varieties occur in stratified rocks, being often abundant in coal regions and among other strata. Crystallized specimens are found also in some lavas, as a volcanic product. Splendid cr ‘ystallizations of this ore come from Elba, whose beds were known to the Romans; also from St. Gothard ; Arendal, Norway ; Longbanshyttan, Sweden ; Lorraine and Dauphiny. Etna and Vesuvius afford handsome specimens. In the United States, this is an abundant ore. The two Tron Mountains of Missouri, situated 90 miles south of St. Louis, consist mainly of this ore, piled ‘“in masses of all sizes from a pigeon’s egg to a middle-size church.” One of them is 300 feet high, and the other, the “ Pilot Knob,” is 700 fect. The massive and micaccous varieties occur there together with red ochreous ore. Large beds occur in Essex, St. Lawrence and Jefferson counties, N. Y., and at Mar- quette, in Michigan; the micaceous variety, at Hawley, Mass., Piermont, N. H. =! and in Stafford County, Va.; lenticular argillaceous ore abundantly in Oneida, Herkimer, Madison and Wayne counties, N. Y., constituting one or two beds of the Clinton group (Upper Silurian) ,1n a compact sandstone ; 12 178 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. and the same is found in Pennsylvania and south to Alabama, and also in Wisconsin; it contains 50 per cent. of oxide of iron, with about 25 of carbonate of lime and more or less magnesia and clay. The coal region of Pennsylvania affords abundantly the clay iron ores, but they are mostly either the argillaceous carbonate or limonite. Valuable as an iron ore, though less easily worked when pure and metallic than the magnetic and hydrous ores. Pul- verized red hematite is used for polishing metal. Red chalk is a well-known material for red pencils. Menaccanite.—IImenite. TitanicIron. Washingtonite. Rhombohedral. RAR=85° 31’. Often in thin plates or seams in quartz ; also in grains. Crystals sometimes very large and tabular. Golor iron-black ; streak submetallic. Lustre metallic or submetallic. H.=5-6. G.=4%5-5. Acts slightly on the magnetic needle. Composition. Like that of hematite, except that part of the iron is replaced by titanium; the amount replaced is very variable. Infusible alone before the blowpipe. Diff. Near specular iron, but its powder is not red. Ods. Crystals, an inch or so in diameter, occur in War- wick, Amity and Monroe, Orange County, N. Y.; also near Edenville and Greenwood Furnace ; also at South Royalston and Goshen, Mass.; at Washington, South Britain, and Litchfield, Conn. ; at Westerly, Rhode Island. It is of no value in the arts and is a deleterious constitu- ent of many iron ores. Magnetite.—Magnetic Iron Ore. Isometric. Often in octahedrons (fig. 12), and dodecahe- 2. 1 drons (fig. 13). Cleavage octahe- ; dral ; sometimes distinct. Also granularly massive. Occasionally in dendritic forms between the folia of mica. Coloriron-black. Streak black. Brittle. H.—5°5-6°. Ge 5:1. Strongly attracted by the magnet, and sometimes haying polarity. Composition. Ke#e O,=FeO+Fe 0,=Oxygen 27°6, iron IRON. 179 %2:4—100, Infusible before the blowpipe. Yields a yellow . glass when fused with borax in the outer flame. Diff. The black streak and strong magnetism distinguish this species from the following. Obs. Magnetic iron ore occurs in extensive beds, and also in disseminated crystals. It is met with in granite, gneiss, mica schist, clay slate, syenyte, hornblende and chlorite schist ; and also sometimes in limestone. | The beds at.Arendal, and nearly all the Swedish iron ore, consist of massive magnetic iron. At Dannemora and the Taberg in Southern Sweden, and also in Lapland at Kurun- avara and Gelivara, there are mountains composed of it. In the United States it constitutes extensive beds, in Ar- chean rocks, in Warren, Essex, Clinton, Orange, Putnam, Saratoga and Herkimer counties, New York; and in Sussex and Warren counties, in New Jersey. Smaller deposits occur in the several New England States and Canada. Also found at Magnet Cove, in Arkansas; in California, in_ Sierra County, and elsewhere. It exists with hematite in the Iron Mountains of Missouri. Masses of this ore, in a state of magnetic polarity, consti- tute what are called lodestones or native magnets. ‘They are met with in many beds of the ore. Siberia and the Hartz have afforded fine specimens; also the Island of Hlba. They also occur at Marshall’s Island, Maine; also near Providence, Rhode Island, and at Magnet Cove, in Arkansas. The lodestone is called magnes by Pliny, from the name of the country, Magnesia (a province of ancient Lydia), where it was found ; and it hence gave the terms magnet and mag- netism to science. F'ranklinite. Isometric. In octahedral and dodecahedral crystals. Also coarse granular massive. Color iron-black; streak dark reddish-brown. Brittle. H.=5°5-6°5. G.=4°85-5°1. Usually is attracted by the magnet. Composition. General formula like that of magnetite, RR O,, but having zinc and manganese replacing part of the iron, as indicated in the formula (Fe, Zn, Mn) (Fe, Mn) O,. A common varicty corresponds to Fe, O,67°6, FeO 58, Zn O 6-9, Mn O 9°7=100. B.B. with soda on charcoal a zine coating is obtained ; a 180 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. soda bead in the outer flame is colored green by the manga- nese. Diff. Resembles magnetic iron, but the exterior color is a more decided black. ‘The streak is reddish brown, and the blowpipe reactions are distinctive. Obs. This is an abundant ore at Sterling and Hamburg, in New Jersey, near the Franklin Furnace; at the former place the crystals are sometimes four inches in diameter 5 also amorphous at Altenberg, near Aix-la-Chapelle. Chromite.—Chromic Iron. Isometric. In octahedral crystals, without distinct cleav- age. Usually massive, and breaking with a rough unpolished. surface. Color iron-black and brownish black ; streak dark brown. Lustre submetallic ; often faint. H.=5°5. G.=4'3-4°6. In small fragments attractable by the magnet. Composition. General formula RR, O,, as for magnetite 5 but part of the iron is replaced by chromium. Analysis gives Iron protoxide 382, chromium sesquioxide 68=100 ; aluminum and magnesium also are commonly present in variable amounts, replacing the other constituents. B.B. infusible alone; with borax a beantiful green bead. This ore usually possesses a less metallic lustre than the other black iron ores. Obs. Occurs usually in serpentine rocks, in imbedded. masses or veins. Some of the foreign localities are the Gulsen Mountains in Styria; the Shetland Islands ; the de- partment of Var in France; Silesia, Bohemia, ete. In the United States it is abundant: in Maryland in the Bare Hills, near Baltimore, and also in Montgomery County, at Cooptown, in Harford County ; and in the north part of Cecil County ; occurs also in Townsend and Westfield, Ver- mont, and at Chester and Blandford, Mass. It is also found in Pennsylvania, at Wood’s Mine, near Texas, Lancaster County, in West Branford, Chester County; at Bolton and Ham, Canada East ; in California near New Idria; also in Sonoma County; Tuolumne County, near Crimea House, and elsewhere ; at Seattle in Wyoming. The compounds of chromium, which are extensively used as pigments, are obtained chiefly from this ore. Meteorites have afforded a chromium-sulphide, named Daubréelite. IRON. 181 Limonite.— Brown Hematite. Usually massive, and often with a smooth botryoidal or stalactitic surface, haying a compact fibrous structure with- in. Also earthy. Color dark brown and black to ochre-yellow ; streak yellow- ish brown to dull yellow. Lustre sometimes submetallic ; often dull and earthy; on a surface of fracture frequently silky. H.=5-5°5. G.=3-6-4. The following are the principal varieties : Brown hematite. ‘The botryoidal, stalactitic and asso- ciated compact ore. Brown ochre, Yellow ochre. Earthy ochreous varieties, of a brown or yellow color. Brown and Yellow clay iron stone. Impure ore, hard and compact, of a brown or yellow color. Bog iron ore. A loose earthy ore of a brownish-black color, occurring in low grounds. Composition. FeO, H,(=2 Fe 0,+3 H, 0)=Iron sesqul- oxide 85°6, water 14:4=100; or it is a hydrous iron ses- quioxide, containing, when pure, about two-thirds its weight of pureiron. B.B. blackens and becomes magnetic; with borax in the outer flame a yellow glass. Diff. This is a much softer ore than either of the two preceding, and is peculiar in its frequent stalactitic forms, and in its affording water when heated in a glass tube. Obs. Occurs connected with rocks of all ages, but ap- pears, as shown by the stalactitic and other forms, to have resulted in all cases from the decomposition of other iron ores. An abundant ore in the United States. Extensive beds exist in Salisbury and Kent, Conn., also in the neighboring towns of Beekman, Fishkill, Dover, Amenia, N. Y.; also in a similar situation north, in Richmond and West Stock- bridge, Mass.; also in Bennington, Monkton, Pittsford, Putney, and Ripton, Vermont. Large beds are found in Pennsylvania, the Carolinas, near the Missouri Iron Moun- tains, and also in Tennessee, Iowa and Wisconsin. This is one of the most valuable ores of iron. The limo- nite of Western New England, and that along the same range geologically in Dutchess County, New York, Eastern Pennsylvania, and beyond, is remarkably free from phos- phorus, and hence is highly valued for its iron. Bog ores 182 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. usually contain much phosphorus, from organic sources, and hence the iron afforded is best fitted for castings. Li- monite is also pulverized and used for polishing metallic buttons and other articles. As yellow ochre, it is a common material for paint. _ Gothite (Pyrrhosiderite, Lepidokrokite) is another iron hydrate, often in prismatic crystals, as well as fibrous and massive, of the formula Fe O, H,(=Ee O,+H, 0), and G.=4:0-4°4. Turgite has the formula FeO, H,.=—2 Fe 0,+H, 0. Xanthosiderite and (imnite are other related hydrates. Melanterite.——Copperas. Iron Vitriol. Green Vitriol. Monoclinic. In acute oblique rhombic prisms. JA JI= 82° 21’; OA 1=80° 37’. Cleavage parallel to O perfect. Generally pulverulent or massive. Color greenish to white. Lustre vitreous. Subtranspa- rent to translucent. Taste astringent, sweetish, and metal- lice. Brittle - Hi = 2) sree: Composition. FeO,8+'%aq=Sulphur trioxide 28:8, iron protoxide 25:9, water 45°3=100. B.B. becomes magnetic. Yields’ glass with borax. On exposure, becomes covered with a yellowish powder, which results from oxidation. Obs. This species is the result of the decomposition of pyrite and pyrrhotite, which readily afford it 1f moistened while exposed to the atmosphere, and it is obtained from these sulphides for the arts (p. 173). An old mine near Goslar, in the Hartz, is a noted locality. Copperas is much used by dyers and tanners, on account of its giving a black color with tannic acid, an ingredient in nutgalls and many kinds of bark. It for the same reason forms the basis of ordinary ink, which is essentially an in- fusion of nutgalls and copperas. It is also employed in the manufacture of Prussian blue. With potasstum ferrocya- nide, any soluble salt of iron sesquioxide, even in minute quantity, gives a fine blue color to the solution (due to the formation of Prussian blue), and this is a delicate test of the presence of iron. : Coquimbite, Copiapite, Voltarte, Raimondite, Botryogen, Fibroferrite, Ihleite, are names of other hydrous iron sulphates ; and Halotrichite is an iron-alum. Jarosite is a hydrous iron-potash sulphate. Pisanite is an iron-copper vitriol. Lagonite. A hydrous iron borate, from the Tuscan lagoons. IRON. 183 Wolframite.—Wolfram. Iron-Manganese Tungstate. Monoclinic. Sometimes pseudomorphous in octahedrons formed by the alteration of tungstate of hme. Also massive. Color dark grayish-black; streak dark reddish-brown. Lustre submetallic, shining, or dull, H.=5-5°. G.= V:1-7°5. | Composition. (Fe,Mn)0,W. A typical variety affords tungsten trioxide 76-47, iron protoxide 9°49, manganese protoxide 14:°04=100. A manganese wolframite has been named Hiibnerite. B.B. fuses easily to a magnetic globule ; with aqua regia dissolved with the separation of yellow tungsten trioxide. Found often with tin ores. Occurs in Cornwall, and at Zinnwald and elsewhere in Europe. In the United States it ig found at Monroe and Trumbull, Conn.; on Camdage Farm, near Blue Hill Bay, Me.; near Mine la Motte, Mis- souri; in the gold regions of North Carolina ; in Mammoth Mining district, Nevada Hitbnerite. Columbite. Trimetric. In rectangular prisms, more or less modified. Also massive. Cleavage parallel to the lateral faces of the prism, some- what distinct. Color iron-black, brownish-black 5 often with a characteristic iridescence ‘on a surface of fracture; streak dark brown, slightly reddish. Lustre sub- metallic, shining. Opaque. Brittle. H.=5-6. G. —5°4-6'5. Composition. Iron columbate, of the formula F O, Cb,=Columbium pentoxide 79°6, iron protoxide 16-4, manganese protoxide 4°4, tin oxide 0°5, lead and copper oxides 0'1—100. Tantalum often replaces part of the columbium, and in this case the mineral is of higher speci- fic gravity. B.B. alone infusible. It imparts to the borax bead the yellow color of iron. Diff. Its dark color, submetallic lustre, and a slight iri- descence, together with its breaking readily into angular fragments, will generally distinguish this species from the ores it resembles. 184 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Obs. Occurs in granite at Bodenmais in Bavaria, and also in Bohemia. In the United States, it is found in gra- nitic veins, at Middletown and Haddam, Conn. ; at Ches- terfield and Beverly, Mass.; at Acworth, N. H.; Green- field, N. Y. A crystal was found at Middletown, which originally weighed 14 pounds avoirdupois ; and a part of it, 6 inches in length and breadth, weighing 6 Ibs. 12 0z., is now in the collections of the Wesleyan University of that place. Also at Standish, Maine; and in granite veins in North Carolina. This mineral was first made known from American speci- mens, by Mr. Hatchett, an English chemist, and the new metal it was found to contain was named by him columbium. Tantalite. Fe(Mn)O,Ta,. This tantalate of iron is allied to colum- bite. H. 6-65. G. 7-8. It is distinguished by its higher specific gravity. It sometimes contains tin and tungsten. From Finland, Sweden, near Limoges in France, and from North Carolina and Alabama. Note.—The metal named Columbium by Hatchett, is the same that has since been called Nioliwm, without any good reason for the change of name. Triphylite. An iron manganese-lithium phosphate. See p. 190. Vivianite.—Hydrous Iron Phosphate. Monoclinic. In modified oblique prisms, with cleavage in one direction highly perfect. Also radiated, reniform, and globular, or as coatings. Color deep blue to green. Crystals usually green at right angles with the vertical axis, and blue parallel to it. Streak bluish. Lustre pearly to vitreous. ‘Transparent to translu- cent; opaque on exposure. Thin lamin flexible H.= 15-2. G.=2°66. Composition. Fe; 0; P,+8aq = Phosphorus pentoxide, 28°3, iron protoxide 43°0, water 28°7=100. B.B. fuses easily to a magnetic globule, coloring the flame greenish blue. Affords water in a glass tube, and dissolves in hydro- chloric acid. Diff. The deep blue color and the little hardness are decisive characteristics. The blowpipe affords confirma- tory tests. Obs. Found with iron, copper and tin ores, and some- times in clay, or with bog iron ore. St. Agnes in Cornwall, Bodenmais, and the gold mines of Véréspatak in Transylva- nia, afford fine crystallizations. In the United States, good IRON. 185 erystals have been found at Imlaystown, N. J. At Allentown, Monmouth County, and Mullica Hill, Gloucester County, N. J., are other localities. It often fills the interior of certain fossils. Occurs also at Harlem, N. Y., in Somerset and Worcester counties, Md., and with bog ore in Stafford County, Va. Abundant at Vandreuil in Canada, where it is associated with hmonite. as The blue iron earth is an earthy variety, containing about 50 per cent. of phosphoric acid. Ludlamite. A clear green hydrous phosphate of iron in monoclinic crystals ; from Cornwall. Dufrenite. A hydrous phosphate of iron sesquioxide. It hasa dull green color, and is often found in radiated forms. Cacoxenite. Occurs in radiated silky tufts of a yellow or yellow- ish-brown color. H.—3-4. G.=8°38. It is a phosphate of iron sesquioxide, and often contains alumina. It differs from wavellite, which it resembles, in its more yellow color and iron reactions. It also resembles ‘carpholite, but has a deeper color, and does not give the manganese reactions. It occurs on brown iron ore in Bohemia. Chalcosiderite and Andrevusite are other iron phosphates. Strengite. A hydrous iron phosphate related in formula to scoro- dite. From near Giessen. Arsenates of Iron. Pharmacosiderite, or Cube ore. Occurs in cubes of dark green to brown and red colors. Lustre adamantine, not very distinct. Streak greenish”or brownish. H.=2°5. G.=8. It is a hydrous arsenate of iron sesquioxide, containing 48 per cent. of arsenic pentoxide. From the Cornwall mines ; also from France and Saxony. Scorodite. Crystallizes in rhombic prisms, with an angle of 120° 10’ between its secondary prismatic planes. Color pale leek-green or liver brown. Streak uncolored. Lustre vitreous to subadamantine. Sub- transparent to nearly opaque. H.=3°5-4. G.=38-1-33. A hydrous arsenate of iron sesquioxide, containing 50 per cent. of arsenic pen- toxide. From Saxony, Carinthia, Cornwall, and Brazil; and minute crystals near Edenville, N. Y., with arsenical pyrites. The name of this species is from the Greek skorodon, garlic, alluding to the odor before the blowpipe. Jron sinter is an amorphous form of the same mineral. Arseniosiderite is another iron arsenate. Siderite.—Spathic Iron. Iron Carbonate. Rhombohedral. In rhombohedrons with easy cleavage parallel to a rhombohedron of 107°. Faces often curved. Usually massive, with a foliated struc- ture, somewhat curving. Sometimes in globular concretions or implanted globules. [2 Color light grayish to brown; often dark ~ brownish-red. It becomes nearly black on ex- 185 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. posure. Streak uncolored. Lustre pearly to vitreous. Trans- lucent to nearly opaque. H.=3-4°5. G.=3°7-3°9. Composition. Fe O;0=Carbon dioxide 37:9, iron protox- ide 62:1—100. Often contains some manganese oxide or magnesia, and lime replacing part of the iron protoxide. Before the blowpipe it blackens and becomes magnetic ; but alone it is infusible. Dissolves in heated hydrochloric acid with effervescence. The ordinary crystallized or foliated variety 1s called spathic or sparry iron, because the mineral has the aspect of aspar. he globular concretions found in some amygda- loidal rocks have been called spherosiderite because of its spheroidal forms. An argillaceous variety occurring in nod- ular forms is often called clay iron stone, and is abundant in coal measures. | Diff. This mineral cleaves like calcite and dolomite, but it has a much higher specific gravity. It readily becomes magnetic before the blowpipe. Heated in a closed glass tube it gives off carbon dioxide, and becomes magnetic. ‘This test distinguishes it from other iron ores. Obs. Spathic iron occurs in rocks of various ages, and often accompanies metallic ores. The largest deposits are in gneiss and mica schist, and clay slate. It is also abundant in the coal formation principally in the form of clay iron stone. In Styria and Carinthia, it is very abundant in gneiss, and in the Hartz it occurs in graywacke. Cornwall, Alston- moor, and Devonshire are English localities. A vein of considerable extent occurs at Roxbury, near New Milford, Conn., in quartz, traversing gneiss; at Ply- mouth, Vt., and Sterling, Mass., it is also abundant. It oc- curs also at Monroe, Conn.; in New York State, in Antwerp, Jefferson County, and in Hermon, St. Lawrence County. The argillaceous carbonate in nodules and beds, 1s_ very abundant in the coal regions of Pennsylvania and the West. This ore is employed extensively for the manufacture of iron and steel, Mesitite is an iron-and-magnesium carbonate. Ankerite contains in addition a large percentage of calcium. Like siderite in crystalliza- tion and cleavage. General Remarks.—The metal iron has been known from the most remote historical period, but was little used until the last centuries be- fore the Christian era. Bronze, an alloy of copper and tin, was the almost universal substitute, for cutting instruments as well as weapons IRON. 187 of war, among the ancient Egyptians and earlier Greeks ; and even among the Romans (as proved by the relics from Pompeii), and also throughout Europe, it continued long to be extensively employed for these purposes. The Chalybes, bordering on the Black Sea, were workers in iron and steel at an early period ; and near the year 500 B.C., this metal was introduced from that region into Greece, so as to become common for weapons of war. From this source we have the expression chulybeate applied to certain substances or waters containing iron. The iron mines of Spain have also been known froma remote epoch, and it is supposed that they have been worked ‘‘at least ever since the times of the later Jewish kings; first by the Tyrians, next by the Carthaginians, then by the Romans, and lastly by the natives of the country.” These mines are mostly contained in the present provinces of New Castile and Aragon. Elba was another region of ancient works, <‘inexhaustible in its iron,” as Pliny states, who enters somewhat fully into the modes of manufacture. The mines are said to have yielded iron since the time of Alexander of Macedon. The ore beds of Styria in Lower Austria, were also a source of iron to the Romans. The ores from which the iron of commerce is obtained, are the spathic iron or carbonate, magnetic iron, hematite or specular iron, limonite or ‘‘ brown hematite,” and bog iron ore. In England, the prin- cipal ore used is an argillaceous carbonate of iron, called often clay iron stone, found in nodules and layers in the coal measures. It con- sists of carbonate of iron, with some clay, and externally has an earthy, stony look, with little indication of the iron it contains except in its weight. It yields from 20 to 35 per cent. of cast iron. The coal basin of South Wales, and the counties of Stafford, Salop, York, and Derby, yield by far the greater part of the English iron. Brown hematite is also extensively worked. In Sweden and Norway, at the famous works of Dannemora and Arendal, the ore is the magnetic iron ore, and is nearly free from impurities as it is quarried out. It yields 50 to 60 per cent. of iron. The same ore is worked in Russia, where it abounds in the Urals. The Elba ore is the specular iron. In Germany, Styria, and Carinthia, extensive beds of the spathic iron are worked. The bog ore is largely reduced in Prussia, In the United States, all these different ores are worked. The local- ities are already mentioned. The magnetic ore is reduced in New England, New York, Northern New Jersey, and sparingly in Pennsyl- vania, and other States. Limonite, or brown hematite, is largely worked along Western New England and Eastern New York, in Penn- sylvania, and many States South and West. The earthy argillaceous carbonate like that of England, and the hydrate, are found with the coal deposits, and are a source of much iron. The amount of iron manufactured in the world in the year 1873 was 14,885,488 tons, of which Great Britain produced _6,566,000 tons, United States, 2,561,000 tons, Germany 1,665,000 tons, France 1,381,000 tons, Belgium 653,000 tons, Austria with Hungary 425,000 tons, Russia 354,000 tons, Sweden 822,000 tons, Luxembourg 300,000 tons. _ 188 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. MANGANESE. The common ores of manganese are the oxides, the car- bonate, and the silicates. There are also sulphides, an arsenide, and phosphate. They have a specific gravity be- low 5:2, IMianganese Sulphides and Arsenide. Alabandite or Manganblende. A manganese sulphide Mn§, of an iron-black color, green streak, submetallic lustre. H.=3°5-4. G.= $°9-4:0. Crystals, cubes and regular octahedrons. From the gold mines of Nagyag, in Transylvania. Hauerite. A sulphide, Mn 82, containing twice the proportion of sulphur in the last. Color reddish brown and brownish black, re- sembling blende. H.=4. G.—3°46. From Hungary. Kaneite is a manganese arsenide, of a grayish-white color, and metallic lustre, which gives off alliaceous fumes. G.=5'55, From Saxony. Pyrolusite.—Manganese Dioxide. Trimetric. In small rectangular prisms, more or less modified. JAZ=93° 40’. Sometimes fibrous and radiated or divergent. Of- ten massive and in reniform coatings. Color iron-black; streak black, non- metallic. H.=2-25 G.=4°8. Composition. Mn O, = Manganese 63:2, oxygen 36°83=100. A minute portion of it imparts to a borax bead a deep amethystine color while hot, which becomes red-brown on cooling. It yields no water in a matrass. Diff. Differs from psilomelane by its inferior hardness, and from ores of iron by the violet glass with borax. Obs. This ore is extensively worked in Thuringia, Mo- ravia, and Prussia. It is common in Devonshire and Somer- setshire, in England, and in Aberdeenshire. In the United States it is associated with the following species in Ver- mont, at Bennington, Brandon, Monkton, Chittenden, and Irasburg ; it occurs also in Maine, at Conway, and Plain- field in Massachusetts ; at Salisbury and Kent, m Conn., on hematite ; on Red Island, in the Bay of San Francisco ; at Pictou and Walton, Nova Scotia; near Bathurst, in New Brunswick. MANGANESE. 189 The name pyrolusite is from the Greek pur, fire, and lwo, to wash, and alludes to its property of discharging the brown and green tints of glass, for which it 1s extensively used. Besides the use just alluded to, this ore is extensively em- ployed for bleaching, and for affording the gas oxygen to the chemist. Hausmannite. A manganese oxide, 2Mn0+Mn 0,, which contains "2-1 per cent. of manganese, when pure. Brownish black and sub- metallic, occurring massive and in square octahedrons. H.=5-0°0. G.=4:7. From Thuringia and Alsatia. Hetwrolite is a zinc-hausman- nite, from Sterling Hill, N. J. Braunite. An oxide of manganese, containing 69 per cent. of man- ganese when pure. Color and streak dark brownish-black, and lustre submetallic. Occurs in square octahedrons and massive. H,=—6-6'0. G.=4'8. From Piedmont and Thuringia. Manganite. A hydrous sesquioxide of manganese. Occurs massive and in rhombic prisms. Color steel-black to iron-black. H. =4-4°5. G.=4:3-4:4, From the Hartz, Bohemia, Saxony, and Aberdeenshire. It is found at several points in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia. Psilomelane. Massive and botryoidal. Color black or greenish-black. Streak reddish or brownish-black, shining. H.=5-6. G.= 4—4°4, Composition. Essentially manganese dioxide with a little water, and also some baryta or potassa. The compound is somewhat varying in its constitution. Before the blowpipe like pyrolusite, except that it affords water. Obs. This is an abundant ore, and is associated usually with the pyrolusite. It occurs at the different localities mentioned under pyrolusite, and the two are often in alter- nating layers; it has been considered an impure variety of the pyrolusite. The name is from the Greek psilos, smooth or naked, and melas, black. Pyrochroite. Hydrous manganese protoxide, of white color. From Sweden. MnO, H,. Pelagite. The manganese nodules found in many regions over the bottom of the ocean. Affords, according to an analysis, about 40 per cent. of Mn 0O,, 27 FeO,, 13 of water lost at a red heat, along with 14 per cent. of silica and 4 of alumina; 24°5 per cent. of water were lost below 100° C. Probably a mixture. Chaleophanite. A hydrous oxide of manganese and zinc, in rhombo- hedral crystals and stalactites ; from Sterling Hill, N. J. 190 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Wad.—Bog Manganese. Massive, reniform or earthy ; also in coatings and dendri- tic delineations. Color and streak black or brownish black. Lustre dull, earthy. H.=1-6. G.=3-4. Soils the fingers. Composition. Consists of manganese dioxide, in varying proportions, from 30 to 70 per cent., mechanically mixed with more or less of iron sesquioxide, 10 to 25 per cent. of water, and often several per cent. of oxide of cobalt or cop- per. It is formed in low places from the decomposition of minerals containing manganese. Gives off much water when heated, and affords a violet glass with borax. Obs. Wad is abundant in Columbia and Dutchess coun- ties, N. Y., at Austerlitz, Canaan Centre, and elsewhere ; also at Blue Hill Bay, Dover, and other places in Maine; at Nelson, Gilmanton, and Grafton, N. H.; and in many other parts of the country. It may be employed like the preceding in bleaching, but is too impure to afford good oxygen. It may also be used | for umber paint. | Lampadite, or Cupreous Manganese. A wad containing 4 to 18 per cent, of copper oxide. Triphylite. Trimetric. In rhombic crystals, massive. Color green- ish gray to bluish gray, but often brownish black externally from the oxidation of the manganese present. Streak grayish white. Lustre subresinous. H.=5. G.=3°54-3°6. Composition. (+i, ?R); O; P., in which R stands for Fe and Mn. orax. The amount of borax received at San Francisco during the year 1876 was 5,180,910 pounds, and in 1877, 4,154,209 pounds. Nitre.—Potassium Nitrate. Trimetric. In modified right rhombic prisms. patie 118° 50’. Usually in thin white subtransparent crusts, and in needleform crystals on old walls and in caverns. ‘Taste saline and cooling. H=2. G=1°9%7. Composition. K,O; N=Nitrogen pentoxide (N, O;) 53:4, potash 46°6. Burns vividly on a live coal. Diff. Distinguished readily by its taste and its vivid ac- tion on a live coal; and from sodium nitrate, which it most resembles, by its not becoming liquid on exposure to the it Nitre, called also saltpetre, 1s employed in making gun- powder, forming 75 to 78 per cent. in shooting powder, and 62 in mining powder. The other materials are sulphur (10 per cent., for shooting powder to 20 for mining) and char- coal (12 to 14 for shooting powder and 18 for mining). It ig also extensively used in the manufacture of nitric and sulphuric acids ; also for pyrotechnic purposes, fulminating powders, and sparingly in medicine. Obs. Occurs in many of the caverns of Kentucky and other Western States, scattered through the earth that forms the floor of the cave. In procuring it, the earth 1s lixiviated, and the lye, when evaporated, yields the nitre. India is its most abundant locality, where it is obtained largely for exportation. Spain and Egypt also afford large quantities of nitre for commerce. This salt forms on the ground in the hot weather succeeding copious rains, and appears in silky tufts or efflo- rescences; these are brushed up by a kind of broom, lix1- viated, and after settling, evaporated and crystallized. In France, Germany, Sweden, Hungary, and other countries, there are artificial arrangements called nitriartes or nitre beds, from which nitre is obtained by the decomposition \ COMPOUNDS OF POTASSIUM AND SODIUM. 229 mostly of the nitrates of lime and magnesia which form in these beds. Refuse animal and vegetable matter putrefied in contact with calcareous soils produces nitrate of lime, which affords the nitre by reaction with carbonate of pot- ash. Old plaster lixiviated affords about 5 per cent. This last method is much used in France. The nitric acid of the cavern nitrates comes from the atmosphere, which also consists of nitrogen and oxygen ; but the combination takes place through the agency of a peculiar kind of microscopic plant. Nitratine.—Soda Nitre. Sodium Nitrate. Cubic Nitre. Rhombohedral ; R: R=106° 33’. Also in crusts or efflo- rescences, of white, grayish and brownish colors. Taste cooling. Soluble and very deliquescent. Composition. Na,.O; N=Nitrogen pentoxide 63°, soda 36°5=100. Burns vividly on coal, with a yellow light. _ Diff. It resembles nitre (saltpetre), but deliquesces, and gives a deep yellow hight when burning. Obs. In the district of Tarapaca, Northern Chili, the dry Pampa for an extent of forty leagues is covered with beds of this salt, mixed with gypsum, common salt, glauber salt, and remains of recent shells. It is used extensively in the manufacture of nitric acid. It is also used in making nitre by replacing the sodium by potassium. In 1866, one million quintals of this salt were exported from Chili. Natron.—Hydrous Sodium Carbonate. Carbonate of Soda. Monoclinic. Generally in white efflorescent crusts, some- times yellowish or grayish. ‘Taste alkaline. Hffloresces on exposure, and the surface becomes white and pulverulent. Composition. Na,O;C+10aq=Carbon dioxide 26°7, soda 18°8, water 54°5=100. LEffervesces strongly with acids. Diff. Distinguished from other soda salts by efferves- cing, and from trona, by efflorescing on exposure. Obs. This salt is found in solution in certain waters, from which it is crystallized in efflorescences by evapora- tion. Abundant in the soda lakes of Egypt; also in lakes at Debreczin, in Hungary; in Mexico, north of Zacatecas, and elsewhere. Sparingly dissolved in the Seltzer and Carlsbad waters. 230 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. This salt (but the artificially prepared) is extensively used in the manufacture of soap and glass, and for many other purposes. Trona. A hydrous sodium sesquicarbonate occurs in the province of Suckenna, in Africa, between Tripoli and Fezzan, where it forms a fibrous layer an inch thick beneath the soil. It is abundant at a lake in Maracaibo, 48 miles from Mendoza ; and forms an extensive bed in Churchill County, Nevada. Thermonatrite. A hydrous sodium carbonate of the formula Na, O,C+aq. An anhydrous sodium carbonate is stated to exist native. Gay-Lussite. Occurs in white brittle monoclinic crystals. Com- position +Na}Ca O, C+23aq. From Lagunilla, in Maracaibo, and Lit- tle Salt Lake, near Ragtown, in Nevada. AMMONIUM. The salts of ammonia are more or less soluble in water, — and are entirely and easily volatilized before the blowpipe. When treated with caustic lime or potassa, ammonia is lib- erated, and is recognized by its odor and the reaction of the vapors on test papers. Salmiak.—Sal Ammoniac, Ammonium Chloride. Occurs in white crusts or efflorescences, often yellowish or gray. Crystallizes in regular octahedrons. ‘Translucent —opaque. Taste saline and pungent. Soluble in three parts of water. Composition. N H,C1=Chlorine 66°3, ammonium 33°7= 100. Gives off the odor of ammonia when powdered and mixed with quicklime. Obs. Occurs in many volcanic regions, as at Etna, Vesu- vius, and the Sandwich Islands, where it is a product of voleanic action. Occasionally found about ignited coal seams. The sal ammoniac of commerce is manufactured from animal matter or coal soot. It is generally formed in chim- neys of both wood and coal fires. In Egypt, whence the greater part of this salt was formerly obtained, the fires of the peasantry are made of the dung of camels ; and the soot which contains a considerable portion of the ammoniacal salt is preserved and carried in bags to the works, where-it is obtained by sublimation. Bones and other animal mat- ters are used in France. A liquid condensed in the gas works, is also used in its production. WATER. 231 It is a valuable article in medicine, and is employed by tinmen in soldering to prevent the oxidation of copper sur- faces ; also in a variety of metallurgical operations. Mascagnite. A hydrous ammonium sulphate. In mealy crusts, of a yellowish-gray or lemon-yellow color ; translucent ; taste pungent and bitter. Composition (N H,).0,8+H,O=Sulphur trioxide 53:3, ammonia 22°8, water 23°9. Easily soluble in water. Occurs at Etna, Vesuvius, and the Lipari Islands. It is one of the products from the combustion of anthracite coal. Lecontite is hydrous ammonium-sodium sulphate. Boussingaultite is a hydrous ammonium-magnesium sulphate, from Tuscany. Struvite. A hydrous ammonium-magnesium phosphate ; occurring in yellowish crystals, slightly soluble in water; found on the site of an old church in Hamburg, where there had been quantities of cat- tle dung. Tschermigite. An ammonia alum from Tschermig, Bohemia, and Utah County, Utah. Larderellite. A white tasteless ammonium borate, from the Tuscan Jagoons. Hydrous ammonium phosphate and Ammonium bicarbonate (Tesche- macherite) have been detected in guano; also, Hydrous sodium-am- monium phosphate, called Stercorite. HYDROGEN. Hydrogen is the basic constituent in hydrochloric acid, and in water. Hydrochloric Acid.—Muriatic Acid. A gas, consisting of Chlorine 97:26, hydrogen 2°74—100 =HCl. It has a pungent odor, and is acrid to the skin. It is rapidly dissolved by water. If passed into a solution of nitrate of silver, it produces a white precipitate which soon blackens on exposure. It is given out whenever com- mon salt is acted on by sulphuric acid, and occasionally by volcanoes. WATER. Water (hydrogen oxide) is the well-known liquid of streams and wells. The purest natural water is obtained by melting snow, or receiving rain in a clean glass vessel ; but 16 is absolutely pure only when procured by distillation. It consists of hydrogen 1 part by weight, and oxygen 8 parts, or hydrogen 11°11, oxygen 88°389=100. It becomes solid at 32° Fahrenheit (or 0° Centigrade), and then crystallizes, ‘and constitutes ice or snow. The crystals are of the hex- agonal system. Flakes of snow consist of a congeries of ROR DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS, minute crystals, and stars, like the figures on page 4, may often be detected with a glass. Various other allied forms are also assumed. The rays meet at an angle of 60°, and the branchlets pass off at the same angle with perfect regu- larity. The density of water is greatest at 39° 2° F.; below this it expands as it approaches 32°, owing to incipient crystallization, and in the state of ice it is only 0°920. It boils at 212° F. A cubic inch of pure water at 62° F. and 30 inches of the barometer, weighs 252°458 grains, which equals 16-386 grams; and a cubic foot of water weighs 62355 pounds avoirdupois. A pint, United States standard mea- sure, holds just 7,342 troy grains of water, which is little above a pound avoirdupois (7,000 grains troy). Water, as it occurs on the earth, contains some atmo- spheric air, without which the best would be unpalatable. This air, with some free oxygen also present, is necessary to the life of aquatic animals, In most spring water there isa minute proportion of salts of calcium (sulphate, chloride or carbonate), often with a trace of common salt, carbonate of magnesiumand some alumina, iron, silica, phosphoric acid, carbonic acid, and certain vegetable acids. These impuri- ties constitute usually from +5 to 10 parts, in 10,000 parts by weight. The water of Long Pond, near Boston, con- tains about $a part in 10,000 ; the Schuylkill of Philadel- phia, about 1 part in 10,000 ; the Croton, used in New York city, 1 to 14 parts in 10,000. Nitric acid is usually found in rain water combined with ammonia; river waters are ordinarily the purest of natural waters, unless they have flowed through a densely populated region. Sea water contains from 32 to 37 parts of solid substances in solution in 1,000 parts of water. The largest amount in the Atlantic, 36°6 parts, is found under the equator, away from the land or the vicinity of fresh-water streams ; and the smallest in narrow straits, as Dover Straits, where there are only 32°5 parts. In the Baltic and Black Seas, the pro- portion is only one-third that in the open ocean. Of the whole, one-half to two-thirds is common salt (sodinm chlo- ride). The other ingredients are magnesium salts (chloride and sulphate), amounting to four-fifths of the remainder, with sulphate and carbonate of calcium, and traces of bro- mides, iodides, phosphates, borates and fluorides. ‘The water of the British Channel affords water 964°7 parts in 1,000, sodium chloride 27°1, potassium chloride 0°8, magnesium axe } SILICA. 209 chloride 3°7, magnesium sulphate 2'30, calcium sulphate 1-4, calcium carbonate 0:03, with some magnesium bromide and probably traces of iodides, fluorides, phosphates and borates. ‘The bitter taste of sea water is owing to the salts of magnesium present. I'he waters of the Dead Sea contain 200 to 260 parts of solid matter in 1,000 parts (or 20 to 26 per cent.), including 7 to 10 per cent. of common salt, the same proportion of magnesian salts, principally the chloride, 24 to 34 per cent. of calcium carbonate and sulphate, besides some bromides and alumina. ‘The density of these waters is owing to this large proportion of saline ingredients. The brine springs of New York and other States south and west, are well- known sources of salt (see under Common salt). Many of the springs afford bromine, and large quantities of it are manufactured for making photographic plates and for other purposes. Mineral waters vary much in constitution. They often contain iron in the state of bicarbonate, like those of Sara- toga and Ballstown, and are then called chalybeate waters, from the ancient name for iron or steel, chalybs, derived from the name of a country on the Baltic. Hydrogen sul- phide is often held in mineral waters and imparts to them its odor and taste; such are the so-called sulphur springs. Minute traces of salts of zinc, arsenic, lead, copper, an- timony and tin, have been found in some waters. What- ever is soluble in a region through which waters flow, will of course be taken up by them, and many ingredients are soluble in minute proportions, which are usually described as insoluble. Til. SILICA AND SILICATES. I. SILICA. Quartz. Rhombohedral. Occurs usually in six-sided prisms, more or less modified, terminated with six-sided pyramids : KA FL =94° 15’. No cleavage apparent, seldom even in traces ; but sometimes obtained by heating the crystal and plunging it into cold water. Sometimes in coarse radiated forms; 234 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. also coarse and fine granular; also compact, either amor- phous, or presenting stalactitic and mammillary shapes. Crystals often as pellucid as glass, and colorless; some- times topaz-yellow, amethystine, rose, smoky, or other tints. Also of all degrees of transparency to opaque, and of various shades of yellow, red, green, blue and brown colors to black. In some varieties the colors are in bands, stripes, or clouds. HiT, G. =2°5-2'8. 4, 5. i & gh Qy” Composition. SiO,.=Oxygen 53°33, silicon 46°67=100. Opaque varieties often contain oxide of iron, clay, chlorite, or some other mineral disseminated through them. B.B. infusible. With soda, fuses with effervescence. Diff. Quartz is exceedingly various in color and form, but may be distinguished, by (1) absence of true cleavage ; (2) its hardness; (3) its infusibility before the blowpipe ; (4) its insolubility with either of the common acids; (5) its effervescence when heated B.B. with soda; and (6) when crystallized, by the forms of its crystals, which are almost always six-sided prisms terminating in six-sided pyramids. The varieties of quartz owe their peculiarities either to crystallization, mode of formation, or impurities, and they fall naturally into three series. I. The vitreous varieties, distinguished by their glassy fracture. Il. The chalcedonic varieties, having a subvitreous or a waxy lustre, and generally translucent. IIL. The jaspery cryptocrystalline varieties, having barely a glimmering lustre or none, and opaque. I. VITREOUS VARIETIES. Rock Orystal. Pure pellucid quartz. This is the mineral to which the word crystal was first applied by the ancients ; it is derived from the Greek krus- tullos, meaning ice. The pure specimens are often cut and used in jewelry, under the name of ‘ white stone.” It is often used for optical instruments and spectacle SILICA. 935 glasses, and even in ancient times was made into cups and vases. Nero is said to have dashed to pieces two cups of this kind on hearing of the revolt that caused his ruin, one of which cost him a sum equal to $3,000. Amethyst. Purple or bluish-violet, and often of great beauty. The color is owing to a trace of manganese oxide. It was called amethyst on account of its supposed preser- vative powers against intoxication. When finely and uni- formly colored, highly esteemed as a gem. Rose Quartz. Pink or rose-colored. Seldom occurs in crystals, but generally in masses much fractured, and im- perfectly transparent. ‘The color fades on exposure to the light, and on this account it is little used as an ornamental stone, yet is sometimes cut into cups and vases. False Topaz. Light yellow pellucid crystals. They are often cut and set for topaz. ‘The absence of cleavage dis- tinguishes it from true topaz. The name citrine, often ap- plied to this variety, alludes to its yellow color. Smoky Quartz. Crystals of a smoky tint; the color is sometimes so dark as to be nearly black and opaque except in splinters. It is the cairngorm stone. Milky Quartz. Milk-white, nearly opaque, massive, and of common occurrence. It has often a greasy lustre, and is then called greasy quartz. Prase. leek-green, massive ; resembling some shades of beryl in tint, but easily distinguished by the absence of cleavage and its infusibility. Supposed to be colored by a trace of iron silicate. Aventurine Quartz. Common quartz spangled through- out with scales of golden-yellow mica. It is usually trans- lucent, and gray, brown, or reddish brown in color. Ferruginous Quartz. Opaque, and either of yellow, brownish-yellow, or red color. The color is due to the presence of iron oxide as an impurity, the red to the anhy- drous oxide, and the brownish yellow to the hydrous oxide. II. CHALCEDONIC VARIETIES. Chalcedony. ‘Translucent, massive, with a glistening and somewhat waxy lustre; usually of a pale grayish, bluish, or light brownish shade. Often occurs lining or filling cavities in amygdaloidal rocks, and sometimes in other kinds. These cavities are nothing but little caverns, into which siliceous waters have filtrated at some period. The stalactites are 236 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. “icicles” of chalcedony, hung from the roof of the cavity. Some of these chalcedony grottos are several feet _in dia- meter. Large geodes of this kind occur in the Keokuk limestone in Ilinois and Iowa. sant pestis Apple-green chalcedony. It is colored by nickel. Carnelian. A bright red chalcedony, generally of a clear rich tint. It is cut and polished and much used in the more common jewelry. It is often cut for seals and beads. Sard. A deep brownish-red chalcedony, of a blood-red color by transmitted light. Agate. A variegated chalcedony. The colors are dis- tributed in clouds, spots, or concentric lines. These lines take straight, circular, or zigzag forms ; and when the last it is called fortification agate, so named from the resem- plance to the angular outlines of a fortification. These lines are the edges of layers of chalcedony, and these layers are the successive deposits during the process of its formation. Mocha stone or Moss agate is a brownish agate, consisting of chalcedony with dendritic or moss-like delineations, of an opaque yellowish-brown color. They arise from dissem- inated iron oxide. All the varieties of agate are beautiful stones when polished, but are not much used in fine jewelry. The colors may be darkened by boiling the stone in oil, and then dropping it into sulphuric acid ; a little oil is absorbed. by some of the layers, which becomes blackened or charred by the acid. Onyx. A kind of agate haying the colors arranged in flat horizontal layers; the colors are usually light clear brown and an opaque white. When the stone consists of sard and white chalcedony in alternate layers, it is called sardonyx. Onyx is the material used for cameos, and is well fitted for this kind of miniature sculpture. The figure is carved out of one layer and stands in relief on another. A noted ancient cameo is the Mantuan vase at Brunswick. It was cut from a single stone, and has the form of a cream- pot, about 7 inches high and 23 broad. On its outside, which is of a brown color, there are white and yellow groups of raised figures, representing Ceres and Triptolemus in search of Proserpine. Cat’s Eye is grecnish-gray translucent chalcedony, hay- ing a peculiar opalescence, or glaring internal reflections, like the eye of a cat, when cut with a spheroidal surface. SILICA. Rar The effect is owing to filaments of asbestus. It comes from Ceylon and Malabar, ready cut and polished, and is a gem of considerable value. ’ Flint, Hornstone. Massive compact silica, of dark shades of smoky gray, brown, or even black, and feebly translucent, it breaking with sharp cutting edges and a conchoidal sur- face. Flint occurs in nodules of chalk: not unfrequently the nodules are in part chalcedonic. Hornstone differs from flint in being more brittle ; it is often found in limestone. Chert is an impure hornstone. Limestones containing hornstone or chert are often called cherty limestone. Plasma. A faintly translucent variety of chalcedony ap- proaching jasper, of a green color, sprinkled with yellow and whitish dots. . Ill. JASPERY VARIETIES. Jasper. A dull red or yellow siliceous rock, containing some clay and yellow or red iron oxide, the red, the anhy- drous oxide, and the yellow, the hydrous oxide. Heat drives off the water from the yellow jasper and turns it red. It also occurs of green and other shades. iband jasper is a jasper consisting of broad stripes of green, yellow, gray, red, or brown. Lyyptian jasper consists of these colors in irregular concentric zones, and occurs in nodules, which are often cut across and polished. win jasper is a variety with delineations like ruins, of some brownish or yellowish shade on a darker ground. Porcelain jasper is nothing but a baked clay, and differs from jasper in being fusible before the blowpipe. Red felsyte resembles red jasper; but this is also fusible, and consists largely of feldspar. Jasper admits of a high polish, and is a handsome stone for inlaid work, but is not much used as a gem. Bloodstone or Heliotrope. Deep green, slightly trans- lucent, containing spots of red, which have some resem- blance to drops of blood. It contains a few per cent. of clay and iron oxide mechanically combined with the silica. The red spots are colored with iron. There is a bust of Christ in the royal collection at Paris, cut in this stone, in which the red spots are so managed as to represent drops of blood. Lydian Stone, Touchstone, Basanite. Velvet-black and opaque, and used, on account of its hardness and black color, for trying the purity of the precious metals; this 1s 238 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS, done by comparing the color of the mark left on it with that of an alloy of known character. The effect of acids upon the mark 1s also noted. Besides the above there are other varieties arising from structure. Tabular Quartz. Consists of thin plates, either parallel or crossing One another and leaving large open cells. Granular Quartz. A rock consisting of quartz erains compactly cemented. ‘The colors are white, gray, flesh-red, yellowish or reddish-brown. It is a hard siliceous sand- stone. Ordinary sandstone often consists of nearly pure quartz. Pseudomorphous Quartz. Quartz under the forms of cal- cite, barite, fluorite or other mineral. Shells, corals, etc., are sometimes found converted into quartz by the ordinary process of petrifaction. Silicified Wood. Petrified wood often consists of quartz, quartz having taken the place of the original wood. Some specimens are petrified with chalcedony or agate. Penetrating substances. Quartz crystals are sometimes penetrated by other minerals. Rutile, asbestus, actinolite, topaz, tourmaline, chlorite and epidote, are some of these substances. The rutile often looks like needles or fine hairs of a brown color passing through in every direc- tion. They are cut for jewelry, and in France pass by the name of Fiéches d’amour (love’s arrows). ‘The crystals of Herkimer County, N. Y., often contain a kind of black coal. Other crystals contain cavities filled with some fluid, as water, naphtha, or liquid carbonic acid, or with minute crystals. Obs. Quartz is an essential constituent of granite, gneiss, mica schist, and many other common rocks, and the chief or only constituent of many sandstones, and of the sands of most sea-shores. Fine quartz crystals occur in Herki- mer County, New York, at Middlefield, Little Falls, Salis- bury and Newport, in the soil and in cavities in a sand- stone. The beds of iron ore at Fowler and Hermon, St. Lawrence County, afford dodecahedral crystals. Diamond Island, Lake George, Pelham and Chesterfield, Mass., Paris and Perry, Me., Meadow Mt., Md., and Hot Springs, Ar- kansas, are other localities. Rose quartz is found at Albany and Paris, Me., Acworth, N. H., and_ Southbury, Conn. ; smoky quartz at Goshen, Mass.; Paris, Me.; in North Caro- SILICA. i 939 lina; at Pike’s Peak, Colorado, and elsewhere; amethyst at Bristol, R. 1., and Keweenaw Point, Lake Superior ; chalce- dony and agates of moderate beauty near Northampton, and along the trap of the Connecticut Valley-——but finer near Lake Superior, upon some of the Western rivers, and in Oregon ; chrysoprase occurs at Belmont’s lead mine, St. Lawrence County, N. Y., and a green quartz (often called chrysoprase) at New Fane, Vt, along with fine drusy quartz ; red jasper occurs on the banks of the Hudson at Troy; yellow jasper is found with chalcedony at Chester, Mass. ; Heliotrope occupies veins in slate at Bloomingrove, Orange County, N. Y. Switzerland, Dauphiny, Piedmont, the Carrara quarries, and numerous other foreign localities furnish fine crystals. Opal. Compact and amorphous ; also in reniform and stalactitic shapes; also earthy. Presents internal reflections, often of several colors in the finest varieties, exhibiting, when turned in the hand, a rich play of colors of delicate shades. White, yellow, red, brown, green and gray are some of the shades that occur, and impure varieties are dark and opaque. Lustre subvitreous. H.=5:5-6°5. G.=1°9-2°3. Composition. Opal consists of silica, like quartz; but it is silica in a different molecular state, the hardness and specific gravity being less; and, besides this, it is soluble in a strong alkaline solution, especially if heated. It usually con- tains a few per cent. of water—amounting in some kinds to 12 per cent.; but the water is not generally regarded as an essential constituent. VARIETIES. Precious Opal. External color usually milky, but within there is a rich play of delicate tints. This variety forms a gem of rare beauty. A large mass in the imperial cabinet of Vienna weighs seventeen ounces, and is nearly as large as a man’s fist, but contains numerous fissures and is not entirely disengaged from the’matrix. This stone was well known to the ancients and highly valued by them. They called it Paideros, or Child Beautiful as Love. 'The noble opal is found near Cashau in Hungary, and in Honduras, South America; also on the Faroe Islands. Fire Opal, Girasol, An opal with yellow and bright hya- 240 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. cinth or fire-red reflections. It comes from Mexico and the Faroe Islands. Common Opal, Semiopal. Common opal has the hardness of opal and is easily scratched by quartz, a character which distinguishes it from some siliceous stones often called semi- opal. It has sometimes a milky opalescence, but does not reflect a play of colors. The lustre is slightly resinous, and the colors are white, gray, red, yellow, bluish, greenish to dark grayish-green. Translucent to nearly opaque. Phillips found nearly 8 per cent. of water in one specimen. Hydrophane. This variety is opaque white or yellowish when dry, but becomes translucent and opalescent when immersed in water. Cacholong. Opaque white, or bluish white, and usually associated with chalcedony. Much of what is so called is nothing but chalcedony; but other specimens contain water, and are allied to hydrophane. It contains also a little alu- mina and adheres to the tongue. It was first brought from the river Cach in Bucharia. Hyalite, Muller’s Glass. A glassy transparent variety, oc- curring in small concretions and occasionally stalactitic. It resembles somewhat a transparent gum arabic. Composi- tion, Silica 92:00, water 6°33 (Bucholz). Menilite. A brown opaque variety, in compact reniform masses, occasionally slaty. Composition, Silica 85°5, water 11:0 (Klaproth). It is found in slate at Menil Montant, near Paris. Wood Opal. An impure opal, of a gray, brown or black color, having the structure of wood, and looking much like common silicified wood. It is wood petrified with a hy- drated silica (or opal), instead of pure silica, and is distin- guished by its lightness and inferior hardness. Specific gravity, 2. Opal Jasper. Resembles jasper in appearance, and con- tains a few per cent. of iron ; but it is not so hard, owing to the water it contains. Siliceous Sinter has often the composition of opal, though sometimes simply quartz. The name is given to a loose, porous siliceous rock usually of a grayish color. It is de- posited around the Geysers of Iceland and the Yellowstone Park, in cellular or compact masses, sometimes in fibrous, stalactitic, or cauliflower-like shapes. It is often called gey- serite. Pearl sinter, or fiorite, occurs in volcanic tufa in SILICA. 241 smooth and shining globular, botryoidal masses, having a pearly lustre. Float Stone. A variety of opal having a porous and fibrous texture, and hence so light that it will float on water. It occurs in concretionary or tuberose masses, which often have a nucleus of quartz. Tripolite, or Infusorial Harth. A white or grayish-white earth, made mainly of siliceous secretions of microscopic plants called Diatoms. It forms beds of considerable extent, and often occurs beneath peat. It is used as a polishing powder ; also to mix with nitroglycerine and make dynamite ; and, owing to its poor conduction of heat, it is applied as a protection to steam boilers and pipes. Tabasheer is a siliceous aggregation found in the joints of the bamboo in India. It contains several per cent. of water, and has nearly the appearance of hyalite. Diff. Infusibility before the blowpipe is the best charac- ter for distinguishing opal from pitchstone, pearlstone, and other species it resembles. ‘The absence of anything like cleavage or crystalline structure is another characteristic. Its inferior hardness and specific gravity separates it from quartz. Obs. Hyalite occurs sparingly at the Phillips ore bed, Putnam County, N. Y., andin Burke and Scriven counties, Georgia. In Washington County, Ga., good fire opal is obtained. ‘The Suanna Spring in Georgia affords small quantities of siliceous sinter. Tripolite occurs in Maine, New Hampshire, Nevada, California, and elsewhere. Tridynute. Pure silica, like quartz and opal, with very nearly the hardness and specific gravity of opal, but occurring in tabular hexag- onal prisms, which are twins under the triclinic system. If not crys- tallized opal, it is a third state of SiO,. It occurs in trachytic and some other volcanic rocks. Asmanite is from a meteorite, and may be the same as tridymite. Jenzschite. Silica, SiO,, in, it is supposed, a fourth state, it resem- bling opal in aspect and in solubility in alkaline solutions, but having the specific gravity of quartz, or 26. From Hittenberg in Carinthia, resembling a white cachalong ; from near Weissig ; Regensberg ; and in Brazil. Melanophlogite. Colorless cubes consisting of silica, with a little sulphuric trioxide and water, On sulphur from Girgenti, Sicily. 16 942 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS, II. SILICATES. The silicates are here divided into the anhydrous and the hydrous. In part of the anhydrous silicates, the combining value (or quantivalence, see page 77) of the silicon is to that of the basic elements as 2 to 1; in another part, as 1 to is and in a third division, as less-than-1 to 1. On this ground the mineral silicates may be arranged in three groups, named respectively: I. BISILICATES ; II. UNISILICATES ; and JII. SUBSILICATES. In the Bisilicates, one molecule of silicon is combined with one molecule of an element in the protoxide state, as Mg, Ca, Fe, etc., or one-third of a molecule of an element in the sesquioxide state, as Al, Fe, Mn, etc.; or, what is the same thing, 3 molecules of silicon, with 3 of an element in the protoxide state, or 1 of an element in the sesquiox- ide state. The general formulas of such compounds is hence RO, Si, or BO, Sis, or, if elements in both the pro- toxide and sesquioxide state are present, (R; B) O, 813, as explained on page 81. In the Unisilicates, one molecule of silicon is combined with two of an element in the protoxide state, that is, for example, Mg,, Cas, Fes 5 or with two-thirds of a molecule in the sesquioxide state, that is, two-thirds of Al, Ee, Mn. The formula of these silicates is hence R, O,8i, or B% Ou Si, or, in order to remove the fraction in the last, Ry Or Si;; which becomes, when elements in the protoxide and sesquioxide state are both present, (Rs, RB), Ow Si; Among the species referred to the Unisilicates there are some that vary from the unisilicate ratio. This occurs especially in species in which an alkali is present, as in the feldspars, micas, and scapolites. The Subsilicates vary in the proportion of the silicon to the basic elements, and graduate into the unisilicates. BISILICATES. 243 The same three grand divisions exist more or less satis- factorily among the hydrous silicates. A. ANHYDROUS SILICATES. I. BISILICATES. The bisilicates, when the base is in the protoxide state, and hence have the general formula R O, Si, are resolved in analyses into protoxides and silica in the ratio of 1RO to 18i O,, in which, as the term distlicate implies, the oxygen of the silica is twice that of the protoxides. If the base is in both the protoxide and sesquioxide states, giving the for- mula R,,RO,8i;,, the mineral is resolved in analyses into protoxides, sesquioxides and silica. If the ratio of the pro- toxides to sesquioxides is1:1, the formula will become Rh; $R O,8i;; and analyses give then, for the’ oxides and silica 3RO, 1R 0,6 8i O,. Among the following bisilicates the species from ensta- tite to spodumene and amphibole make a natural group called the hornblende, or hornblende and augite group. They are closely related in composition and also in crystal- lization. ‘The cleavage prism is rhombic, and has either an angle of about 1243° or of about 87°; and the former of these two rhombic prisms has just twice the breadth of the other ; that is, if the lateral axis from the front to the back edge in each be taken as unity, the other lateral axis is twice as long in the prism of 1244° as it is in that of 87°. The forms are either trimetric, monoclinic or triclinic; and yet the close relations just stated exist between them. Enstatite is a magnesium or magnesium and iron species 3 wollastonite, a calcium species; rhodonite, a manganese species ; pyroxene and hornblende contain calcium with magnesium or iron; spodumene contains lithium and alu- minum, aluminum replacing the elements that in other species are in the protoxide state. 244 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Enstatite. Trimetric. IA [=88° 16’. Prismatic cleavage easy. Usually possesses a fibrous appearance on the cleavage sur- face. Also massive and lamellar. Color, grayish, yellowish or greenish-white, or brown. Lustre pearly ; often metalloidal in the bronzite variety. H. 5°5. G. 3:1-3°3. Composition. Mg 0; S8i=Silica 60, magnesia 40. B.B. in- fusible, and insoluble. Bronzite has a portion of the mag- nesium replaced by iron. Diff. Resembles amphibole and pyroxene, but is infusi- ble, and trimetric in crystallization. Obs. Occurs in the Vosges ; Moravia; Bavaria ; Baste, in the Hartz; Leiperville and Texas, Pa. ; Brewster’s, N. Y. Hypersthene is very near bronzite in crystalline form and in com- position. It contains a larger percentage of iron, and on being heated B.B. on charcoal it becomes magnetic. Occurs at St. Paul’s Island, in Labrador; Isle of Skye; in Greenland ; Norway, etc. Wollastonite.—Tabular Spar. Monoclinic. Rarely in oblique flattened prisms. Usually massive, cleaving easily in one direction, and showing a lined or indistinctly columnar surface, with a vitreous Justre inclining to pearly. Usually white, but sometimes tinged with yellow, red or brown. Translucent, or rarely subtransparent. Brittle. H.=4°5-5. G.=2°75-2°9. Composition. CaO, Si=Silica 52, lime 48=100. B.B. fuses with difficulty to a subtransparent, colorless glass; in powder decomposed by hydrochloric acid, and the solution gelatinizes on evaporation ; often effervesces when treated with acid on account of the presence of calcite. Diff. Differs from asbestus and tremolite in its more viter- ous appearance and fracture, and by its gelatinizing in acid; from the zeolites by the absence of water, which all zeolites give in a closed tube ; from feldspar in the fibrous appear- ance of a cleavage surface and the action of acids. Obs. Usually found in granite or granular limestone ; occasionally in basalt or lava, Occurs in Ireland at Dun- more Head; at Vesuvius and Capo di Bove; in the Hartz ; Hungary ; Sweden; Finland ; Norway. At Willsboro’, Lewis, Diana, and Roger’s Rock, N. Y., BISILICATES. 245 of a white color, along with garnet ; at Boonville, in bowl- ders with garnet and pyroxene ; Grenville, Lower Canada ; in Bucks County, Pennsylvania ; at Keweenaw Point, Lake Superior. delforsite is impure wollastonite. Pyroxene.—Augite. Monoclinic. 7A J=87° 5’; cleavage perfect parallel with the sides of this prism, and also distinct parallel with the ee 3. Alay Vislay ff 7 diagonals. Usually in thick and stout prisms, of 4, 6 or 8 sides, terminating in two faces meeting at an edge. JAi-t 133° 33', J A 1-i=136° 27’; 1 A 1=120° 32’. Massive varie- ties of a coarse lamellar structure ; also fibrous, fibres often very fine and often long capillary. Also granular, usually in coarse granular and friable masses ; grains usually angu- lar ; sometimes round ; also compact massive. Colors green of various shades, verging to white on one side and brown and black on the other, passing through blue shades, but not yellow. Lustre vitreous, inclining to resinous or pearly ; the latter especially in fibrous varieties. Transparent to opaque. H.=5-6. G.=3°2—-3°9. Composition. RO,Si; in which R may be Ca, Mg, Fe, Mn, and sometimes Zn, K,, Na, these bases replacing one another without changing the crystalline form, of which two or more are usually present ; the first three are most common. Calcium is always present. The following is an analysis of a typical variety : Silica 55:0, lime 23°5, magne- sia 16°5, manganese protoxide *5, iron protoxide 4°5=100. Fuses B.B., but its fusibility varies with the composition, and the ferriferous varieties are most fusible. Insoluble in acids. Diff. Its crystalline form, and its ready cleavage in two planes nearly at right angles to one another, are the best characters for its determination. VARIETIES.—The varieties may be divided into three sec- 246 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. tions—the light colored, the dark colored, and the thin foliated. L Malacolite or white augite is a calcium magnesium pyroxene, and includes white or grayish-white crystals or crys- talline masses. Duiopside, of the same composition, occurs in greenish-white or grayish-green crystals, and cleavable masses cleaving with a bright smooth surface. Sahlite contains iron in addition, and is of a more dingy green color, has less lustre and coarser structure than diopside, but is otherwise similar; named from the place Sahla, where it occurs. Fassaite contains a little alumina in addition to the ele- ments of sablite, and is found in crystals of rich green shades and smooth and lustrous exterior. The name is derived from the foreign locality Fassa. Ooccolite is a general name for granular varieties, derived from the Greek coccos, grain. The green is called green coccolite, the white, white coccolite. The specific gravity of these varieties varies from 3°25 to 3:3. Asbestus. This name includes fibrous varieties of both pyroxene and hornblende ; it is more particularly noticed under the latter species, as pyroxene is rarely asbestiform. Il. Awgite includes the black and greenish-black crystals, which contain a larger percentage of iron, or iron and mag- nesium, and which mostly present the form in figure 1. Spe- cific gravity 3:°3-3°4. This is the common pyroxene of erup- tive rocks. Hedenbergite, an iron-calcium pyroxene, is a green- ish-black opaque variety, in cleavable masses affording a ercenish-brown streak ; specific gravity 3°. Polylite, Hud- sonite, and Jeffersonite, fall here ; the last contains some zinc oxide. ‘I'hese varieties fuse more easily than the pre- ceding, and the globule obtained is colored black by the iron oxide. III. Diallage is a thin-foliated variety, often occurring imbedded in serpentine and some other rocks. It differs from bronzite and hypersthene in crystalline form, and in being fusible. Obs. Pyroxene is one of the most common minerals. It occurs in almost all basic eruptive rocks, like doleryte, as an essential constituent, and is frequently met with in rocks of other kinds ; common also in granular limestone. In basalt the crystals are generally small and black or greenish black. In the other rocks, they occur of all the shades of color given, and of all sizes to a foot or more in length. One crys- tal from Orange County, measured 6 inches in length, and BISILICATES. 247 10 in circumference. White crystals occur at Canaan, Conn., Kingsbridge, New York County, and the Sing Sing quarries, Westchester County, N. Y.; in Orange County at several _localities ; green crystals at Trumbull, Conn., at various places in Orange County, N. Y., Roger’s Rock and other localities in Essex, Lewis, and St. Lawrence counties. Dark green or black crystals are met with near Edenville, N. Y., _ Diana, Lewis County. Jeffersonite occurs at Franklin, in N.J. Green coccolite is foundat Roger’s Rock, Long Pond, and Willsboro’, N. Y.; black coccolite, in the forest of Dean, Orange County, N.Y. Diopside, at Raymond and Rumford, Me., Hustis’s farm, Phillipstown, N. Y. Pyroxene was thus named by Hatiy from the Greek pur, fire, and xenos, stranger, in allusion to its occurring in lavas, where, according to a mistake of Haiiy, it did not belong. The name Augite is from the Greek auge, lustre. Afgerite. Black to greenish black in color. It is a pyroxene con- taining nearly 10 percent. of soda, and much iron sesquioxide. From near Brevig in Norway ; Hot Springs, Arkansas. Aemite. In long highly-polished prisms, of a dark-brown or reddish- brown color, with a pointed extremity, penetrating granite, near Kongs- berg in Norway. / A /=86° 56’, resembles pyroxene. Contains over 12 per cent. of soda. Fuses easily before the blowpipe. Babingtonite. Resembles some varieties of pyroxene. It occurs in greenish-black splendent crystals in quartz at Arendal in Norway. Uralite, Has the form of pyroxene but cleavage of hornblende. Rhodonite.—Manganese Spar, Fowlerite. Triclinic, but very nearly isomorphous with pyroxene. Usually massive, the cleavage often indistinct. Color reddish, usually deep flesh-red ; also brownish, greenish, or yellowish, when impure ; very often black on the surface ; streak uncolored. Lustre vitreous. 'Transpa- rent to opaque. Becomes black on exposure. H.=5'5-6°5. G.=3°4-3'7. Composition. MnO,Si= Silica 45°9, manganese protox- ide 54°1=100. It usually contains a little iron and lime replacing the manganese. Becomes dark brown when heat- ed, and, with borax in the outer flame, gives a deep violet color to the bead while hot, and a red-brown when cold. Diff. Resembles somewhat a flesh-red feldspar, but dif- fers in greater specific gravity, in blackening on long ex- posure, and in the glass with borax. Obs. Occurs in Sweden, the Hartz, Siberia, and else- 248 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS, where. In the United States it is found, in masses, at Plainfield and Cummington, Mass. ; also abundantly at Hinsdale, and on Stony Mountain, near Winchester, N. H.; at Blue Hill Bay, Me. ‘The black exterior is a more or less pure hydrated oxide of manganese. Rhodonite may be used in making a violet-colored glass, and also for a colored glazing on stoneware. It receives a high polish and is sometimes employed for inlaid work. Spodumene. Monoclinic. J A J=87, being near the angle of pyroxene. Cleavage easy, parallel to Z and 7-7. Surface of cleavage pearly. Color grayish or greenish. ‘Translucent to sub- translucent. H.=6 5-7. G.=3:1-3°19. Composition. (R,, Al) O,8i,, in which R is lithium and equals Li., and 3 Li, is to Alas1:4. This corresponds to silica 64:2, alumina 29°4, lithia 6°4=100. B.B. becomes white and opaque, fuses, swells up, and imparts to the flame the purple-red flame of lithia. Unaffected by acids. Diff. Resembles somewhat feldspar and scapolite, but has a higher specific gravity and a more pearly lustre, and affords rhombic prisms by cleavage. Its lithia reaction is its most characteristic test. Obs. Occurs in granite at Goshen; also at Chesterfield, Norwich and Sterling, Mass. ; at Windham, Me. ; at Brook- field, Ct. It is found at Uton, in Sweden ; Sterzing in the Tyrol; and at Killiney Bay, near Dublin. This mineral is remarkable for the lithia it contains, and has been used for obtaining this rare earth. Petalite. Monoclinic. Usually in imperfectly cleavable masses ; most prominent cleavage angle 141° 30’. Color white or gray, or with pale-reddish or greenish shades, Lustre vit- reous to sub-pearly. Translucent. H.=6-6°5. G.=2°5. Composition. Contains lithia like spodumene, and gives the percentage—Silica 77°9, alumina 17°7, lithia 3:1, soda 1°3=100. Phosphoresces when gently heated. Fuses with difficulty on the edges. Gives the reaction of lithia like spodumene. Diff, Its lithia reaction allies it to spodumene, but it BISILICATES. 249 differs from that mineral in lustre, specific gravity, and greater fusibility. Obs. From Uté, Sweden; also from Elba (Castor or Cas- -torite). Amphibole.—Hornblende. Monoclinic. ZA J=124° 30’. Cleavage perfect parallel with /. Often in long, slender, flat rhombic 1. prisms (fig. 2), breaking easily transversely; also often in 6-sided eae Sp oblique aan extremities. Frequently columnar, with a ats bladed structure ; long fibrous, the fibres coarse or fine and often like flax, with a pearly or silky lustre; also lamellar; also 3. granular, either coarse or fine. Colors from white to black, passing through bluish-green, grayish-green, green, and brownish-green shades, to black. Lus- tre vitreous, with the cleavage face inclining to pearly. Nearly transparent to opaque. H.=5-6.. G.=2°9-3°4. Composition. RO; Si, as for pyroxene. R may corre- spond to two or more of the basic elements Meg, Ca, Fe, Mn, Na,, K,, the first three being most common. Aluminum is very often present in amphibole, replacing a portion of the silicon. The blowpipe characters are like those of pyroxene. It fuses, but the fusibility varies indefinitely, being easiest in the black varieties. Diff. It is distinguished by the very ready cleavages pa- rallel to a prism of 1244°, while pyroxene cleaves at nearly a right angle (87° 5’). This species, like pyroxene, has numerous varieties, dif: fering much in external appearance, and arising from the _ Same causes—isomorphism and crystallization. The following are the most important varieties : I, LIGHT-COLORED VARIETIES. Tremolite, Grammatite. 'Tremolite comprises the white and grayish crystallizations which usually occur in blades or long crystals penetrating the gangue or aggregated into coarse columnar forms. Sometimes nearly transparent. G.=2:9. Formula (Ca, Mg) O;Si=Silica 57-70, magnesia 28°85, lime 13°45=100, The name is from the foreign lo- cality, Tremola, in Switzerland. Actinolite. The light-green varieties, It isamagnesium- 250 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. calcium-iron amphibole. Glassy actinolite includes the bright glassy crystals, of a rich green color, usually long and slen- der, and penetrating the gangue like tremolite. Radiated actinolite includes olive-green masses, consisting of aggre- - gations of coarse acicular fibres, radiating or divergent. ‘Asbestiform actinolite resembles the radiated, but the fibres are more delicate. Massive actinolite consists of angular grains instead of fibres. G.=3°0-3'1. The name actino- lite alludes to the radiated structure of some varieties, and ss derived from the Greek, aktin, a ray of the sun. Asbestus. In slender fibres easily separable, and some- times like flax. Hither green or white. Amianthus, in- cludes fine silky varieties. (Much so called is serpentine ; serpentine is hydrous, and is thereby easily distinguished.) Ligniform asbestus is compact and hard ; it occurs of brown- ish and yellowish colors, and looks somewhat like petrified wood. Mountain leather occurs in thin, tough sheets, look- ing and feeling a little like kid leather ; it consists of inter- laced fibres of abestus, and forms thin seams between layers or in fissures of rocks. Mountain cork is similar, but is in thicker masses; it has the elasticity of cork, and is usually white or grayish white. The preceding light-colored varieties contain little or no alumina or iron. Composition of glassy actinolite: Silica 59°75, magnesia 91'1, lime 14°25, protoxide of iron 3°9, protoxide of man- ganese 0°3, hydrofluoric acid 0°8 (Bonsdorf). Nephrite is a very tough compact variety, related to tre- molite. Color light-green or blue. It breaks with a splin- tery fracture and glistening lustre. H.—6-6'5. G.=3. It is a magnesium-calcium amphibole. Nephrite is made into i1m- ages, and was formerly worn as a charm. It was supposed to be a cure for diseases of the kidney, whence the name, from the Greek, nephros, kidney. In New Zealand, China and Western America, it is carved by the inhabitants, or pol- lished down into various fanciful shapes. It is called jade; - but the aluminum-sodium silicate, called jadeite, is the stone most highly prized of all those that are called jade. Much of the mineral from China called jade is prehnite. II. DARK-COLORED VARIETIES, Cummingtonite is a magnesium-iron amphibole. Color gray or brown ; usually fibrous. Named from the locality where found, Cummington, Mass. BISILICATES, 251 Pargasite. Dark-green crystals, short and stout (resem- bling fig. 4), with bright lustre, of which Pargas in Finland is a noted locality. G.=3:11. Composition. Silica 45°5, alumina 14:9, iron protoxide 8:8, manganese protoxide 1°5, magnesia 14:4, lime 14:9= 100. Hornblende. Black and greenish-black crystals and mas- sive specimens. Often in slender crystallizations like actino- lite ; also short and stout like figs. 4 and 5, the latter more especially. It contains a large percentage of iron oxide, and to this owes its dark color. It is a tough mineral, as is im- plied in the name it bears. This character, however, is best seen in the massive specimens. Pargasite and hornblende contain both alumina and iron. Composition of a hornblende: Silica 48°8, alumina 175, magnesia 13°6, lime 10°2, iron protoxide 18°8, manganese protoxide 1:1=100. Obs. Hornblende is an essential constituent of certain rocks, as syenyte, dioryte and hornblende schist. Actino- lite is usually found in magnesian rocks, as tale, steatite or serpentine ; tremolite in granular limestone and dolomite ; asbestus in the above rocks and also in serpentine. Black crystals of hornblende occur at Franconia, N. H., Chester, Mass., Thomastown, Me., Willsboro’, N. Y., in Orange County, N. Y., and elsewhere. Pargasite occurs at Phipps- burg and Parsonsfield, Me.; glassy actinolite, in steatite or talc, at Windham, Readsboro’, and New Fane, Vt., Middlefield and Blandford, Mass.; and radiated varieties at the same localities and many others. ‘Tremolite and gray hornblende occur at Canaan, Ct., Lee, Newburgh, Mass., in Thomaston and Raymond, Me., Dover, Kings- bridge, and in St. Lawrence County, N. Y.; at Chestnut Hill, Penn. ; at the Bare Hills, Md. Asbestus at many of the above localities; also Brighton and Sheffield, Mass. ; Cotton Rock and Hustis’s farm, Phillipstown, N. Y., near the Quarantine, Richmond County, N. Y. Mountain lea- ther is met with at Brunswick, N.J. denite, a white aluminous kind, occurs at Edenville, N. Y. Asbestus is the only variety of this species of any use in the arts. The flax-hke variety is sometimes woven into fire-proof textures. Its incombustibility and slow conduc- tion of heat render it a complete protection against the flames. It is often made into gloves. A fabric when 252 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. dirty, need only be thrown into the fire for a few minutes to be white again. ‘The ancients, who were acquainted with its properties, are said to have used it for napkins, on ac- count of the ease with which it was cleaned. It was also the wick of the lamps in the ancient temples ; and because it maintained a perpetual flame without being consumed, they named it asbestos, unconsumed. It is now used for the same purpose by the natives of Greenland. The name amianthus alludes to the ease of cleaning it, and ib is de- rived from amiantos, undefiled. Asbestus 1s extensively used for lining iron safes, and for protecting steam pipes and boilers. ‘I'he best locality for collecting asbestus in the United States is that near the Quarantine, in Richmond County, N. Y. Anthophyllite is related in the angle of its prism to hornblende, but is trimetric. In composition and its infusibility before the blowpipe, it ig near bronzite. B.B. it becomes magnetic. From Kongsberg in Norway, and near Modum. Kupfferite has the hornblende angle, but in composition it is like enstatite, being a magnesium silicate. Arfvedsonite. Near hornblende; but contains over 10 per cent. of soda, like acmite. . Crocidolite. Near arfvedsonite in composition. A lavender-blue or leek-green fibrous mineral from Orange River, South Africa, and from the Vosges ; also from Rhode Island (A. H. Chester). Gastadite. A dark blue to azure-blue mineral related to amphibole, from the valleys of Aosta and Locano. Glaucophane. A bluish mineral with the amphibole angle, from the Island of Syra. Wichtisite may be the same mineral. Milarite. Trimetric, of the composition (KH)Ca, Al 0,, Si,,; the quantivalent ratio for bases and silica 1:4; being therefore a quater- silicate instead of a bisilicate. Beryl.—Emerald. Hexagonal. In hexagonal prisms, usually without regular terminations. Cleavage basal, not very distinct. Rarely massive. Color green, passing into blue and yellow ; color rather pale, excepting the deep and rich green of the emerald. Streak uncolored. Lus- tre vitreous ; sometimes resinous. Transparent to subtranslucent. Brittle. H.= 75-8. G.= 2°65-2°75. Vanrreties. The emerald is the rich green variety ; 1t owes its color to the presence of chromium, Beryl includes the paler varieties, which are colored by oxide of iron, Aqua- BISILICATES, 203 marine includes clear beryls of a sea-green, or pale-bluish or bluish-green tint. Composition. Be,Al0O,;S8i;=Silica 66°8, alumina 19°1, glucina 14°1=100. Hmerald contains less than one per cent. of chromium oxide. B.B. becomes clouded, but does not fuse ; at a very high temperature the edges are rounded. Unacted upon by acids. , Diff. The hardness distinguishes this species from apa- tite; and this character, and also the form of the crystals, from green tourmaline. Obs. The finest emeralds come from Muso, near Santa Fé in New Grenada, where they occur in dolomite. A crystal from this locality, 24 inches long and about 2 inches in diameter, is in the cabinet of the Duke of Devonshire ; it weighs 8 oz. 18 dwts., and is a regular hexagonal prism. A more splendid specimen, but weighing only 6 oz., in the possession of Mr. Hope, of London, cost £500. Emer- alds of less beauty, but of gigantic size, occur in Siberia. One specimen in the royal collection of Russia measures 43 inches in length and 12 in breadth, and weighs 163 pounds troy. Another is 7 inches long and 4 broad, and weighs 6 pounds. Mount Zalorain Upper Egypt affords a less dis- tinct variety. The finest beryls (agwamarines) come from Siberia, Hin- dostan and Brazil. One specimen belonging to Dom Pedro is as large as the head of a calf, and weighs 225 ounces, or more than 184 pounds troy ; it is transparent and without a flaw. In 1827 a fine aquamarine, weighing 35 grams, was found in Siberia, which is said to have been valued at 600,000 francs. In the United States, beryls of enormous size have been obtained, but seldom transparent crystals. They occur in granite or gneiss. One hexagonal prism from Grafton, N. H., weighs 2,900 pounds and measured 4 feet in length, with one diameter of 82 inches and another of 22; its color was bluish green, excepting a part at one extremity, which was dull green and yellow. At Royalston, Mass., one crystal has been obtained a foot long, and pellucid crystals are some- times met with. Haddam, Conn., has afforded fine crys- tals (see the figure). Other localities are Barre, Fitchburg, Goshen, Mass.; Albany, Norwich, Bowdoinham and_'Top- ham, Me.; Wilmot, N. H.; Monroe, Portland, Haddam, Conn.; Leiperville, Penn. Q54 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Phenacite. A beryllium-silicate, rhombohedral in crys- tallization. From the Urals, and Durango in Mexico. Eudialyte. A pale rose-red mineral, from West Greenland, occurring in rhombohedral crystals, and containing 15°6 per cent. of zirconia, Eucolite is a related species from Norway, Pollucite. An isometric cesium silicate, white, vitreous in lustre, with G@.=2'868. Analysis afforded Rammelsberg Silica 48°15, alumina 16°31, potash 0°47, soda 2°48, cesium oxide 30-00, water 2°59=100, giving very nearly the bisilicate formula H,Cs,Al0,, Si,, From Elba. II. UNISILICATES. For the convenience of the student, the general formulas of the regular Unisilicates are here re-stated. They are as follows : If the base is in the protoxide state alone, the formula is R, 0,Si, in which R stands for Ca, Mg, Fe, Mn, Ka, Nay, Or Li,, or other mutually replaceable base. In analyses, the mineral is resolved into protoxides and silica, in the ratio of 2 RO to SiO,, in which the oxygen of the silica equals that of the basic portion. If the base is in the sesquioxide state alone, the formula is RB, 0. Si,, in which R may stand for Al, Fe, or Mn, etc. Here the mineral is resolved, in analyses, into sesquioxides and silica in the ratio of 2R 0, to 388i O,, in which the oxy- gen of the silica again equals that of the basic portion. If the basic portion is partly in the protoxide state and partly in the sesquioxide, the formula, in its most general form, is (R,, B),OwSi, In this formula the ratio of R, to R is not stated. If the ratio is 1:1, the formula becomes R,B 0, Si,, or its equivalent ($Rs $R)2 Ow Sis In a case like this last, the mineral is resolved, in analyses, into protoxides, sesquioxides and silica, in the ratio of 3RO:R0;:3810,, in which again the oxygen of the bases equals that of the silica. If the proportion of R, toR is 1:3, this corresponds to 4R,: R, or, its equivalent, R: R; and hence the formula in its general form will be RR O, Sis. UNISILICATES, . 255 Tf the base is in the dioxide state, the formula becomes RO,Si, an example of which occurs in zircon, whose for- mula is Zr O, 81. There are several natural groups of species among the , Unisilicates. GROUP. STATE OF BASES. CRYSTALLIZATION. 1. Chrysolite group, __ protoxide, Trimetric. 2. Willemite group, protoxide, Hexagonal, 3. Garnet group, protoxide and? jy. metric sesquioxide, ; 4, Zircon group, dioxide, Dimetric. 5. Idocrase and Sca- protox. and ses- : : polite groups, quiox. t DUnewric. : Trimetric; plane angle 6. Mica group, protox. and ses- of hase 190%. micas Nom 9 ceous. 7, Feldspar group, protox. and ses-) Monoclinic or triclinic, quiox. INI nearly 120°. In the Scapolite, Mica and Feldspar groups part of the species contain an alkaline metal in the basic portion, and such kinds have generally an excess of silica. Among the feldspars, the species containing only calcium as the protox- ide base, is a true Unisilicate. In the others, there is an excess directly proportional to the increase of the soda, as _ explained beyond. Chrysolite.—Olivine. Trimetric. In rectangular prisms having cleavage par- allel with 7-¢. Usually in imbedded grains of an olive- green color, looking like green bottle-glass. Also yellow- ish green. ‘Transparent to translucent. H.=6-7. G.=3°3 -3°5. Looks much like glass in the fracture, except in its having cleavage. Composition. (Mg, Fe),O0,Si=, for a common variety, Silica 41°39, magnesia 50°90, iron protoxide 7°71=100. The amount of iron is variable. B.bB. whitens but is in- fusible. With borax forms a yellow bead owing to the iron present. Decomposed by hydrochloric acid, and the solu- tion gelatinizes when evaporated. Hyalosiderite is a very ferruginous variety which fuses B.B. Diff. Distinguished from green quartz by its occurring 256 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. disseminated in basaltic rocks, which never so occurs; and in its cleavage. From obsidian or volcanic glass it differs in its infusibility. Obs. Occurs ‘as a rock formation; also disseminated through basalt and other eruptive rocks, and is a charac- teristic mineral of some varieties of them.—Has been found in New Hampshire, Canada, and elsewhere. As a rock it occurs in North Carolina, and Pennsylvania. It also occurs in many meteorites. Boltonite, from limestone at Bolton, Mass., is a variety of chrysolite. Sometimes used as a gem, but it is too soft to be valued, and is not delicate in its shade of color. Forsterite is a magnesian chrysolite Mg20.S8i; Payalite, an iron chrysolite, Fe,O,S8i ; Monticellite, a calcium-magnesium, Ca Mg, O, Si; Hortonolite, an iron-magnesium chrysolite from Orange County, N. Y.; Repperite, an iron-manganese-zince chrysolite from Stirling Hill, N.J.; Tephroite, a manganese chrysolite Mn, O, Si, from Stirling Hill, N. J. ; Knebelite, a manganese-iron chrysolite, MnFe 0, Si, from Dannemora, Sweden. Leucophanite and meliphanite are species containing the element glucinum (beryllium), the former greenish yellow and G=2'97, the latter yellow and G=3°018. From Norway. Wéhlerite contains zirconium, and also columbium ; color light yel- low. G=8-41. Willemite is a zinc unisilicate, Zn,O,Si. See page 157. Dioptase is a copper silicate, which, making the water basic, is 2 unisilicate, H,CuO,Si. See page 141. . Fricdelite is a rose-red manganese silicate of the general formula R, O, hie which R consists of manganese and hydrogen in the atomic ratio 2:1. Helvite (Helvin). Isometric ; in tetrahedral crystals. Color honey- yellow, brownish, greenish. Lustre vitreo- resinous. H.=—6-6'6. G.—3°1-3:3. Contains manganese, iron, and glucinum, and some sulphur. From Saxony, and Norway. Danalite. Isometric; in octahedral crystals. Color flesh-red to gray. Lustre vitreo-resinous. H.=5°5. G.=3'427. Contains zinc, clucinum, iron, manganese. Found disseminated through the granite at Rockport, Cape Ann, Mass., and alSo near Gloucester, Mass. Eulytite is a bismuth silicate, and Bismutoferrite a bismuth-and- iron silicate. Garnet. Isometric. Common in dodecahedrons (fig. 1), also in trapezohedrons (fig. 2), and both forms are sometimes vari- ously modified. Cleavage parallel to the faces of the dode- cahedron ; sometimes rather distinct, Also found massive granular, and coarse lamellar. ; UNISILICATES. O57 Color deep red to cinnamon color; also brown, black, green, emerald-green, white. Transparent to opaque. Lus- tre vitreous. Brittle. H.=6°5-7°5. G.=3-1-4:3. i. 2. WA Composition and Varieties. The general formula for the species is (R,R), O,Sis;; in which R may be calcium, mag- nesium, iron, manganese, and R, may be aluminum, iron, chromium. ‘The varieties owe their differences to the pro- - portions of these elements, or the substitution of one for another. Most garnets fuse easily to a brown or black glass ; but the fusibility varies with the constituents, and chrome- garnet is infusible. They are not decomposed by hydro- chloric acid ; but if first ignited, then pulverized and treated with acid, they are decomposed, and the solution usually gelatinizes when evaporated. There are three series among the varieties: one, that of alumina-garnet, in which the sesquioxide base is chiefly aluminum ; the second, that of iron-garnet, in which the sesquioxide base is chiefly iron instead of aluminum ; and third, chrome-garnet, in which it is chromium. I. ALUMINA-GARNET. Almandite (Almandine). An iron alumina-garnet, Fe, Al O,.8i;=Silica 36:1, alumina 20°6, iron protoxide 43:3= 100. It occurs of various shades of red from. ruby-red and hyacinth-red, to columbine-red and brownish red. When transparent it is called precious garnet; and, if not so, ~ common garnet. Grossularite (including Cinnamon Stone). the decomposed material to make the large pure deposits. WYDROUS SILICATES—MARGAROPHYLLITE SECTION. Sil The New Jersey clay-beds of the Cretaceous formation are mainly kaolinite, and have been thus formed. In other cases permeating waters have washed out the oxides of iron present, and have left the white clay in place. A pure kaolinite bed occurs at Brandon, Vermont, along with a limonite bed, where the rock decomposed was probably a feldspathic hydromica slate. Most of the limonite beds of Western New England afford kaolinite ; yet it is generally more or less colored by iron oxide. Common clays consist of finely-powdered feldspar, quartz, and other mineral material, with often more or less kaoli- nite. They burn red in case they contain iron in the state ordinarily present in them of iron carbonate, or hydrous iron oxide (limonite), or in combination with an organic acid, or in some other alterable state of composition, heat driving off the carbonic acid or water, or destroying the or- ganic acid, and so leaving the red oxide of iron (or sesqui- oxide), or favoring its:production. But the iron may be so combined as not to give the red color; and this has been found to be true with the clays from which the cream-col- ored Milwaukee (Wisconsin) brick are made, and that of other clay beds in that vicinity. The iron may be there in the state of the silicate, zoisite, or epidote. Pure kaolinite (or kaolin as it is ordinarily called) is used in making the finest porcelain. For this purpose it is mixed with pulverized feldspar and quartz, in the proportion needed to give, on baking, that slight incipient degree of fusion which renders porcelain translucent. ‘The name kaolin is a corruption of the Chinese word Kauling, mean- ing high ridge, the name of a hill near Jauchau-Fu, where the mineral is obtained; and the petwntze (peh-tun-tsz) of the Chinese, with which the kaolin is mixed in China for the manufacture of porcelain, is, according to S. W. Williams, a quartzose feldspathic rock, consisting largely of quartz. The word porcelain was first given to China-ware by the Portuguese, from its resemblance to certain sea-shells called Porcellana; they supposed it to be made from shells, fish- elue, and fish-scales (5. W. Williams). The impure kaolin is used for stoneware and fire-bricks. The presence of iron, in any state, makes a clay more or less fusible, and therefore an unfit material for fire-bricks. But a little of it exists in all clays employed for making or- dinary bricks, and hence their red color, pi DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Pholerite, Hailoysite, Smectite, Severite, Glagerite, Lenzinite, Bole, Th- thomarge, are names of clay-like minerals. Pinite. Amorphous, and usually cryptocrystalline; but often having the form of the crystals of other minerals from the alteration of which it has been made. Colors grayish, green- ish, brownish, and sometimes reddish. Lustre feeble; waxy. Translucent to opaque. Acts like a gum on polarized light, and thus indicates the absence of true crystallization, even when under the forms of crystals. H.=2°5-3. G.=2°6-2°85. Composition. Mostly (H,K) Al. Ow Sis. The pinite of Saxony afforded Silica 46°83, alumina 27°65, iron sesquioxide 8°71, magnesia 1:02, lime 0°49, soda 0°40, potash 6°52, water 3°85 =99-42; and, in another analysis, potash 10°74. The phy- sical characters ally it to serpentine, and also nearly the atomic ratio, and it may be viewed as a potash-alumina ser- pentine. But at the same time it has very nearly the com- position of a hydrous potash mica, or damourite (see next page). Obs. The varieties are pseudomorphs after different min- erals, and hence comes a part of their variations in compo- sition. They include Pinite, from the Pini Mine, near Schneeberg and elsewhere ; Giesecrite, pseudomorph after nephelite from Greenland, and from Diana, N. Y.; Dysyn- tribite, from Diana, identical with gieseckite ; Pznitoid, from Saxony ; Wilsonite, from Bathurst, Canada, having the cleavage of scapolite ; ZTerenite, from Antwerp, N. Y., like Wilsonite ; Agalmatolite, or Pagodite, from China, be- ing one of the materials for carving into Images, ornaments, models of pagodas, etc.; gigantolite and iberite, which have the form of iolite. Polyargite, Rosite, Cataspilite, Biharite are related materials. Palagonite. Yellow to brownish yellow, garnet-red to black in color, and resinous to vitreous in lustre. The material of some tufas, and the result of change through the agency of steam or hot water at the time, probably, of the deposition of the material. From tufas of . Iceland, Germany, Italy, Sicily, and named from Palagonia, in Sicily. HYDROMICA GROUP. The following species are mica-like in cleavage and aspect, but tale-like in wanting elasticity, greasy feel, and pearly lustre. They are sometimes brittle. Common mica, mus- : HYDROMICA GROUP. 318 covite, readily becomes hydrated on exposure} but hydrous micas are not all a result of alteration. The Hydromica slates form extensive rock-formations, equal to those of the ordinary mica schists. They were for the most part called Lalcose slates (or Talk-schiefer in German) from their greasy feel, until the fact was ascertained that they contained no magnesia: a point demonstrated for the Taconic slates of the western border of Massachusetts, by C. Dewey, in 1819, and later, by G. I’. Barker, for those of Vermont. Pinite is related in composition, but is not micaccous. Margarodite. Like muscovite (page 267), but inelastic. Composition. Specimens from the topaz vein, Trumbull, Conn., afforded Silica 46°50, alumina 33°91, iron sesquiox- ide 2°69, magnesia 0°90, soda 2°70, potash 7:32, water 4°63, fluorine 0°82, chlorine 0°31=99°78. Another from Litch- field, Conn., accompanying cyanite, afforded water 5:26 per cent., soda 4:10, potash 6:20, showing a large percentage of soda. It is probable that both of these micas were originally hydrous. Damourite, Mica-like, consisting of an aggregation of fine pearly scales, yellow to white in color. Composition. Near margarodite, being a hydrous potash mica. A specimen from Brittany afforded Silica 45-22, alumina 37°85, potash 11°20, water 5°25=99°52. The quan- tivalent ratio for the protoxide, sesquioxide, silica, and water is 1:9:12:2, instead of that of margarodite, which is 1:6:9:2. A schistose hydromica slate from Lehigh County, Pennsylvania, afforded Dr. Genth, Silica 49°92, alumina 34:06, iron sesquioxide 0°91, magnesia 1°77, lime 0-11, soda 0-74, potash 6°94, water 6°52=100°9%7. Obs. From a locality of cyanite in Brittany, and another in Warmland ; also the constituents of a garnetiferous schist at Salm-Chateau, in Belgium; and in part of extensive schistose formations in Vermont, Western Massachusetts, Western Connecticut, and also just west of New Haven, Connecticut ; Eastern Pennsylvania, ctc. 314 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. For other analyses of hydromica slates, see Dr. Genth’s report on the Mineralogy of Pennsylvania ; also Geological Report of F. Prime, Jr., for 1874, p. 12. Parophite. The material of a schist or slate—Parophite Schist— which cuts like massive talc, is of greenish, yellowish, reddish, and grayish colors, and is probably a damourite or hydromica slate, with some free silica (quartz). An analysis afforded Silica 48°46, alumina 97°55, iron protoxide 5°08, magnesia 2°02, lime 2°00, soda 2°85, potash 5°16, water 7°14—99°81. It is from Pownal, Vt., and St. Nicholas, Stanstead, and other neighboring parts of Canada. Sericite. A damourite-like mineral, with the pearly lustre of talc, and the composition of a hydrous mica ; it is the basis of a glossy schist ; near Wiesbaden. ‘The scales are described by Rosenbusch as appearing fibrous when highly magnified. Analysis afforded Silica 49°00, alumina, 23°65, iron protoxide 8:07, magnesia 0°94, lime 0°68, soda 1°75, potash 9°11, water 3°47, titanic dioxide 1°39, silicon fluoride 1°60=100°14. Paragonite. A hydrous mica containing soda in place of potash. From Mount Campione, in the region of St. Gothard. Color whitish, grayish, yellowish, greenish. Analysis afforded Silica 46°81, alu- mina 40-06, magnesia 0°65, lime 1:26, soda 6°40, potash trace, water 4-82—100. Pregrattite. from the Tyrol, afforded soda 7:06, potash 1-71, water 5:04 ; it exfoliates like the Vermiculites. Cossaite is here included. Groppite. A rose-red to brownish-red foliated mineral from Gropp- torp, Sweden. Euphyllite. Mica-like, with folia rather brittle, pearly lustre, white or colorless. Contains much sodium. An analysis afforded Silica 41°6, alumina 42°3, lime 1°5, potash 3°2, soda 5-9, water 5°55=100. Occurs with corundum at Unionville, Delaware County, Pa. (illacherite. Mica-like ; strong pearly in lustre, grayish white to white ; elastic. Analysis obtained 7°61 potash, 1°42 soda, 4°65 baryta, and 4:43 water, besides silica, alumina, etc. Cookeite. In minute mica-like scales, and in slender six-sided prisms. Affords only 3-57 of potash, with 2°82 of lithia ; the water 13°41 per cent. Occurs on crystals of red tourmaline at Hebron and Paris, Me., and has proceeded from its alteration. Named after Prof. J. P. Cooke, of Cambridge, Mass. Voigtite is the mica of a granite at Ehrenberg, near IImenau, which has the composition of biotite, plus 9 to 10 per cent. of water. Roscoelite. A vanadium-mica, of dark brownish-green color, occur- ring in micaceous scales, and affording over 20 per cent. of vanadium oxides, along with 47°69 of silica, 14°10 of alumina, 7°59 of potash, 4-96 of water, and a little magnesia and soda. From Granite Creek Gold Mine, El Dorado County, California. F'ahlunite. In six and twelve-sided prisms, usually foliated, parallel to the base, but owing its prismatic forms to the mineral from which it was derived, Tolia soft and brittle, of a WYDROUS SILICATES. B10 grayish-green to dark olive-green color, and pearly lustre. Ope a Composition. A hydrous silicate of aluminum and iron with little or no alkali, and in this last point differing from pinite. An average specimen afforded Silica 44:60, alumina 30°10, iron protoxide 3°86, manganese protoxide 2:24, mag- nesia 6°75, lime 1°35, potash 1:98, water 9°35. — 100°23. B.B. fuses to a white glass. In a closed tube gives water. Insoluble in acids. Diff, It is distinguished from tale by affording much water before the blowpipe, and readily by its association with iolite, and its large hexagonal forms, with brittle folia. Obs. Fahlunite has been derived from the alteration of iolite. ‘The quantivalent ratio of iolite for the protoxides, sesquioxides, and silicon is 1:3:5; and for fahlunite, the same, with 1 for the water, making the whole 1:3:5:1. The hydration appears to go on at the ordinary temperature, and in some localities all the iolite to a considerable depth in the rock is changed to fahlunite. There are different varieties, depending on the amount of water, and the con- ditions under which the change has taken place. The names they have received are Hydrous Iolite, Chlorophyllite, Esmarkite, Aspasiolite, Pyrargillite, Triclasite. Fahlunite was so named from its locality, Fahlun, Sweden ; and Ohlo- rophyllite from its greenish color and foliated structure ; the specimens to which it was given occurring at Unity, N. H. Haddam, Ct., is another locality. Gigantolite, Iberite, are also altered iolite, but they contain potash, and belong hence to the Pinite Group. Hisingerite. Massive; reniform ; of a black to brownish-black color, yellowish-brown streak, greasy lustre inclining to vitreous. Mio. G2 3°045, Composition. A hydrous iron silicate. Silica 35:9, iron sesquioxide 42°6, water 21°5=100. But in some analyscs part of the iron is in the protoxide state. B.B. fuses with difficulty to a magnetic slag. Obs. From Sweden, Norway, Finland. Scotiolite and Degeroite are referred to it. Melanolite, from Milk-Row quarry, near Charlestown, Mass., is related in composition, if the material analyzed was a pure species. 316 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Approaches in composition the chlorites, and may belong to that group. Gillingite from Sweden, including Thraulite from Bavaria, Epichlo- rite, and Lillite, are other hydrous silicates containing iron. Ekmannite, foliated, chlorite-like, occurs in the rifts of magnetite, in Sweden; it is a hydrous iron silicate, but the iron is mostly in the protoxide state. Neotocite (Stratopeite) and Wittingite are results of the alteration of rhodonite, and contain manganese. Stiubelite also contains manganese oxide. Strigovite from Striegau, Siberia, and Jollyte from Bodenmais in Bavaria, are hydrous silicates of aluminum and iron, with little mag- nesium. CHLORITE GROUP. The chlorite group includes the hydrous Swbszlicates of the Margarophyllite Section and also some related species that are Unisilicates. The proportion of silica is small, the percentage afforded by analyses being under 38, and mostly nnder 30. ‘The minerals when well crystallized are foliated like the micas, and have the plane angle of the base of the crystals 120°, but the folia are inelastic and in some species brittle. They also occur in fibrous and in fine granular and compact forms, and the latter are usually most common. Green, varying from light to blackish green, is the prevail- ing color, yet gray, yellowish, reddish, and even white and black also occur; and the colored transparent or translu- cent are dichroic. The green color is owing to the presence of iron, and fails only in species containing little or none of it. All of the species yield water in a closed tube. The quantivalent (or combining-power) ratio for R+8 and Si is, in the Pyrosclerite subdivision.....-.--. 12: Chlorite subdivision......-..++++: tS 1s 2 ie Chloritoid subdivision. .......-+-- 1:it01:4. The chlorite subdivision includes Penninite, Ripidolite and Prochlorite, together with some related dark-green to blackish-green species. Some species of this subdivision characterize extensive rock formations, making chlorite CHLORITE GROUP. ole schist or slate ; and they give rise also to chloritic varieties of other rocks. Moreover, chlorite is a result of the altera- tion of pyroxene, hornblende, and some other iron-bearing minerals; and pyroxenic igneous rocks, like doleryte, are often strongly chloritic (as revealed by the microscopic examination of thin transparent slices), in consequence of this alteration—but alteration that took place before the rock had cooled. Such green chloritic material, where the species is not determinable, has been called Viridite. The cavities in amygdaloid are often lined, and sometimes filled, by a species of chlorite, which was made from certain con- stituents of the amygdaloid in the manner just stated ; and the rocks adjoining trap dikes are at times penetrated by chlorite made in them by means of the heat, and the mois- ture contained in them or ascending with the erupted rock. Pyrosclerite. Trimetric or monoclinic. Mica-lke in cleavage; folia flexible, not elastic, and pearly in lustre. Color apple-green to emerald-green. H.=3. G.=2°74, Composition. (Mg, 4Al), O.58i1,+3 aq=Silica 38°9, alu- mina 14°8, magnesia 34°6, water 11°7=100. B.B. fuses to a grayish glass ; gelatinizes with hydrochloric acid. Obs. Occurs in serpentine, on Elba. Chonicrite (Metaxoite) is related to the above in composition, but affords 12 to 18 per cent. of lime. Vermiculite. Mica-like in cleavage. Grayish, brownish, and yellowish- brown in color. In aggregated scales. Also in large mi- eaceous crystals or plates. amine flexible, not elastic. Lustre pearly. Composition. Me, (He,Al) O,.8i;. When heated it exfo- liates, and when scaly-granular the scales open out into worm-like forms ; and thence the name, from the Latin vermiculor, I breed worms ; B.B. fuses finally to a gray mass. From Milbury, Mass. Jefferisite is a similar mineral in composition and exfoliation, occur- ring in broad folia. Composition $Mg, 4(Fe,,Al,)O,.8i,. From veins in serpentine in Westchester, Pa. Culsageeite from Culsagee, North 313 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. Carolina; Hallite from Lerni, Delaware Co., Pa.; Protovermiculite from Magnet Cove, Ark., are other micaceous hydrous unisilicates similar to vermiculite and jefferisite in exfoliation. Kerrite and Maconite are related to the above. They are from Franklin, Macon Co., North Carolina. Pelhamite is from Pelham, Mass. Penninite.—Chlorite in part. Pennine. - Rhombohedral. Cleavage basal and highly perfect, mica- like. Also massive, consisting of an aggregation of scales, and cryptocrystalline. Color green of various shades ; also yellowish to silver- white, and rose-red to violet. Lustre pearly ou cleavage surface. Transparent to translucent. Lamine flexible, not elastic. H.=2-2°5, 3 on edges. G.=2°6-2°85. Composition. A specimen from Zermatt, in the Pennine Alps, afforded Silica 33°64, alumina 10°64, iron sesquioxide 83, magnesia 34:95, water 12-40=100°46. ‘The rose-red, from Texas, Pa., gave Silica 33°20, alumina 11°11, chro- mium oxide 6°85, iron sesquioxide 1°43, magnesia 35°54, water 12°95, lithia and soda 0°28, potash 0:10 =101°46. Other Texas specimens afforded 0°90 to 4°78 per cent. of chromium oxide. B.B. exfoliates somewhat and fuses with difficulty. Partially decomposed by hydrochloric acid, and wholly so by sulphuric acid. From Zermatt, Ala in Piedmont, the Tyrol, etc. Adm- mererite, Rhodochrome, and Rhodophyllite include the red- dish variety from near Miask, Russia; Texas, Pennsylva- nia; etc. Pseudomorphs after hornblende, named Loganite, have the composition of this species ; and so has the mas- sive mineral called Psewdophite and Allophite. Delessite. A fibrous mineral near the above in composition, -rom amygdaloid at Oberstein. Euralite is an amorphous chlorite near. Penninite, from Eura, Fin- Jand ; from amygdaloid. : Diabantite (Diabantochronyn) is a chlorite from amygdaloid. A Farmington (Conn.) specimen afforded Hawes, Silica 83°68, alumina 10°84, iron sesquioxide 2°86, iron protoxide 24°33, MnO and CaO 1°11, magnesia 16°52, soda 0°33, water 10°02=—99°69. Chloropheite is a doubtful species of chlorite, from amygdaloid. Ripidolite.—Chlorite, in part. Monoclinic. Similar in cleavage and mica-like character to penninite, and also in its colors, lustre, hardness and specific gravity. CHLORITE GROUP. 319 Composition. A specimen from Chester Co., Pennsylvania, afforded Silica 31:34, alumina 17°47, chromium sesquioxide 1°69, iron sesquioxide 3°85, magnesia 33°44, water 12°60= 100°39. B.B. and with acids nearly like penninite. A va- riety from Willimantic, Ct., exfoliates like vermiculite and jefferisite. Kotschubeite is a red variety from the Urals. Clinochlore and Grastite are here included. Occurs at Achmatovsk and elsewhere in the Urals; at Ala, Piedmont ; at Zermatt ; at Westchester, Unionville and Texas, Pa.; at Brewster’s, N. Y. Prochlorite.—Chlorite in part. Hexagonal. Similar in cleavage and mica-like characters to the preceding. Color green to blackish-green ; some- times red across the axis by transmitted light. Laminez not elastic. Composition. A specimen from St. Gothard afforded Sih- ca 25:36, alumina 18°56, iron protoxide 28°79, magnesia 17:09, water 8:°96=98'70 ; and a North Carolina specimen, Silica 24°90, alumina 21°77, iron sesquioxide 4°60, iron protoxide 24:21, manganese protoxide 1°15, magnesia 12°78, water 10°59=100. B.B. same as for preceding. Lophoite, Ogcoite, Helminthe belong here. Occur at St. Gothard, at Greiner in the Tyrol, at Traversella in Pied- mont, and many other places in Europe. Also at Steele’s Mine, N. C. _ Leuchienbergite is a prochlorite with the base almost solely magne- sium. Aphrosiderite, Metachiorite are near the above in composition. Venerite is a pale-green earthy chlorite, from a magnetite mine in Berks County, Pa. Corundophilite is a chlorite near prochlorite in composition. Occurs with corundum at Asheville, N. C. Grochauite is from Grochau in Silesia. Cronstedtite. Hexagonal, with perfect basal cleavage. Black, G.= 3:35. Consists mainly of silica, iron oxides, and water, with a little manganese oxide. From Bohemia and Cornwall. Thuringite. Another hydrous iron silicate, having G.=3'15-3:20, from Thuringia, and also Hot Springs, Arkansas, and near Harper’s Ferry, on the Potomac. Pattersonite, from Unionville, Pa., is near it. Margarite.—Emerylite. Diphanite. Clingmanite. Corundellite. Trimetric. Foliated, mica-like. Lamine rather brittle. Color white, grayish, reddish. Lustre of cleavage surface 320 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS, strong pearly and brilliant, of sides of crystals vitreous. Hie hats. a8. Composition. H,RAl, O19 Si,—Silica 301, alumina 51.2, lime 11°6, soda 2°6, water 45—=100. B.B. whitens and fuses on the edges. Obs. Often associated with corundum and diaspore. Oc- curs in Asia Minor; at Sterzing in the Tyrol; in the Urals ; in Village Green, and Unionville, Pa. ; in Buncombe County, N. C.; at Chester, Mass. Named from the Greek margarites, a pearl. Willcowite is near margarite. Dudileyite is an alteration product of margarite. Chloritoid.—Masonite. Phyllite, Ottrelite. Monoclinic or triclinic. Cleavage basal, perfect. Also coarse foliated massive; and in thin disseminated scales (phyllite or ottrelite). Brittle. Golor dark gray, greenish, to black. Lustre of cleavage surface somewhat pearly. Composition. FeAl O,Si+1 aq=Silica 24:0, alumina 40°5, iron protoxide 28-4, water 7-1=100. B.B. becomes darker and magnetic, but fuses with difficulty. Decomposed com- pletely by sulphuric acid. Obs. Found at Kossoibrod, Urals, with cyanite ; in Asia Minor, with emery; at St. Marcel ; Ottrez, France (Ottre- lite); Chester, Mass.; in Rhode Island (Masonite); at Brome and Leeds, Canada. Phyllite in scales character- izes the “spangled mica slate” of Newport, R. IL, and Sterling, Goshen, etc., Mass. Seybertite. Occurs in somewhat mica-like, or thin foliated forms, with perfect basal cleavage, and lamin brittle, the color reddish or yellowish brown to copper-red. Analysis by Brush obtained Silica 20°24, alumina 39°13, iron sesquioxide 3°27, magnesia 20°84, lime 13°69, water 1:04, potash and soda 1°48, zirconia 0-75—100°39, giving the quantiva- lent ratio for protoxides, sesquioxides, silica, and water 6 :9:5:%. From Amity, N. Y.; Slatoust, Urals (Xanthophyllite) ; Fassa Valley (Bran- disite and Disterrite). IV. HYDROCARBON COMPOUNDS, The following are the subdivisions here used, I. Srrptr Hyprocarzons : Marsh-gas, Mineral oils, and Mineral wax. N SIMPLE HYDROCARBONS. 321 Il. OXYGENATED HyprocarBons: mostly resins. III. ASPHALTUM AND MINERAL COALS. I, SIMPLE HYDROCARBONS. Marsh-Gas.—Light Carburetted Hydrogen. Colorless and inodorous gas in the pure state. Inflam- mable, and burns with a yellow flame. Composition CH,= Carbon 75, hydrogen 25=100. Obs. This gas (mixed with more or less carbon dioxide and nitrogen) often rises in bubbles through the waters of | marshes, whence its name ; and frequently it is discharged from fissures into coal mines in large quantities, constituting the fire-damp of the mine. Such natural discharges, called blowers, sometimes continue for months. It is the cause of the explosions in mines, a mixture of it with the atmo- sphere exploding on the approach of the flame of a can- dle. It destroys life both by the concussion occasioned, by the exhaustion of the atmosphere of oxygen, and by the production of carbon dioxide which takes place. The gas which issues from the oil springs or wells of Western New York (Fredonia), and Hastern Pennsylvania, is marsh-gas mixed with other vapors of the Marsh-gas series. It is used in some places for lighting houses, and even villages ; and also for other purposes where heat is required. The gas bubbling up from a marsh in Europe afforded Websky Carbon dioxide 2-97, marsh-gas 43:36, nitrogen 53°67=100. ‘The first of these ingredients is in fact one of the more abundant results of decomposition, whether vegetable or animal; and the percentage is here small because the gas is soluble in water, and because it readily enters into combinations with the earthy ingredients of plants. Petroleum. Mineral oils, varying in density from 0:60 to 0°85. Solu- ble in benzine or camphene. ‘They consist chiefly of liquids of the Naphtha and Ethylene series. The composition of the Naphtha or Marsh-gas series is expressed by the general formula, O,H.,+2, of which Marsh-gas is the first or lowest term; and that of the Ethylene series by the for- mula, C,H,,=Carbon 85-71, hydrogen 14:29=100. The oils vary greatly in density from the lightest pe too 2 B22 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. inflammable for uso in lighting, to thick viscid fluids ; and thence they pass by insensible gradations into asphaltum or solid bitumen. ‘he Marsh-gas series contains also gases, of the composition C, H, and OC, H, and these, in addition to Marsh-gas, often exist in connection with petroleum. Petroleum occurs in rocks of all ages, from the Lower Silurian to the most recent ; in limestones, the more com- pact sandstones, and shales ; but it is mostly obtained from large cavities or caverns existing among the earth’s strata. Black shales and much bituminous coal afford it abundantly when they are heated. But the oil obtained is not present in these rocks, for when the rocks are treated with benzine, the benzine takes up little or none ; instead, the rocks con- tain an insoluble hydrocarbon, which yields the oil when heat is applied. In the United States the oil, or the hydrocarbon which yields it, has been observed in beds of the Lower and Upper Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous, Triassic, Cretaceous, and Tertiary eras. Surface oil springs also occur in many places, as at Cuba, Alleghany County, N. Y., called Seneca Oil Spring ; and on a large scale in Santa Barbara, Southern California; at Rangoon in Burmah, where there are about 100 wells ; on the peninsula of Apcheron, on the Caspian, and elsewhere. Pliny mentions the oil spring of Agrigen- tum, Sicily, and says that the liquid was collected and used for burning in lamps, as a substitute for oil. Moreover he distinguishes the oil from the lighter and more combustible naphtha, a locality of which about the sources of the Indus, <‘in Parthia,” he mentions. Petroleum is obtained chiefly at the present time from more or less deeply-seated subterranean chambers or cavities among the rock strata, reached by ‘boring. Being under pressure of gas associated with it, and also, in many Cases, that also of water, it rises to the surface in the boring, and sometimes makes a ‘‘spouting” well. As early as 1833, Hildreth mentioned the discharge of oil with the waters of the salt wells of the Little Kanawha valley; and speaks also of a well near Marietta, Ohio, which threw out at one time, he says, 50 to 60 gallons of oil at “ each eruption.” The mineral oil of the rocks has been formed through the decomposition of animal and vegetable substances. From the nature of the rocks which most abound in the species of hydrocarbons that yield oil, it is evident that SIMPLE HYDROCARBONS. S39 the rock material was in the state of a fine mud » that through this mud much vegetable or animal matter was distributed, almost in the condition of an emulsion ; that the stratum of this mud becoming afterward overlaid by other strata, the decomposition of vegetable or animal mat- ter went forward without the presence of atmospheric air, or with only very little of it. Under such circumstances either vegetable material or animal oils might be converted, as chemists have shown, into mineral oil. Dry wood con- sists approximately (excluding the ash and nitrogen) of 6 atoms of carbon to 9 of hydrogen, and 4 of oxygen. If now all the oxygen of the wood combines with a part of the car- bon to form carbonic acid, and this 2. C 0,, thus made, is re- moved, there will be left C,H,; twice this, C, .,, 18 the formula of a compound of the Marsh-gas or Naphtha series. Again animal oils, by decomposition under similar cir- cumstances, produce like results. Removing from oleic acid its oxygen, O,, and 1 of carbon—together equivalent to 1 of carbonic acid—there is left C,, Hy, which is an oil of the Ethylene series ; and margaric acid would leave, in the same way, C,, H;,, or a combination of oils of the Marsh-gas or Naphtha series. Warren and Storer have obtained from the destructive distillation of a fish-oil, after its saponifica- tion by lime, several compounds of the Marsh-gas series, be- sides others of the Ethylene and Benzole series. The de- compositions in nature may not have been as simple as those in the above illustrations, yet the facts warrant the infer- ence that the oils may have been derived either from vege- table or animal matters. Fossil fishes are often found abun- dantly in black oil-yielding shales, and Dr. Newberry has suggested that fish-oil may be the most abundant source of the oil and the oil-yielding hydrocarbons. The oil which is collected in great cavities among the earth’s strata, as in Western Pennsylvania, is believed by most writers on the subject to have come from underlying rocks, such as the black oil-yielding shales. The heat pro- duced in the rocks by the friction attending movements and uplifts, is supposed to have been sufficient to have made the oil from the hydrocarbon of the carbonaceous shale or other rock, and to have caused it to ascend among the strata to the cavities where it was condensed, and now is found by boring. The oils, exposed to the air and wind, undergo change in 324 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. three ways. First: the lighter naphthas evaporate, leaving the denser oils behind ; and, ultimately, the viscid bitumens, or else paraffin, according as paraffin is present or not in the nativeoil. At the naphtha island of I'schelekan in Per- sia, there are large quantities of Neft-gul, as it is called, which is nearly pure paraffin. The hot climate of the Cas- pian is favorable for such a result. Secondly: ther emay be a loss of hydrogen from its combination with the oxygen of the atmosphere to form water, which escapes. ‘Thus the oils of the Naphtha series may change into those of the Ethy- lene or Benzole series. Thirdly: there may be an oxidation of the hydrocarbon of the oils, producing asphaltum or more coal-like substances, like albertite. The word naphtha is from the Persian, nafata, to exude ; and petroleum from the Greek, petros, rock, and the Latin, oleuwm, oil. Hachettite—Mountain Tallow. Hatchetine. Like soft wax in appearance and hardness, of a yellowish- white to greenish-yellow color. Composition. Related to paraffin. From the coal-measures of Glamorganshire in Wales. rocerite is like wax or spermaceti in consistence. Soluble in ether. The original was from Moldavia. Along with another wax-like sub- stance, called Urpethite, it constitutes the “‘ mineral wax of Urpeth Colliery.” Zietrisikite is like beeswax, and is insoluble in ether ; from Moldavia. Elaterite.—Mineral Caoutchouc. Elastic Bitumen. In soft flexible masses, somewhat resembling caoutchouc or India rubber. Color brownish-black ; sometimes orange- red by transmitted light. G,=0°9-1'25. Composition: Car- bon $5°5, hydrogen 13°3=98°8. It burns readily with a yel- low flame and bituminous odor. Obs. From a lead mine in Derbyshire, England, and a coal mine at Montrelais. It has been found at Woodbury, Ct., in a bituminous limestone. Fichtelite and Hartite are crystallized hydrocarbons, of the Cam- . phene series. Branchite, Dinite, and Ixolyte are related to Hartite. Konlite, Naphthalin, and ldrialite are native species of the Benzole series, Aragotite, from California, is near Idrialite. OXYGENATED HYDROCARBONS. 825 Il. OXYGENATED HYDROCARBONS. Amber. In irregular masses. Color yellow, sometimes brownish or whitish; lustre resinous. ‘l'ransparent to translucent. H.=2-2°5. G.=1:18. Electric by friction. Amber is not a simple resin, but consists mainly (85 to 90 per cent.) of a resin which resists all solvents, called Suc- cinite, and two other resins soluble in alcohol and ether, besides an oil, and 24 ,to 6 per cent. of Succinic acid. Obs. Occurs in the loose deposits along coasts, especially Tertiary strata, in masses from a very small size to that of aman’s head. In the Royal Museum at Berlin, there is a mass weighing 18 pounds. On the Baltic coast it is most abundant, especially between Kénigsberg and Memel. It is met with at one place in a bed of bituminous coal; it also occurs on the Adriatic ; in Poland ; on the Sicilian coast near Catania ; in France near Paris, in clay ; in China. It has been found in the United States, at Gay Head, Martha’s Vineyard ; Camden, N. J.; and at Cape Sable, near the Magothy River, in Maryland. It is supposed, with good reason, to be a vegetable resin which has undergone some change while inhumed, a part of which is due to acids of sulphur proceeding from decom- posing pyrites or some other source. It often contains in- sects, and specimens of this kind are so highly prized as frequently to be imitated for the shops. Some of the insects appear evidently to have struggled after being entangled in the then viscous resin, and occasionally a leg or a wing is found some distance from the body, having been detached in the struggle for escape. Amber is the elektron of the Greeks ; from its becoming electric so readily when rubbed, it gave the name electricity to science. It was also called swecinum, from the Greek succum, juice, because of its supposed vegetable origin. It admits of a good polish and is used for ornamental purposes, though not very much esteemed, as it is wanting in hardness and brilliancy of lustre, and moreover is easily imitated. It is much valued in Turkey for mouth-pieces to pipes. Oopalite, or Mineral Copal, Waichowitte, Ambdrite (the New Zealand resin), Huosmite, Scleretinite, Middletote are some of the names of other fossil resins ; Geocerite, and Geomyricite, of wax-like oxygenated species ; Guyaquillite, Bathvillite, Torbanite, Jonite (from Ione valley, 326 DESCRIPTIONS OF MINERALS. California), of species not resinous in lustre ; Tasmanite and Dysodile, of kinds containing several per cent. of sulphur. Wollongongite, from Australia, is black, and looks like cannel coal. Ill. ASPHALTUM AND MINERAL COALS. Asphaltum. Amorphous and pitch-like. Burning with a bright flame and melting at 90° to 100° F. Soluble mostly or wholly in camphene. It is a mixture of hydrocarbons, part of which are oxygenated. Obs. Asphaltum is met with abundantly on the shores of the Dead Sea, and in the neighborhood of the Caspian. lustre not at all vitreous. CHLORITES, p. 318. H.=2-25. Here fall the massive granular chlorites, olive-green to black in color, of the species penninite, ri- pidolite, prochlorite ; B.B. reaction for iron, fuses with difficulty ; yields much water. VERMICULITE, p. 317. H.=1-1'5. Granular massive forms of vermiculite. TALC, p. 304. .H.=1-1'5. Here falls steatite (soapstone) or massive talc, of white to grayish green and dark green color, granular to cryptocrystalline in texture. B.B. fuses with great difficulty, and yields only traces of water ; no reaction for iron, or only slight. PYROPHYLLITBE, p. 306. Grayish white, massive or slaty; B.B. like the crystallized, p. 408, in its difficult fusibility and little water ielded, but does not exfoliate. SHRPENTINE, p. 307. H.=2°5-4; G. —2:36-2°55 ;_ olive-green ; ywh green; blackish green, white; B.B. fuses with difficulty on thin edges ; yields much water. DETERMINATION OF MINERALS. 405 PINITE, p. 812. H.=2'5-3:5; G.=2-6-2°85; lustre feebly waxy; gray, gnh, bnh. B.B. fuses; yields water. DAMOURITE, p. 313. Same as crystallized, p. 403, but in mas- Sive aggregation of scales. tt Hardness 3°5 to 6'5; lustre often pearly on a cleavage surface, but elsewhere vitreous, PREANITE, p. 295. H.=6-6'5; G.=2'8-3; pale green to white; crystals often barrel-shaped, made of grouped tables; B.B. fuses very easily ; decomp. by HCl. PECTOLITE, p. 298. H.=5 ; G.=2-68-2'8 ; white ; divergent fibrous, or acicular; B.B. fuses very easily; gelatinizes imperfectly with HCl. , APOPHYLLITE, p. 294. H.=4:5-5 ; G.=2°3-2:4 ; white, gnh, ywh, rdh ; dimetric, one perfect pearly cleavage transverse to prism; B.B. fuses very easily ; a fluorine reaction ; decomp. by H Cl. CHABAZITE, p. 300. H.=4-5; G.=2-2:2; rhombohedral, vitreous ; white, rdh ; B.B. fuses easily ; decomp. by HCl. HARMOTOME, p. 301. H.=45; G.=2:44; white, ywh, rdh; crystals twins, usually cruciform ; B.B. fuses not very easily ; vitre- ous in lustre ; decomp. by HCl. STILBITE, p. 302. H.=35-4; G.=2-2:2; white, ywh, red; crys- tallizations often radiated-lamellar; one perfect pearly cleavage ; B.B. exfoliates, fuses easily ; decomp. by H Cl. HEULANDITE, p. 303. H.=8°5-4; G.=2-2; in oblique crystals, with one perfect pearly cleavage ; B.B. same as for stilbite. HUCLASE, p. 288. H.=7-5; G.=8-1: in glassy transparent mono- clinic crystals; B.B. fuses with great difficulty; gives water in closed tube when strongly ignited. Prehnite, apophyllite, chabazite, harmotome, heulandite, and euclase never occur in fibrous forms. fi. REACTION EITHER FOR PHOSPHORUS OR BORON. VIVIANITE, p. 184. H.=15-2; G@.=2-55-7; monoclinic with one perfect cleavage ; white, blue, green; B.B. fuses very easily, the flame bluish green, a gray magnetic globule ; in HCl sol. ULEXITE, p. 212. H.=1; G.=1°65; white, silky, in fine fibres; B.B. fuses very easily, and moistened with sulph. acid flame for an instant green, owing to the boron present ; little sol. in hot water. PRICEITE (p. 212) is in texture and color like chalk; similar to ulexite in green flame B.B. Borax and Sassolite are other soft minerals containing boron, but these have taste. 6b. Anhydrous. a, B.B. the flame lithium-red. SPODUMENE,, p. 248. H.=65-7; G.=313-3-19; white, gyh, gnh white, monoclinic (like pyroxene), with [A J=87°, and perfect cleavage parallel to J and 7-7 ; B.B. swells and fuses, 406 DETERMINATION OF MINERALS. PETALITH, p. 248. H.=6-65; G.=2°42°0; white, gray, rdh, gnh ; B.B. becomes glassy and fuses only on the edges. HHBRONITE, AMBLYGONITE, p. 199. H.=6; G.=3-3'1 ; moun- tain green, gyh, white, bnh; B.B. fuses very easily, reaction for fluorine. TRIPHYLITH, p. 190. H.=5; G.=35-36; greenish gray, bluish, often bnh black externally ; B.B. fuses very easily, globule mag- netic ; with soda, manganese reaction. LEPIDOLITE, p. 268. H.=2'5-4; G.=2°8-8 ; micaceous, also scaly- granular; rose-red, pale violet, white, gyh; B.B. fuses easily ; after fusion gelat. with HCl. Some biotite, p. 266, gives the lithia reaction. p . B.B. boron reaction (green flame). TOURMALINE, p. 282. H.=7; G.=2°9-3°3 ; rhombohedral, prisms with 3, 6, 9 sides, no longitudinal or other distinct cleavage ; black, blue black, green, red, rarely white ; lustre of dark var. resinous ; B.B. fusion easy for dark var. and diff. for light. AXINITE, p. 264. H.=6°5-7; G.=3°27; triclinic, sharp-edged, glassy crystals ; rich brown to pale brown and grayish ; B.B. fuses readily ; with borax violet bead. BORACITE, p. 206. H.=7; G.=2°97; isometric ; white, gyh, gnh; lustre vitreous ; fuses easily, coloring flame green. Danburite, p. 264, is another boron silicate. y. B.B. reaction for titanium. TITANITEH, p. 290. H.=5-5:5; G.—3°4-3'56 ; monoclinic ; usually in thin sharp-edged crystals ; brown, ywh, pale green, black ; lustre usually subresinous ; B.B. fuses with intumescence. 6. Reaction for fluorine or phosphorus. CRYOLITH, p. 197. H.=2°5; G.—2'9-8 ; white, rdh, bnh ; fuses in the flame of a candle ; soluble in sulph. acid which drives off hydro- en fluoride, a gas that corrodes glass. , FLUORITE, p. 208. H.=4; G. =3-3°25; isometric, with perfect octahedral cleavage, and massive ; white, wine-yellow, green, pur- ple, rose-red, and other bright tints ; phosphoresces ; when heated, decrepitates ; B.B. fuses, coloring the flame red; after ignition, alkaline. Lepidolite (p. 268), Amblygonite (p. 199), also give a fluorine re- action. APATITH, p. 212. H.=4'5-5; G. —2°9-3'25 ; often in hexagonal prisms ; pale green, bluish, yellow, rdh, buh, pale violet, white ; B.B. fuses with difficulty, moistened with sulph. acid and heated, flame bluish green from presence of phosphorus ; sometimes reaction for fluorine. €, Reaction for iron. GARNET, p. 256. H.=6°5-7°5 ; G.—3'15-4°3 ; isometric, usually in dodecahedrons and trapezohedrons, also massive, never fibrous or columnar ; red, bnh red, black, cinnamon- red, pale green, to emerald- DETERMINATION OF MINERALS. 407 green, white. B.B. dark-colored varieties fuse easily, and give iron reaction, but emerald-green var. almest infusible ; a white to yellow massive garnet is hardly determinable without chemical analysis. VESUVIANITE (Idocrase), p. 261. H.=6°'5 ; G.=8°35-8-45 ; dimetric and often in prisms of four or eight sides, never fibrous ; brown to pale green, ywh, bk; B.B. fuses more easily than garnet ; reaction for iron. EPIDOTE, p. 262. H.—6-7; G.=8-25-38'5; in monoclinic cryst. and massive, rarely fibrous ; unlike amphibole in having but one cleavage direction ; ywh green, bnh green, black, rdh, yellow, dark gray ; B.B. fuses with intumescence. AMPHIBOLBE, dark varieties including hornblende, actinolite, and other green to gray and black kinds, p. 249. H.=&6; G.=8-3°4; monoclinic, in short or long prisms, often long fibrous, lamellar, and massive, prisms usually four or six sides, [/ /=124}", cleavage par. to J; B.B. fusion easy to moderately difficult. ANTHOPHYLLITE, p. 252, like hornblende; bnh gray to bnh green, sometimes lustre metalloidal; B.B. fuses with great difti- culty. PYROXENE, augite, and all green to black varieties, p. 245. H.=5-6 ; G.=38'2-3'5 ; monoclinic, in short or oblong prisms, lamel- lar, columnar, not often long, fibrous or asbestiform, prisms usually with four or eight sides, 7\ J=87° 5’, cleavage par. tol; B.B. as in hornblende. HYPERSTHENE, p. 244. H.=—5-6; G.=8'89; cryst. nearly as in pyroxene, but trimetric, usually foliated massive, also fibrous ; bnh green, gyh black, pinchbeck-brown ; B.B. fuses with more or less difficulty. Bronzite, p. 244, is similar and almost infusible. IOLITE, p. 264. H.=7-7'°5 ; G.=—2-6-2°7 ; blue to blue violet ; looks like violet-blue glass ; B.B. fuses with much difficulty. Tourmaline, much Titanite, and Jlvaite (p. 263), B.B. give iron re- action, €. No reaction for iron. SCHEBELITE, p. 212. H.=4:5-5; G.=—5-9-6:1; ywh, gnh, rdh, pale yellow ; lustre vitreous-adamantine ; fuses on the edges with great difficulty. SCAPOLITES, p. 268. H.=5°5-6; G.=2°6-2°74; dimetric, often in square prisms ; white, gray, gnh gray ; B.B, fuses easily with in- tumescence. ZOISITH, p. 263. H.=6-6'5 ; G.=3'1-3-4; trimetric, oblong prisms and lamellar massive, cleavage in only one direction. AMPHIBOLE, white var. (tremolite), p. 249. Same as for other amphibole (above), except in color ; B.B. fuses. PYROXENE, wihite var., p. 215. Same as for other pyroxene (above), except in color ; B.B. fuses. ; ORTHOCLASE, p. 278. H.=6-6°5; G.=2°4-2°62 ; monoclinic, stout cryst., and massive, never columnar, two unequal cleavages, the planes at right angles with one another, and cleavage surfaces never finely striated, as seen under a pocket lens or microscope ; white, gray, flesh-red, bluish, green; B.B. fuses with some difficulty. 408 DETERMINATICN OF MINERALS. ALBITE, p. 277, OLIGOCLASE, p. 276. H.—6; G. =2°56-2°72 ; triclinic, but cryst. as in orthoclase, except that the two cleavage planes make an angle of 934° to 94°, and one of them has the surface striated ; white usually, flesh-red, bluish ; B.B. fuse with a little difficulty ; not acted on by acids. LABRADORITE, p. 276. H.=6 ; G.=2°66-2°%6 ; triclinic, like albite in cryst., and nearly in cleavage angle, 93° 20’, and in strie of surface; white, flesh-red, bnh red, dark gray, gyh brown; B.B. fuses easily ; decomposed by HCl with difficulty. ANORTHITE, p. 275. H.=6-7; G.=2°66-2°78; cryst. and strie as in albite, cleavage angle 94° 10' ; white, gyh, rdh; B.B, fusion difficult ; decomposed by HCl with separation of gelat. silica. MICROCLINE, p. 278. Very near orthoclase in all characters, but triclinic, cleavage angle differing only 16’ from a right angle, and surface of most perfect cleavage striated, but strize exceedingly fine, often difficult to detect with a good pocket lens, and requiring the aid of a polariscope ; color white, gray, flesh-red, often green. For optical distinctions of FELDSPARS, see p. 274. EBUCLASE, p. 288. H.=75; G.=8'1; in monoclinic crystals, with one perfect diagonal cleavage; pale green to white, bnh, trans- parent ; becomes electric by friction. ON ROCKS. I. CONSTITUENTS OF ROCKS. Rocks are made up of minerals. x Cia - Pi te w . - ; on fi r a al ‘ « “ 7 fA? ' a F A 7 ¢ « a - = - € Dee gta, #¢ 2 4 Oe wits. < Cua pte ve pe. a r ~ — J : 4 4 Z rat a cue - i 7 <- fr -¢ a ee 4 y nad ~ Pat ies ~ ; 5, - 5 7 3 Wibbes of. ‘ én) Le e ~ -.2 eos t/ Ree Lee wy 2 - f Ah f w $ - Ref aT. ‘ See on - wf 5 a oot . ¥. ’ ; Ja YY ob . es ¥ ‘ 4 “: Pg : ¥ e - ’ “ - . of Rey, as > A at “Z | Se AO Oy ee “. Ww ree hs FEF ARS - Po", Moe om ee - vy 5) ‘ ~ ¥ 74 o™, te. og Oe Ge Wr es "> - a ee A ‘ g-% i a =? ¢ . > ¢ J ~ o od { ows 2 ? pre yn a ee 2 ote . nt Pm ee at De a oe! ie on 2 a i Pay. ¥ ? 7 a kd $ p+ . =a tt PO ae ~ hone" 02 ‘ - - a vy > , 3 i” ee om ea” A) Callas Oey rye “J ng PL pa ee i oa a ?. ¥ - we it 7 7 oe fT, = Ae Pe 4 Jit 7 . 4 = ae, Ges a ne i i ae fo a o

s c ’ . » ede > , ge dg rd a a a ee ph ed fa aaah “ON, 7 3 , J ; ¢ . A 4 ~ - -_# s Cf * bd ? 4 J -s = a a , id # “< , ae: aie x La . 4 tay pte SS > é > : < « : pt ~ : A ee wad ot tal ; oe Tt Be " , Pee . ~ Oe ‘ei » * vo ? ™ = é Stu LAP af We A ‘/~ f ¢ - fa ~ mm! jo (Ole o -4 7 y PS. | Ye SS OS Pari a df ad be Mit Ne fas ce ¢ gt oA 4 4 ie ae y fA i. e. fie’, AR Pe o >. On OW ee ae , ¥. > ee . am v ” $ 7 4 LPN a ret P 2 Wo ogi sn Pn ae a tig Pic ts! ‘wv - Bap Og he Gh EDS PMT Rage oe SR Bee ato b rs me fat ad PES Oe ey + - maa II I ESE FOALS Gt fis wt So geek Pine SL) , apy hog de - “ et ee Ta, wt Oa a Fs ~ we 5 Sia oF iges 4 elt , ", . “a 4 gr iy 2 fisy err k ih RE SY rth POR tah 2 ee Fal a ie a By del : yf Chat - PO COO te et 6 Mode RTO A Soe Le 4 Kapa ee 5 tg ag Peak ope P Pe 1 my 7, ~ a f/m ew oP hp tx hg oe Je Yass ¢ 3 ce le Mio ay fbn tied SGP FOF eae y; ¥ ee, atl r 3 é 4 one" b ~~? “ i els Pg, ae oe pee ee a tipi tate es Ot! a fs ftw oA J Le . pe Foe Pit Pees 2 SL eS ah - 6 eee ign wt ate Oy es ae - iy Pehi hep te ee Lio tiy we +4 }, t- _ See ¢ Po Li pot Rie xf herd PS PS tint eR eee Jal he oe oat e i bd , Se a tae oe ff pe i *, . Pb, TE a af "Ph ea OB i sae PT et ae ra AL tp <- / i, Py ‘ eae nal 7 ef , wre 7~¥ Fae! ae A en eg rag ~ : iV, aw. A Celt LA eee WASTE or Api J—@ et L427 2" a, i pee aa ees fee st om Sore Co Ae toe ee, ¥r BS eg Le ¥y A ee Le a SF ti Ayer P ee ida frat rae uF Er RS On ” fe # Aad OW ep oe “aa a rm ae ase pn Se ~« ") “< "Ao, gre “ / ae a ee Ad ye Oe “ ‘Cath ye Wi , Mpl tal 4 Aaa Tee! Ee eee. vod ee? be , . Sef 4 it — « f wit ate ee Dee Cw gt 3 ¥ ven a oe Wo Ohh Pe ee Mate, al Ode os 2 =i * re eee oe *, . 4 > oo A a of CAs OM see “ . J ae j Lo th - me sg”. - 47 A ad coe ; ye 4 a » J t a ot ¢ p "i 2 i “ ! ve 7 - " df - ae 4 Pr age | ad “ - 5% Me ert, Ee rs are Pa 1 ie ate Sse tet Cnt t~ oa > Yo c epost Kv yas, ro fi a ity 7 f Ys Noe < 4 So PR ats ey +s OT dam Be oS ne a ee vt, A oa of ee ee Me Pd + > Ee + ae a Pos Oye Oi A pL fal ak A 2 py OF re he Oh me ee Jt Ls =< hE a ok a Lo ds ee a tury ye ge ete, a ey OO ad ciel ve on a a ae ee re ae fae Me hae es met FS ye “9 ra, A ag an ee ee ee, mn ust ‘an oe ee a a Ae Pt Pe 3 > wo Fe or? ie oe ON Kn et . uy ~ De Fe te ee De oe ddiiudint aD pith we oO, ee We tae ait tog ee TO Bige gh ee See per ad i es we Sutil wt opt By eA A AW ag cd x FNS NE at ete oe eae eal yates COP Wain rat OL tary Pat TOIT yen yd eto ee ae po pee 4° Fa at C8 a ™ a oe tes ss gt te ier ett ery we, a Pek eS Oe oe Oy Fe a et ees “thes yt bein Art ae ee we pe eS ee - ats a Suede", fe ey De Ps Ar Le Ie ee, EME Td. j ERD eS hee 1 a ore AS avy a ®, ¥ a Pe te: 0 or ee Cy Saal. hpi (* a et eS PP ae nd hr Ppapeh ge ie at SY oe eS Bh ~ fu ye eC ee Wow > why 3 , San raz 7 ah +. » ba ee i ee hl Pa i ga Lee pyre Be EF gt tae i ON Ia Pig ot INE fal Pte SE et ae te eres fowiuv eat a amy a See ie ed me e Oh Oe Ue ee a ne ee + Y oe. Hes i ert TPF Pas gh? = peng! BS oe ¢ pe Sa wo A 4 : : + ad yh On FS SAE ee ee Sian Le file, A DAES SC Sg 4 ae, 0 et a tk ar Sof MM a re ee, a A . wr, ee aT eT eet rie ht ROWS cine SEAS EL yi: ge Mea RF Sees te es : } at POS La ee ee et ST . it ne > +. 4 . OP Leta y a. X, ie es - ae re ae ao ad | oe ae Ae, - “ “~ le ° Ay = ge te *) 5 << ; 4 tt eS way y ee ata ing Land cape” 49 meray, &) fat, ho a = A ? Pe a “ Be eee ly Se aS we - et er OO aos Kewanee rs ed ga Faget Pg Pad . by 7 é . w * 4 4 “ < Sie ye A 2 pK 2 GNIS Fe at ek BA / ~ ‘ Jeo S . : . ‘ $ ; > < Ao 2PS. ’ AF SET re ea ~ he oe ee SL Nao Mi ¢ e b Wt ‘ ‘ “ . i e : pe FO BP 7 : . 2 "1 : 74a st > aed a8 , ae - hy . ‘ . \ “ . : ~ ‘ + +: we ofS ; whe lS cate wr ASS “be MM igad s * ‘ tiie ~ oe i, * - on : bs? Bera PG det RR ® We, = A x he os * es Foals cabest yee